CDE Handbook - Florida FFA Association

FLORIDA FFA 

A S S O C I A T I O N 

CDE Handbook 

Florida FFA Leadership Planning Guide

Table of Contents 

Table of Contents 

Career Development Event Policies 3 

Official Dress Scoring 6 

High School 

Agribusiness Management CDE 8 

Agricultural Communications CDE 9 

Agricultural Issues Forum CDE 19 

Agricultural Sales CDE 24 

Agricultural Technology and Mechanical Systems 

CDE 

28 

Alumni Scholarship Essay 30 

Aquaculture CDE 31 

Citrus CDE 36 

Creed Speaking CDE 40 

Dairy Cattle Evaluation and Selection CDE 43 

Environmental Science and Natural Resources CDE 48 

Extemporaneous Public Speaking CDE 65 

Floriculture CDE 69 

Food Science and Technology CDE 73 

Forestry CDE 78 

Horse Evaluation and Selection CDE 90 

Job Interview CDE 96 

Land Judging CDE 105 

Livestock Evaluation & Selection CDE 106 

Meats Evaluation CDE 110 

Nursery and Landscape CDE 120 

Ornamental Horticulture Demonstration CDE 126 

Parliamentary Procedure CDE 129 

Poultry CDE 138 

Prepared Public Speaking CDE 144 

Safe Tractor Operations and Maintenance CDE 150 

Vegetable Identification and Judging CDE 153 

Veterinary Assisting CDE 158 

2 

Florida FFA Career Development Event Handbook 

Middle School 

Middle School Agricultural Electrification Essay 


169 

Middle School Aquaculture CDE 170 

Middle School Citrus CDE 175 

Middle School Creed CDE 179 

Middle School Dairy Cattle Evaluation and Selection 


182 

Middle School Extemporaneous Public Speaking 


186 

Middle School Floriculture CDE 190 

Middle School Food Science and Technology CDE 194 

Middle School Forestry CDE 199 

Middle School Horse Evaluation and Selection CDE 211 

Middle School Land Judging CDE 214 

Middle School Livestock Evaluation & Selection 


215 

Middle School Meats Evaluation CDE 218 

Middle School Nursery and Landscape CDE 227 

Middle School Opening and Closing Ceremony CDE 233 

Middle School Ornamental Horticulture 

Demonstration CDE 

238 

Middle School Parliamentary Procedure CDE 241 

Middle School Poultry CDE 250 

Middle School Prepared Public Speaking CDE 256 

Middle School Tool Identification CDE 262 

Middle School Vegetable Identification and Judging 


265

Florida FFA Career 

Development Event 

Policies 

Member Eligibility 

To be eligible for participation in FFA Career Development Events 

or awards, a participant must meet one of the following criteria: 

1. Be an active member in good standing with the local 

bona fide chapter, State, and National Associations for the 

school year during which the event is held (or the previous 

year), be enrolled in Agribusiness and Natural Resources 

Education, and maintain a Supervised Agricultural 

Experience (SAE) program. Note: Certain exceptions 

may apply as follows. If a student is unable to enroll in 

an agriculture course due to extenuating circumstance, 

such as program closure or scheduling problems, that 

student may maintain active membership status for up 

to one membership year by paying local, chapter and 

state dues and by maintaining a Supervised Agricultural 

Experience (SAE) program and active involvement with 

the local FFA chapter. This period of FFA membership 

will be terminated at the end of that membership year if 

the student does not re-enroll in a systematic program of 

agricultural instruction. 

2. Members may retain their active membership until 

November 30, following the fourth National FFA 

Convention after graduating from high school. A member 

who is in good standing at the time of induction into the 

armed forces of the United States of America shall be in 

good standing during the period of active service without 

further payment of dues or attendance at meetings. 

Time spent in the armed forces shall not be considered 

as elapsed time in determining the maximum period of 

four conventions following graduation from high school 

or leaving high school. Members making use of this 

waiver of service time for the purpose of maintaining 

active membership for application for advanced degrees 

must resume active participation within the six months 

after having been honorably discharged from service, 

indicating such a desire by payment of dues and attendance 

at meetings. Members participating in the six-month’ 

Armed Service program shall be eligible for one full year of 

extended membership. No individual, however, may retain 

active membership beyond the 23rd birthday. 

3. These members are not eligible to participate in judging 

events with the exception of those members on a state 

Career Development Event Policies 

winning team as graduating senior competing in national 

competition. 

4. A member who is a former state winner, either individual 

or team, in a particular FFA contest or award program is 

not eligible to compete in that contest or award area again. 

5. The student must not have previously participated in a 

National Career Development Event of the same kind. 

6. Few exceptions will be made in the scheduling of events 

for teams participating in two events, which are held 

simultaneously. Prior notice must be given to the Florida 

FFA Association office for such consideration. 

7. Members below the ninth grade are eligible to participate 

in state competitive events, unless otherwise stated in 

the specific contest or award program area. Members 

below the ninth grade will not be certified for national 

competition because of national restrictions, excluding the 

Creed CDE. In the event that one, two, or three members 

of a four member team are ineligible to compete in national 

competition, the advisor must substitute eligible members 

from the chapter to compete nationally. A state winning 

team comprised totally of less than ninth graders will yield 

to the next eligible chapter. Members serving as substitutes 

will be ineligible for future competition in that contest or 

award program area. 

Registration 

1. Pre-registration is required for all events at the sub-district, 

district and state level, unless otherwise announced by the 

Florida FFA Association. Chapters should register at www. 

flaffa.org. Registration will open approximately four (4) 

weeks prior to the event and will close approximately two 

(2) weeks prior to the event, as published on the official 

Florida FFA calendar. 

2. Following the close of registration, a list of registered 

teams will be distributed electronically on the Florida FFA 

listserv. If a chapter’s name does not appear on the list as a 

result of registration error, notification must be made to the 

Florida FFA Office within twenty-four (24) hours or by the 

published deadline. 

3. Chapters not properly registered will not be eligible for 

competition. 

General Guidelines 

1. Advisors should properly instruct students how to 

participate in a Career Development Event (CDE) prior 

to arrival at the event (including judging card completion, 

contest expectations, etc.). 

2. Contestants must provide their own pens, pencils, erasers, 

clip boards and other necessary items necessary for 

Florida FFA Career Development Event Handbook 3


4 

competition. 

3. Late arrivals may be ineligible for competition. Decisions 

regarding participation will be made at the discretion of 

the CDE coordinator. 

4. FFA members should be in official dress, appropriate to the 

event, and will be scored accordingly. (See Official Dress 

Scoring for details.) 

5. FFA members and advisors should act in a manner that 

will reflect favorably on the FFA chapter and the school. 

6. FFA members must be accompanied by a school district 

approved chaperones at all events. For all overnight events 

a ratio of one adult per six students will be required. (See 

Advisor Attendance Policy for details.) 

7. Advisors are responsible for registering individuals or 

team members for competition or group functions on the 

Florida FFA Association website at www.flaffa.org. 

8. There shall be no communication among the contestants 

or between contestants and anyone else except as directed 

by the event coordinator while event is in progress. It is 

prohibited for advisors or anyone else to interfere with, 

interrupt or distract a contestant while event is in progress. 

If there is an obvious and flagrant infraction of this rule, 

the event coordinator has the authority to disqualify the 

violator from competition. 

9. Advisors will be expected to assist in event facilitation 

(i.e. act as group leaders, room monitors, proctors, etc.) as 

requested by the event coordinator. 

10. It is prohibited for an advisor or anyone else to register 

their members under another member or chapter name. 

If this rule is violated, the chapter(s) involved will be 

disqualified from the event or award program involved. 

11. If membership is questioned in any competitive event or 

award programs held above the chapter level, the advisor 

must then show evidence that state and national dues 

were paid by the member prior to the student having 

participated in that event or award program. 

12. Upon notification from the state office indicating the 

chapter’s ineligibility, (i.e. the initial membership roster, 

dues and Quality Chapter Planning Guide have not 

reached the state office) all members in that chapter are 

ineligible for competition above the chapter level until 

the roster, dues and Quality Chapter Planning Guide are 

received in the state office. 

13. Judging cards that are incorrectly completed (i.e. contestant 

number not shaded in, stray marks, etc.) will not be scored. 

14. Participants will not be allowed to utilize personal 

electronic devices, other than those approved by the event 

officials, during the entire course of the event. Participants 


who access personal electronic devices without prior 

approval of the event officials will be disqualified. 

15. In the case that a team who has qualified at a qualifying 

event (Ag. Mechanics, Agribusiness Management, High 

School Livestock, High School Horse) notifies the State 

FFA Office, in writing, two (2) weeks prior to the Finals 

event that they are unable to compete, the State Association 

has the authority to allow the next qualifying team to 

participate. 

16. Materials that have been used by chapters and coaches as 

resources for training purposes should not be presented in 

the same visual manner in the official CDE. 

Tabulation of Results 

1. At the conclusion of each event all completed cards will be 

delivered to the event coordinator for tabulation. 

2. Event results will be posted the first business day following 

the event on the Florida FFA Association website at www. 

flaffa.org. 

3. Team scores and team names will be posted rank order as 

well as the names of the winning team members and high 

individual. Individual team results may be requested via 

email by the chapter advisor. 

4. State CDE results are considered unofficial for (2) business 

days following publishing. It is the responsibility of the 

FFA Advisor to request and review individual team results. 

Any appeal must be made to the FFA Executive Secretary 

in writing for necessary adjustments to be made. At the 

close of business on the second business day following 

publishing, results will be official. 

5. Sub-District and District CDE results for individual and 

team events are to be considered final as announced onsite 

at each event location. 

6. Completed cards and testing materials of individual and 

team participants will not be returned for local, district or 

state competition. 

7. Judges of Leadership Events are encouraged to use official 

comment cards provided to offer feedback to individual 

contestants. 

8. For events with subjective scoring, participants shall be 

ranked in numerical order on the basis of the final score 

to be determined by each judge without consultation. The 

judges’ ranking of each participant shall then be added, 

and the winner will be that whose total of rankings is the 

lowest. Other placings shall be determined in the same 

manner. (low point method of selection)

Official Judges 

1. Official judges for each event will be selected by the 

CDE coordinator or his or her representative. Careful 

consideration should be given to select qualified and 

competent judges. 

2. The official judges should make their placing in the same 

manner as is required of contestants with respect to 

handling specimens or animals. 

3. The official judges will give their completed official placings 

and scores to the event coordinator. 

4. Placings by the official judges must be kept confidential 

until the event is completed and public announcements are 

made. 

5. Judges of Leadership Events are encouraged to use official 

comment cards provided to offer feedback to individual 

contestants. 

6. Current FFA Advisors are not permitted to serve as judges. 

7. Judges decisions are considered final. 

Advisor Attendance 

As a matter of policy set by the Board of Directors of the Florida 

FFA Association, it is required that an advisor or other school 

district approved representative accompany all students to, 

from and while attending any Florida FFA event or activity. In 

the event that the advisor is unable to attend, a school district 

representative must be appointed by the school principal or 

superintendent and permission must be provided in writing to 

the Florida FFA Association. In the event that this policy is not 

followed, the student(s) will not be permitted to attend the event. 

Rules & Revisions 

1. As a matter of policy set by the FFA Board of Directors, 

authority is given to State FFA Staff to make technical 

revisions to Career Development Event (CDE) rules as 

necessary. 

2. In addition, Board Policy directs CDE coordinators to 

follow CDE rules as closely as possible while also allowing 

CDE coordinator the flexibility to make adjustments as 

necessary based on availability of resources. 

3. All teachers, CDE Coordinators, and Participants will 

remain quiet while they are in any CDE room. 

Tie Breakers 

1. Ties will be broken using the following procedure, unless 

otherwise noted by the CDE Coordinator. In breaking a 

tie for a team the drop score will be used first, followed by 

team written exam total, and then by team placing class 

total. 

2. Individual ties will be broken by oral reasons first, followed 


by written exam, and then by a single placing class (chosen 

by CDE Coordinator). If any of these are absent from a 

CDE, (ie. oral reasons, written exam, etc), then the next 

highest point practicum will be used. 


Official Dress Scoring 


FFA Official Dress 

The uniform worn by FFA members at local, state and national 

functions is called Official Dress. It provides identify and gives 

a distinctive and recognizable image to the organization and its 

members. Official Dress has been worn with pride by millions of 

FFA members since 1933. 

Official Dress for female members includes: 

• Black skirt 

• White collared blouse 

• Official FFA blue scarf 

• Black dress shoes with a closed heel and toe 

• Off-Black or Black nylon hosiery 

• An official FFA jacket zipped to the top 

Note: the skirt is to be at least knee-length, hemmed evenly 

across the bottom, with a slit no higher than two inches above the 

knee, excluding the kick pleat. Black slacks may be appropriate 

for traveling and outdoor activities as outlined in the safety 

exceptions. 

Official Dress for male members includes: 

• Black slacks 

• White collared shirt 

• Official FFA tie 

• Black dress shoes 

• Black socks 

• An official FFA jacket zipped to the top 

Official Dress Exceptions for Safety 

1. FFA Jackets, ties and scarves may be removed prior to or 

during the following events: 

• Agricultural Technology and Mechanical Systems 

• Environmental Science 

• Forestry 

• Land Evaluation 

• Meat Evaluation 

• Tractor Operations 

2. Rubber boots may be worn during Land Judging. If 

desired, student can change footwear following Official 

Dress check prior to the start of the event. 

3. Appropriate attire should be worn for Meat Evaluation 

including hard hat, frocks, hair net, etc. Official Dress will 

not be scored. 

6 


4. Appropriate attire should be worn for Veterinary Assisting. 

Students may choose to wear Official Dress or Scrubs. Full 

Official Dress points will be awarded if scrubs are worn and 

professional appearance is given. 

Event Classifications for Official Dress 

Indoor/Leadership Events Include: 

• Agribusiness Management 

• Agricultural Communications 

• Agricultural Issues Forum 

• Agricultural Sales and Service 

• Alumni Scholarship Essay 

• Citrus 

• Creed Speaking 

• Extemporaneous Public Speaking 

• Food Science and Technology 

• Job Interview 

• Ornamental Horticulture Demonstration 

• Parliamentary Procedure 

• Prepared Public Speaking 

• Tool Identification 

• Vegetable Identification and Evaluation 

Outdoor Events Include: 

• Agricultural Technology and Mechanical Systems 

• Aquaculture 

• Dairy Cattle Evaluation and Selection 

• Environmental Science and Natural Resources 

• Floriculture 

• Forestry 

• Horse Evaluation and Selection 

• Land Judging 

• Livestock Evaluation & Selection 

• Meats Evaluation 

• Nursery and Landscape 

• Poultry 

• Safe Tractor Operations and Maintenance 

• Veterinary Assisting

Official Dress Scoring Rubric 

Scoring Rubric for Females Scoring Rubric for Males 

Garment Description 

Points 

Garment Description 

Possible 

FFA Jacket – zipped to the top 

– Deduct 5 points if unwilling to zip 

to top 

Note: Points will not be deducted in 

cases where FFA jacket was unavailable 

(new members, middle school members, 

etc.) and all other official dress criteria is 

followed. 

White Collared Blouse / Shirt 

– Deduct 5 points if shirt is not solid 

white or has no collar 

Black Skirt or Pants 

– Deduct 5 points if skirt is more than 

2 inches above the knee 

– Deduct 5 points if fabric has tears or 

is patterned 

– Deduct 5 points if pants are worn in 

Indoor Events 

Note: Black Jeans are acceptable for 

Outdoor Events. 

Black Dress Shoes – closed toe & closed 

heel 

– Deduct 5 points for open toe and/or 

open heel 

Note: Dark black or brown shoes/boots are 

acceptable for Outdoor Events and when 

black dress shoes are not yet available. 

Off Black or Black Hosiery 

Note: Students will not be asked to reveal 

garments that are not otherwise visible. If 

socks are completely covered by pants and 

shoes, full points will be given. 

FFA Scarf - Official Navy Blue 

Note: Solid navy or black tie is 

acceptable when official FFA tie is not yet 

available. 

15 

10 

10 

10 

3 

2 

FFA Jacket – zipped to the top 

– Deduct 5 points if unwilling to zip 

to top 

Note: Points will not be deducted in 

cases where FFA jacket was unavailable 

(new members, middle school members, 

etc.) and all other official dress criteria is 

followed. 

White Collared Shirt 

– Deduct 5 points if shirt is not solid 

white or has no collar 

Black Slacks 

– Deduct 5 points if fabric has tears or 

is patterned 

– Deduct 5 points if jeans are worn in 

Indoor Events 

Note: Black Jeans are acceptable for 

Outdoor Events. 

Black Dress Shoes / Boots 

– Deduct 5 points for open toe and/or 

open heel 

Note: Dark black or brown shoes/boots are 

acceptable for Outdoor Events and when 

black dress shoes are not yet available. 

Black Socks 

Note: Students will not be asked to reveal 

garments that are not otherwise visible. If 

socks are completely covered by pants and 

shoes, full points will be given. 

FFA Tie – Official Navy Blue 

Note: Solid navy or black tie is acceptable 

when official FFA tie is not yet available. 


Points 

Possible 

15 

10 

10 

10 

Florida FFA Career Development Event Handbook 7 

3 

2

Agribusiness Management CDE 

Agribusiness 

Management CDE 

Purpose 

The Agribusiness Management Career Development Event 

provides competition that fosters information assimilation, 

critical thinking and problem-solving skills necessary 

to successfully manage a farm or pursue farm business 

management careers. The Farm Business Management Career 

Development Event enhances and encourages opportunities 

for all participants to receive instruction that develops farm 

business management skills. 

Eligibility 

The participant must be an active member of a chartered Florida 

FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12. Each Junior 

and Senior chapter may enter one team of four individuals. 

Only the top three scores will be calculated for the team total. 

Event Procedures 

1. Team members will work individually on their test 

8 

materials. 

2. Team members should bring two #2 pencils. 

3. Team members may bring a hand held non-programmable 

calculator for use during the contest. 

4. FFA members must be in official dress, appropriate to the 

contest, and will be scored accordingly. 

Event Format 

1. The competition will be held in two rounds: the 

preliminary event will be held in conjunction with the 

District level leadership development contests. The state 

event will be conducted for the top ten teams as decided 

by the scoring of the preliminary events. 

2. The test at the preliminary level will consist of both 

multiple choice and problem solving questions to be 

answered on a scantron sheet. 

3. The state event will consist of 50 multiple choice questions 

relating to problematic situations to test understanding of 

principles and a problem solving analysis section where 

contestants will use data and the application of principles 

to solve these situational problems. 

Scoring 

Written Test 100 

Problem Solving 200 

Total 300 


Tie Breakers 

Ties will be broken using the following procedure, unless 

otherwise noted by the CDE Coordinator. In breaking a tie for a 

team the drop score will be used first, followed by team written 

exam total, and then by team placing class total. Individual ties 

will be broken by oral reasons first, followed by written exam, 

and then by a single placing class (chosen by CDE Coordinator). 

If any of these are absent from a CDE, (ie. oral reasons, written 

exam, etc), then the next highest point practicum will be used. 

Awards 

Awards will be presented at an awards ceremony. Awards are 

presented to teams as well as individuals based upon their 

rankings. Awards are sponsored by a cooperating industry 

sponsor(s) as a special project and/or by the general fund of the 

Florida FFA Foundation. 

References 

This list of references is not intended to be inclu¬sive. Other 

sources may be utilized and teachers are encouraged to make 

use of the very best instructional materials available. The 

following list contains references that may prove helpful during 

event preparation. 

• The Farm Management Handbook. Interstate 

Publishers. 

• Financial Planning in Agriculture. Interstate 

Publishers. 

• Introduction to Agribusiness Management. Interstate 

Publishers. 

Previous tests and other information pertinent to the CDE can be 

found on the University of Florida, Food and Resource Economics 

Department website.

Agricultural 

Communications 


Purpose 

The purpose of the Agricultural Communications Career 

Development Event is to provide individuals with practical 

communications skills necessary to pursue career opportunities 

in agricultural communications. Public communications about 

agricultural products, practices and policies are essential to the 

future of agriculture. Students who are equipped with strong 

communication skills, have developed teamwork skills and who 

can use a variety of media to help the public understand issues 

related to the industry of agriculture have a bright future in the 

job market. 

Eligibility 



and Senior chapter may enter one team of three individuals. 

Each of the contestants’ scores will be calculated for the team 

total. 


1. The UF Department of Agricultural Education and 

Communication will be in charge of this event. 

2. All materials will be student-produced and verified by the 

FFA advisor. 



4. The panel of judges will consist of media representatives, 

Department of Agricultural Education and Communication 

students, AEC faculty, and other members of the 

agricultural communications community. 

5. An electronic copy of the media plan in PDF format must 

be submitted to Dr. Ricky Telg (rwtelg@ufl.edu) by April 1. 

Any media plans submitted after the April 1 deadline will 

not be accepted. The PDF should also include the three 

required tactics (See “Appendices/Examples” section.) The 

three tactics can be submitted as separate, individual files, 

depending on the file size. 

If the PDF is larger than 4 megabytes, please use yousendit. 

com or a similar file-sharing website, and then type in Dr. 

Telg’s email address in the “deliver to” line. He will send you 

a confirmation email when he has successfully opened the 

media plan PDF. 

Event Rules 

1. Teams will consist of three members. 

Agricultural Communications CDE 

2. Team members will work together to prepare a 

written media plan prior to the State FFA Agricultural 

Communications Career Development Event (CDE). 

The team will also be responsible for presenting the 

plan at the State FFA Agricultural Communications 

CDE and completing individual tests. 

Event Format 

Each November following the National FFA Convention, the 

agricultural communications CDE committee will release event 

specifications for the next year. The specifications will outline 

the scenario to be used for the media plan and presentation. 

Please refer to the National FFA CDE site to learn about the 

media plan theme for the year. Florida FFA will use National 

FFA’s theme for the state CDE. 

Event Schedule 

• Orientation – 15 minutes 

• Communications Quiz – 15 minutes 

• Editing Exercise – 15 minutes 

• Media Plan Presentation – 12 minutes 

Team Activities 

The event will consist of three components: 

1. Agriculture-related Media Plan (200 points/team) 

2. Agriculture-related Media Plan Presentation (125 

points/team) 

3. Individual Activities (150 points [total]/team) 

Agriculture-related Media Plan (200 points/ 

teams) 

Teams will play the role of communications consultants and 

will develop a media plan for an assigned scenario. (See “Event 

Format” above for information about the scenario.) The scenario 

will identify a client with a communications need and a budget. 

Please reference the current event specifications in the term 

orientation packet. At the state event, the team will make an oral 

presentation of the media plan. 

A media plan is a written document that describes the following: 

• Objectives - What the group wants to accomplish with 

the media plan. 

• Target Audience - Description of who the client is 

trying to reach, including demographic data. 

• Strategic plan and tactics - Ways in which the objectives 



10 

can be accomplished. 

• Timeline - When the objectives will be accomplished. 

• Evaluation - How the results will be measured. 

• Budget - How much the plan will cost. 

Guidelines for media plan 

• A maximum of 15 typed pages not including cover 

page, table of contents, references or appendices. 

• Double-spaced with 1” margins. 

• Paginated (numbered pages not including cover page). 

• 12-point Times New Roman font (not including display 

text or headings). 

• Submitted electronically in PDF format to Dr. Ricky 

Telg. (See “Event Procedures” section.) 

• Formatted and edited according to the Publication 

Manual of the American Psychological Association 

(APA) when citing sources. 

The media plan must include the following sections (points will 

be deducted for missing or incomplete sections): 

• Cover page 

– Must include the title of the media plan, CDE 

name, chapter name, team member names and year 

in school. 

– May include a creative design. 

• Table of Contents 

• Executive Summary - 1 page maximum 

• Brief description of the contents of the media plan. 

The executive summary previews the main points of 

the complete plan. It allows the reader to get the main 

points without reading the whole document. 

– Helpful tip: complete this after the plan has been 

written. 

• Introduction and Overview - 2 pages maximum 

– Introduction- a brief background of the issue/topic 

and a statement of the problem establishing the 

need for this media plan. 

– Overview- a brief preview of what is contained in 

the plan and how it will benefit the client. 

• Audience - 2 pages maximum 

– Who the client is trying to reach with the media 

plan. 

– The demographic characteristics of the intended 

audience. 

• Strategic Plan - 6 pages maximum 

– The heart of the plan, including the objectives. 

– Key messages or themes to communicate to the 

audience. 

– Explanation of how the objectives will be met, 


including justification of chosen media tactics. 

• A minimum of three examples must be 

included in the appendices. The tactics 

must include at least one example of each 

of the following: Design, Electronic Media, 

and Writing. Explanations of the required 

tactic components are included in the 

“Appendices/Examples” section. 

– Description of how the plan will be executed. 

• Timeline - 1 page maximum 

– Explanation of the duration of the plan and the 

timing of the media tactics. 

• Evaluation - 1 page maximum 

– Description of proposed methods to determine if 

the objectives were met. 

• Budget - 1 page maximum 

– Table of all costs associated with implementing the 

media plan. 

– Narratives typically will not be included with the 

budget table. 

• Conclusion - 1 page maximum 

– A final summary of key points related to the 

strategic plan and a statement persuading the 

client that the plan is a good solution to the 

communication problem. 

– Not a restatement of the introduction and 

overview. 

• References 

– Formatted and edited according to the Publication 

Manual of the American Psychological Association 

(APA). 

• Appendices/Examples 

– Design: The objective under “design” is effective 

communication or information sharing through 

visual tools. The design example may include – but 

is not limited to – one the following: 

• Magazine page layout 

• Web page layout 

• Electronic publication layout 

• Print advertisement 

• Brochure 

• Flier or poster 

• Exhibit/display 

– Electronic Media: The objective under “electronic 

media” is the proper development and integration 

of electronic media, such as video, audio, and 

social media. The electronic media example 

may include – but is not limited to – one of the

following: 

• Digital news broadcast 

• Blog 

• Social media 

• Video 

• Broadcast (radio or TV) advertising 

• Broadcast (radio or TV) story 

– Writing: The objective under “writing” is effective 

and understandable writing, consistent with 

Associated Press Style, that conveys messages 

to targeted audiences. The writing example 

may include – but is not limited to – one of the 

following: 

• Press release 

• News story 

• Feature story 

Media Plan Presentation (125 points/team) 

• The team should present the media plan as if pitching it 

to the client identified in the scenario. 

• The presentation should follow the structure of the 

written media plan. 

• Teams are encouraged to bring examples of materials 

that would be used in the execution of the plan (e.g., 

social media, broadcast advertising, print advertising, 

press releases, fliers, brochures, website, blogging, and 

displays). 

• Each team member must participate in the 

presentation. 

• Each team will be allowed 12 minutes to present its 

media plan to a panel of judges, who will play the role 

of the client. Five points will be deducted for each 

major fraction of a minute over the 12 minutes allowed 

for the presentation. Following the presentation, judges 

will be allowed five minutes to ask questions. 

• Teams will have a total of 10 minutes for setting-up and 

tearing-down equipment (e.g., 5 minutes to set up and 

5 minutes to tear down). 

• Provided equipment includes a PC computer with 

PowerPoint 97, digital projector, projector screen, and 

table. 

– Note: Teams may bring additional equipment for 

the presentation as long as they are able to set up 

and tear down equipment in the time allowed. 

• In the case of equipment failure, the team may be asked 

to move forward with the presentation. A back-up plan 

is recommended. 


Individual Activities 

• Editing exercise - 25 points/individual; 75 points/team 

– Because editing is a critical skill for all 

communicators, each team member will complete 

an editing exercise. They will be given a printed 

document that contains 25 mistakes. In correcting 

the mistakes, team members may be required to 

use correct proofreader’s marks (see Associated 

Press Stylebook). Style, grammar, punctuation and 

spelling mistakes will be included. Team members 

will NOT be able to use the style manual or a 

dictionary during this exercise. 

• Communications quiz - 25 points/individual; 75 

points/team 

– Each member will complete a quiz that covers 

basic elements important to journalistic writing, 

broadcasting, public relations, graphic design, and 

communication ethics. Much of the information 

for the quiz will be drawn from the National FFA’s 

online resource: Agricultural Communications 

in the Classroom: Preparing for a Future in the 

Agricultural Communications Industry: http:// 

www.ffa.org/documents/cde_agcomm_resources. 

pdf or from the Associated Press Stylebook. Team 

members will NOT be able to use the style manual 

or dictionary during this exercise. 

Equipment Provided 

• Pencils for the individual activities. 

• Specialized equipment listed below for team 

presentation: 

– PC computer with PowerPoint 97 

– Digital projector 

– Projector screen and table 

Note: Teams may bring additional equipment for the media plan 

presentation as long as they are able to set up and tear down 

equipment in the time allowed for the presentation. 

Scoring 

Activity Individual Score Team Score 

Media Plan 200 

Media Plan 

Presentation 

125 

Communications 

Quiz 

25 75 

Editing Exercise 25 75 

Total 150 475 



Tiebreakers 

Team tiebreakers will be settled in the following order: 

12 

1. Media plan score 

2. Media plan presentation score 

3. Combined editing exercise score 

4. Combined communications quiz score 

Individual tiebreakers will be settled in the following order: 

1. Editing exercise score 

2. Communications quiz score 

Awards 






References 

This list of references is not intended to be inclusive. Other 

sources may be utilized, and teachers are encouraged to make 




• National FFA Core Catalog—Past CDE Material (http:// 

shop.ffa.org/cde-qas-c1413.aspx) 

• Associated Press Stylebook and Libel Manual 

• Microsoft ® Office computer program 

• Adobe ® Creative Suite (most current edition) 

• Agriculture Communications in the Classroom; 

Shannon Hartenstein, advised by Tracy A. Rutherford, 

Ph.D. Agricultural Communications and Journalism, 

Kansas State University on behalf of the National 

FFA Organization Copyright 2002, National FFA 

Organization. This guide can be found on the CDE 

webpage at https://www.ffa.org/documents/cde_ 

agcomm_resources.pdf. 

• Bivins, T. Public Relations Writings: The Essentials of 

Style and Format, 4th edition. McGraw-Hill Higher 

Education, ISBN 0-844-20351-3 

• Calver, P. (editor). The Communicator’s Handbook. 4th 

edition. Maupin House, Gainesville, FL 32607 http:// 

www.maupinhouse.com 

• Harrower, T. Newspaper Designer’s Handbook, 5th 

edition. McGraw-Hill Higher Education. ISBN 0-07- 

249291-0 

• Kalbfeld, B. Associated Press Broadcast News 

Handbook. McGraw-Hill Higher Education, ISBN 


0-07-136388-2 

• Telg, R. & Irani, T.A. (2011). Agricultural 

Communications in Action: A Hands-On Approach. 

Delmar-Cengage Publishing.

Agricultural Communications Career Development Event 

Media Plan Scorecard 


FFA Chapter Name: ________________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Plan Includes all Requirements 

Cover page, titles and names on cover page, table of 

contents, does not exceed page limit, double spaced, one 

inch margins, page numbers, required headings (-‐1 point 

per missing item) 

Topic is Agricultural 10 

Executive Summary 

Adequately explains the plan without reading the entire 

document 

Introduction 

Provides adequate background of the issue; clearly 

states the problem and need for plan; describes how the 

plan will benefit the client 

Description of Audience 

Clearly describes (including demographics) who is 

targeted with the media plan 

Detailed Strategic Plan 

Clearly states objectives; explains how objectives will be 

met; explains why chosen mediums are appropriate to 

meet objectives; describes how plan will be executed 

Timeline 

Explains duration of plan and timing of media tactics 

Method of Evaluation 

Proposes methods to determine if the objectives were 

met 

Budget 

Explains all costs associated with implementing the 20 

media plan 

Conclusion 10 

Appendices 

30 

Quality of communications documents. Three required 

Possible 

Score 

Quality of writing 

Grammar, spelling, punctuation, capitalization, sentence 25 

structure 

TOTAL POINTS 200 

10 

10 

15 

15 

30 

10 

15 

Team Score 



14 


Presentation Rubric—125 points 


Indicators 

A. Examples 

B. Speaking 

without hesitation 

C. Tone 

D. Being detail-‐ 

oriented 

E. Speaking 

unrehearsed 

F. Connecting and 

articulating facts 

and issues 

G. All team 

members 

participated 

I. Use of Visual Aids 

J. Media Plan 

H. Questions and 

Answers 

Very strong evidence skill is present 

5-‐4 

Examples are vivid, precise and 

clearly explained. 

· Examples are original, logical 

and relevant. 

Speaks very articulately without 

hesitation. 

· Never has the need for 

unnecessary pauses or hesitation 

when speaking. 

Appropriate tone is consistent. 

· Speaks at the right pace to be 

clear. 

· Pronunciation of words is very 

clear and intent is apparent. 

Is able to stay fully detail-‐ 

oriented. 

· Always provides details which 

support the issue; is well 

organized. 

Speaks unrehearsed with com-‐fort 

and ease. 

· Is able to speak quickly with 

organized thoughts and concise 

answers. 

Exemplary in connecting facts and 

issues and articulating how they 

impact the issue locally and 

globally. 

· Possesses a strong knowledge 

base and is able to effectively 

articulate in-‐formation regarding 

related facts and current issues. 

· All team members took an 

active role in the presentation. 

· Visual aids add clarity and 

support what is being said 

during the presentation. 

· Key elements of the media plan 

are clearly communicated. 

· Strong understanding of chosen 

media is present. 

· Is able to correctly respond to 

judges’ questions. 

· Answers show familiarity with 

subject matter. 


Moderate evidence skill is 

present 

3-‐2 

Examples are usually 

concrete, sometimes needs 

clarification. 

· Examples are effective, but 

need more originality or 

thought. 

Speaks articulately, but some-‐ 

times hesitates. 

· Occasionally has the need 

for a long pause or moderate 

hesitation when speaking. 

Appropriate tone is usually 

consistent. 

· Speaks at the right pace 

most of the time, but shows 

some nervousness. 

· Pronunciation of words is 

usually clear, sometimes 

vague. 

Is mostly good at being detail-‐ 

oriented. 

· Usually provides details 

which are supportive of the 

issue; displays good 

organizational skills. 

Speaks unrehearsed mostly 

with comfort and ease, but 

sometimes seems nervous or 

unsure. 

· Is able to speak effectively, 

has to stop and think and 

sometimes gets off focus. 

Sufficient in connecting facts 

and issues and articulating 

how they impact the issue 

locally and globally. 

· Possesses a good 

knowledge base and is able 

to, for the most part, 

articulate information 

regarding related facts and 

current issues. 

· Two team members took an 

active role in the 

presentation. 

· Visual aids add some clarity 

and support to what is being 

said during the presentation. 

· Key elements of the media 

plan are vaguely 

communicated. 

· Vague understanding of 

chosen media is present. 

· Is somewhat able to 

correctly respond to judges’ 

questions. 

· Answers show vague 

familiarity with subject 

matter. 

Strong evidence skill is not 

present 

1-‐0 

Examples are abstract or not 

clearly defined. 

· Examples are sometimes 

confusing, leaving the listeners 

with questions. 

Speaks articulately, but 

frequently hesitates. 

· Frequently hesitates or has 

long, awkward pauses while 

speaking. 

Has difficulty using an 

appropriate-‐ate tone. 

· Pace is too fast; nervous. 

· Pronunciation of words is 

difficult to understand; 

unclear. 

Has difficulty being detail-‐ 

oriented. 

· Sometimes overlooks details 

that could be very beneficial to 

the issue; lacks organization. 

Shows nervousness or seems 

unprepared when speaking 

unrehearsed. 

· Seems to ramble or speaks 

before thinking. 

Has difficulty with connecting 

facts and issues and 

articulating how they impact 

the issue locally and globally. 

· Possesses some knowledge 

base but is unable to articulate 

information regarding related 

facts and current issues. 

Points 

Earned 

Weight 

X 3 

X 2 

X 1 

X 2 

X 2 

X 2 

· One team member took an 

active role in the presentation. X 2 

· Visual aids add little to no 

clarity and support to what is 

being said during the 

presentation. 

· Key elements of the media 

plan are not communicated. 

· Little to no understanding of 

chosen media is present. 

· Is unable to correctly 

respond to judges’ questions. 

· Answers do not reflect any 

familiarity with subject matter. 

X 2 

X 2 

X 7 

Total Points 

Total 

Score


Communications Quiz 


FFA Chapter Name: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Team Members: 1______________________ 

2_________________________ 

3_________________________ 

Team Member Possible Score Score 

1 25 

2 25 

3 25 

TOTAL 75 

COMMENTS 



16 


Editing Exercise 

FFA Chapter Name: _____________________________________________________________________________________________ 

Team Members: 1______________________ 

2_________________________ 

3_________________________ 

Team Member Possible Score Score 

1 25 

2 25 

3 25 

TOTAL 75 

COMMENTS 

Florida FFA Career Development Event Handbook



Team Scorecard 


Team Members: 1_________________________ 

2_________________________ 

3_________________________ 

Media Plan 200 

Media Plan Presentation 125 

Test Scores 

• Communications Quiz – 75 pts. (25 pts./member) 

Test Scores 

• Editing Exercise – 75 pts. (25 pts./member) 

Total Possible: 475 

Team Tie Breakers 

Team tiebreakers will be settled in the following order: 

1. Media plan score 

2. Media plan presentation score 

3. Combined editing exercise score 

4. Combined communications quiz score 

Individual Tie Breakers 

Individual tiebreakers will be settled in the following order: 

1. Editing exercise score 

2. Communications quiz score 

Possible 

Score 

75 

75 

Member 

Score 



18 


Agricultural Issues 


Purpose 

The Ag Issues Career Development Event is designed: 

1. To provide an opportunity to expose a wide variety 

of students to the selection, research, planning and 

presentation of an agricultural issue. 

2. To acquire knowledge and skills in community leadership 

for present and future use. 

3. To become knowledgeable of, and familiar with a variety 

of local, state, national and international issues facing 

agriculture. 

4. To understand the principles and fundamentals of 

agricultural issue analysis. 

5. To further the awareness of agricultural issues in the local 

community. 

6. To promote integration of agricultural issue analysis in 

local school academic subject matter areas. 

7. To promote career choices by providing an opportunity for 

individuals to become acquainted with professionals in the 

industry. 

8. To foster teamwork, leadership and communication skills. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11, and 12. Each 

junior and senior chapter may enter one team of three to seven 

individuals. 


Equipment Provided 

Equipment provided by the event superintendent includes: 

overhead projector, TV/VCR, easel, slide projector and screen. 

Other equipment is allowed, but the presenting team must 

provide it. 

Presentation 

Each team will conduct a presentation on the issue developed 

and presented at the local level. 

Event Format 

Topic Selection 

Agricultural Issues Forum CDE 

The issue will come from one of the following seven agricultural 

issue topic areas as listed in the focusing on the “Focusing on 

Agricultural Issues: Instructional Materials”, a publication from 

the National FFA Organization: 

– Environmental Issues 

– Agricultural Technology Issues 

– Animal Issues 

– Agricultural Career Issues 

– Economy and Trade Issues 

– Agricultural Policy Issues 

– Food Safety Issues 

Research on the topic must be current and students must be 

involved in all the research of the topic and development of the 

portfolio. 

Portfolio 

The portfolio should include items described in a, b, and c 

below, and will be limited to ten pages single sided or five pages 

double sided maximum not including cover page. 

The cover page will include: 

• Title of the issue state as a question 

• Date of the state event 

• Name, address, state and phone number of the FFA 

chapter 

A maximum of ten (10) points will be deducted for exceeding 

the maximum amount of pages and/or for not including the 

cover page containing required information. Portfolios are to 

be printed on standard bond 8 1/2” x 11” paper, stapled in upper 

left hand corner or with spiral binding. Portfolios should not be 

sent in notebooks, page protectors or report covers. Ten copies 

of the portfolio must be sent to the Florida FFA Association 

Office by MAY 1st . 

1. A maximum of two pages of the portfolio will include a 

summary of the issue, answering the questions that are 

most relevant to your topic. 

2. List course(s) in which instruction occurred include a 

summary of the issue, answering the questions that are 

most relevant to your topic. (See CDE Purpose #6.) 

– Why is this issue important now? 

– What is the nature of the issue? 

– Who is involved in the issue? 

– How can the issue be defined? 

– What is the historical background of the issue? 

– What caused the issue? 

– What are the risks? 



20 

– What are the benefits? 

– Is there strong disagreement on how the issue 

should be solved? 

3. A bibliography of all resources and references cited which 

may include personal interviews and any other supporting 

material. 

4. Indicate date of state competition and provide 

documentation that local forum(s) occurred prior to state 

qualifying competition such as: 

– Letters from organizations 

– News articles 

– Photos (3”x5” or 4”x6”) 

– Scrapbook 

5. Please state when, where and to whom the forum(s) were 

presented and indicate how many community members 

were in attendance at each of the forum(s). 

6. A chapter must have a minimum of five high quality public 

forums prior to their state qualifying event in order to 

receive the maximum of 15 points. Forum presentations 

given after having won the state competition are 

encouraged, but will not count toward the portfolio score. 

– Examples of High quality forums are those 

presentations made to community groups that 

would have an interest in the issue. Suggested 

procedures for setting up these presentations and 

examples of community groups have been provided 

in the Agricultural Issues Forum Presenter’s 

Guide. High quality forums can also be with 

smaller numbers of individuals who hold elected, 

appointed or some other official position that will 

be making decisions on the issue. 

– Examples of low quality forums would be dropping 

in at a local business and giving your presentation 

to the workers or going to the home of one of the 

parents to make a presentation. 

• Low quality forums will receive zero or 

minimal points. 

Presentation 

1. Time Limits: Five minutes will be allowed for set up. The 

presentation will be a maximum of 15 minutes in length. 

The presenters will receive a signal at 10 minutes and at 

14 minutes. At 15 minutes, the timekeeper will announce 

that time is up, and the presentation will end. A maximum 

of 5 minutes for questions and answers will be allotted. 

Questions and answers will terminate at the end of 5 

minutes. Five minutes will be allowed for take down. 

2. The presentations will be designed to be viewed by the 


judges. The audience at-large will not be of concern to the 

presenters. 

3. The judges may ask questions of all individuals of the 

presenting team. 

Scoring 

Portfolio 25 

Summary of the issue 5 

Bibliography 5 

Documentation of local forums 15 

Team Presentation 125 

Introduction 20 

Pro view point 20 

Con view point 20 

Summary pf pr/con view points 20 

Effectiveness of presentation 25 

Questions 20 

Total Score 150 

Maximum of 10 points will be deducted for exceeding the 

maximum number of pages and/or not including cover page 

containing required information. 

Prior to the event the portfolios will be judged and scored by 

qualified individuals using the portfolio score sheet. Portfolio 

scores will be averaged and supplied to the presentation judges 

after they have scored the presentation. Portfolio comment 

cards will be completed by portfolio judges and presented to 

the teams at the awards function. Presentation judges will be 

furnished with copies of the team portfolio, which they will use 

to formulate questions. 

Participants shall be ranked in numerical order on the basis 

of the final score to be determined by each judge without 

consultation. The judges’ ranking of each participant shall then 

be added, and the winner will be that whose total of rankings 

is the lowest. Other placings shall be determined in the same 

manner. (low point method of selection) 

Tie Breakers 








exam, etc), then the next highest point practicum will be used.

Awards 






References 






• Updated Focusing on Agricultural Issues Instructional 

Materials located at: http://web.ics. purdue. 

edu/~peters/ or can be purchased through The Core 

Catalog, National FFA Organization. 




22 

Agricultural Issues Forum Career Development Event 2012-2016 



Portfolio Scorecard 

Chapter Name: _______________________________________________ 

State: ______________________________________________________ 

The portfolio should include items described in sections H1-H5 of the event format guidelines 

and is limited to ten single-sided pages or five double-sided pages maximum. 

Ten copies of the portfolio must be sent to the Career Development Event Program Manager at 

the National FFA Center postmarked by August 15 prior to the National FFA Convention at 

which the issue is to be presented. 

Summary of the issue 

(2 pages maximum) 

5 

Bibliography 5 

Documentation of 

local forums 

15 

Deductions 

Possible Points 15-11 10-6 5-1 

Subtotal: 

Judge’s Signature: _________________________________ 

Total 

Score 

• Late submission to National FFA -2.5 points ( ) 

• For exceeding maximum number of pages 

• Cover page not stating Title in form of a 

question, Date of state qualifying event, Chapter 

Name, Address, State and Phone Number 

-10 points ( ) 

Total Points 

Agricultural Issues Forum Career Development Event 6


Agricultural Issues Forum Career Development Event 2012-2016 


Team Presentation Scorecard 

Chapter Name: _______________________________________________ 

State: ______________________________________________________ 

Circle One: Preliminaries Semifinals Finals 

Introduction 

• Statement of the issue 

• Why issue is important 

Pro view point 

• Identification of positive 

points 

• Points addressed are 

relevant 

Con view point 

• Identification of 

negative points 

• Points addressed are 

relevant 

Summary of pro/con view 

points 

Effectiveness of 

presentation 

• Participation, creativity, 

quality and power, 

clear with right pace 

and word pronunciation, 

no distractions, 

appropriate gestures, 

poised 

Questions 

• Appropriate response 

• Knowledge of issue 

Possible 

Points 

20 

20 

20 

20 

25 

20 

25-21 20-15 14-10 9-5 4-0 

Subtotal 

Portfolio Score 

Deduction for presenting a conclusion during 

the 15 minute presentation (-5 points) 

Total 

Judge’s Signature: _________________________________ 

Total 

Score 

( ) 

Agricultural Issues Forum Career Development Event 7 


Agricultural Sales CDE 

Agricultural Sales 


Purpose 

The purpose of the Agricultural Sales Career Development 

Event is to evaluate skills that are essential for an individual to 

be successful in the agricultural sales field. The process of selling 

agricultural products is essential for production and marketing 

of agricultural products. 

Eligibility 




The event will be a team event consisting of four students. All 

four students’ scores count toward the team total. A team may 

compete with less than four members. 


1. The event will be composed of three parts. Individual 

24 

scores will be comprised of the written exam and 

individual sales activity. The team score will be comprised 

of the team activity and all individual scores. 

2. The product(s) utilized in the event and activity examples 

will be announced by the CDE coordinator prior to 

the event. Provided product information may include 

appropriate company information and price list. 

Event Format 

Individual Written Exam - 100 points (400 

points total) 

The written exam is designed to evaluate an individual’s 

knowledge of sales skills. The listed resources will be used as a 

basic resource but the questions will be generated based on basic 

sales concepts. The test will not exceed thirty (30) questions and 

forty-five (45) minutes. The questions will consist of multiple 

choice, fill in the blank, short answer and essay format. Point 

values will be assigned to each question based on the skill level 

of the question. 

Team Activity - 150 points 

Each participant will be allowed to bring a one-inch binder to 

the team activity containing the provided product information 

and any other information gathered by 

the participant. 

Team members will work together to demonstrate teamwork, 


group dynamics, problem solving, data analysis, decision 

making and oral communications. 

The following information will be provided to the team at the 

event as if they were a group of salespeople working together to 

develop the pre-call planning prior to conducting a sales call. 

1. Product information (before event) 

2. Profiles of different customers 

The team will be provided with paper and writing utensils. No 

presentation equipment such as laptops, flipcharts or dry erase 

boards will be allowed. 

The team will then develop the strategy (for the product(s) 

provided prior to the event) necessary to sell the product(s) in 

a face-to-face sales call. This strategy should include but not be 

limited to: 

• Determining potential customer needs and wants. 

• Identify features and benefits of the product(s) that 

address the customer’s needs and wants. 

• Identify potential customer objections and prepare to 

address them. 

• Identify possible related/complimentary products and 

their suggestive selling strategies. 

• Develop information gathering questions to be utilized 

in clarifying the customer’s needs and wants. 

Teamwork and involvement of team members will be judged 

during this event. Students are expected to justify their 

decisions based on selling principles. 

The team will be given twenty (20) minutes to analyze the 

information given and develop a presentation to provide the 

information listed above. During this twenty (20) minute 

period, the team will be judged using the team activity 

scorecard found in this chapter. 

At the conclusion of the twenty (20) minutes, the team will 

present to the judges who are acting as the team’s immediate 

supervisors. The presentation will be no 

longer than ten (10) minutes. At the conclusion of the 

presentation, the judges will have ten (10) minutes to ask 

questions of all team members. The questions will be taken 

from all aspects of the team event. 

Individual Sales Activity - 150 points 

Information and product(s) from team activity will be used 

in the individual sales activity. (Individual activity will be

conducted after the team activity.) Participants will directly 

sell the product(s) to judge(s). The judge(s) will fit one of the 

customer profiles identified in the team pre-call planning 

activity. The judge(s) will act as a real customer 

which may include not buying the product. Participants will 

have to establish rapport with the customer and ask probing 

questions to ensure they meet the customer’s needs. 

Participants will have twenty (20) minutes to interact with the 

judge(s). Participants are allowed to use their one-inch product 

information binder during individual activity. 

Scoring 

Written Exam 100 points 

Individual Sales Activity 150 points 

Team Activity 150 points 

Tie Breakers 


otherwise noted by the CDE Coordinator. In breaking a tie 

for a team the drop score will be used first, followed by team 

written exam total, and then by team placing class total. 

Individual ties will be broken by oral reasons first, followed 

by written exam, and then by a single placing class (chosen by 

CDE Coordinator). If any of these are absent from a CDE, (ie. 

oral reasons, written exam, etc), then the next highest point 

practicum will be used. 

Awards 






References 

This list of references is not intended to be inclu sive. Other 

sources may be utilized and teachers are encouraged to make use 

of the very best instructional materials available. The following 

list contains references that may prove helpful during event 

preparation. 

• CRISP Publications, 1200 Hamilton Court, Menlo Park, 

CA 94025-1427 1-800-442-7477) FAX 650-323-5800) 

• Professional Selling, Rebecca L. Morgan ISBN 

0-931961-42-4 

• Sales Training Basics, Elwood N. Chapman ISBN 

1-56052-119-8 

• Closing, Virden J. Thorton ISBN 1-56052-318-2 


• Calming Upset Customers, Rebecca L. Morgan ISBN 

1-56052-384-0 

• Telephone Courtesy & Customer Service, Loyd Finch 

ISBN 1-56052-064-7 

• Sales and Service, Mike Martin Ditzenberger and 

Kidney. Selling-Helping Customers Buy. South-Western 

Publishing Company, Cincinnati, Ohio, 1992, 1-800- 

543-7972) ISBN 0538605316 

• Ditzenberger and Kidney, Selling-Helping Customers 

Buy, South-Western Publishing Company, Cincinnati, 

Ohio, 1992, 1-800-543-7972, ISBN 0538605316. 



26 

Agricultural Sales Career Development Event 2012-2016 

Chapter Name: ____________________ 

State: ______________ 



Team Event Scorecard 

Skills 

Points 

Possible 

How well did each team member participate by analyzing and 

providing input to the solution? 

8 

How well did each team member communicate with the rest of the 

team members? 

10 

How well did each team member demonstrate effective listening 

skills? 

10 

How well did each team member respect the input of other team 

members? 

9 

What level of knowledge did the team have of the products they 

are selling? 

12 

Did the team accurately analyze all the information for each 

customer type? 

12 

Did the team identify customer needs and wants, and prepare 

quality questions to help clarify the customer’s needs and wants? 

Did the team identify products for each customer type based on 

12 

their product’s features and benefits and the customer’s 

anticipated needs and wants? 

15 

How well did the team identify potential objections for each 

customer type and how to address them? 

12 

Were complimentary/related products also identified? 10 

Were the decisions made by the team based on sound sales 

principles using the information they were given? 

12 

Was the presentation delivered professionally? 8 

Did all team members participate in the presentation? 8 

Were the questions answered correctly by all team members? 12 


Points 

Earned 

Agricultural Sales Career Development Event 4


Agricultural Sales Career Development Event 2012-2016 


Individual Sales Call Scorecard 

Student Name: ____________________ Chapter Name: _______________________ 

State: ______________ 

Skills 

Points 

Possible 

Did the sales person identify themselves with a good first 

impression? 

5 

Did the student ask questions/dialogue in an attempt to build 

personal rapport with you? 

8 

Did the student actively listen to your personal comments when 

you answered? 

8 

Did the student use the information from your answers to further 

establish personal rapport? 

8 

Did the student ask questions to learn about your business? 10 

Did the student listen to the answers about your business you 

provided? 

10 

Did the student confirm and discover your needs and 

wants? 

12 

Did the student apply the features/benefits of their product to your 

needs/wants? 

16 

Did the student allow you to participate in matching your needs/ 

wants to their product features? 

Did the student effectively use trail close (gain acceptance on an 

15 

point, identify customers willingness to buy or a closing 

opportunity?) 

11 

Did the student listen to and clarify your objections? 14 

Did the student apply and discuss the features/benefits of their 

product to address your objections? 

13 

Did the student clearly close or attempt to close the sale? 20 


Points 

Earned 

Agricultural Sales Career Development Event 5 


Agricultural Technology and Mechanical Systems CDE 

Agricultural 

Technology and 

Mechanical Systems 


Purpose 

This event is designed to stimulate learning in the five areas of 

the agricultural mechanics industry: machinery and equipment 

systems, electrical systems, energy systems, structural systems 

and environmental and natural resource systems. 

Eligibility 






Contestants must provide their own pens, pencils, erasers, and 

other necessary items for contest competition. FFA members 

must be in official dress, appropriate to the contest, and will be 

scored accordingly. 

Event Format 

Topics 

Each year the contest questions will be centered around an 

integrated agricultural mechanics theme as announced by the 

contest coordinator. 

See National FFA CDE Handbook for annual themes. 

Event Schedule 

Preliminary 

The preliminary contest will be conducted in conjunction 

with the District level leadership contests. The top ten teams 

completing the written 50-question exam will be eligible for 

competition in the state level contest. 40 minutes will be allotted 

for the written exam. 

Finals 

The state level event will be comprised of written questions, skill 

activities, and a team activity. 

Written Exam 

28 


Written Examination covering all subject matter areas identified. 

Each contestant will complete 75 four-item multiple choice 

questions, 15 in each of the five contest areas. Each contestant 

will have one hour to complete the 75 questions. Each question 

is worth one point for a total of 75 points. 

Skill Activities 

Each contestant will complete specific hands-on performance 

operations in a time period of 20 – 40 minutes, depending 

upon the nature of the operations to be performed. There will 

be six skill activities for the contestant to complete. Each skill 

performance activity will total 25 points. The total of six equal 

150 points. 

Scoring 

Preliminaries 100 

Written Exam 50 

Official Dress 50 

Finals 

Written Exam 75 

Problem Solving Practicums 150 

Team Activity 250 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 





preparation. 

• FOS. John Deere.

• Agricultural Power and Machinery. McGraw-Hill. 

• Mechanics in Agriculture. Interstate Publishers. 

• Agricultural Mechanics Fundamentals and 

Applications. Delmar Publishers. 

• Modern Agricultural Mechanics. Interstate Printers and 

Publishers. 

• Developing Shop Safety Skills. American Association 

for Vocational Instructional Materials. 

• Power Tool Safety and Operation. Hobar. 

• Agricultural Mechanics I Lesson Plans. UMC-IML. 

• Agricultural Mechanics II Lesson Plans. UMC-IML. 

• Agricultural Buildings and Structures. Reston 

Publications. 

• Practical Farm Buildings. Interstate Publishers. 

• National Electrical Code (1993 edition). NFPA. 

• Agricultural Structures, Volumes I and II. UMC-IML. 

• National FFA Agricultural Mechanics web site: 

• http://web.missouri.edu/~pavt0689/natcon.html 

Agricultural Technology and Mechanical Systems CDE 


Alumi Scholarship Essay CDE 

Alumni Scholarship 

Essay 

Purpose 

To provide recognition for outstanding FFA members from 

chapters with an active Alumni Affiliate. 

Eligibility 

1. Must be a member in good standing who is below the 12th 

grade at the time of applying for the scholarship. 

2. Must be a member of a chapter who is in good standing 

with the State and National Alumni Organizations. 

Event Format 

1. This program is sponsored by the Florida FFA Alumni 

30 

Association. 

2. The essays must by submitted to the Executive Secretary by 

the posted date on the official Association Calendar. 

3. The essay must be 500 words in length and address the 

topic “What FFA Means To Me”. 

4. The essay must be typed and double spaced on 8 1/2” x 11” 

white paper. 

5. The format should use 1” margins, 10 characters per inch, 

12 font size, Times New Roman font and follow the APA 

(American Psychological Association) or Chicago style 

manuals. 

6. Should include a “What FFA Means To Me” cover page 

with title, name, chapter and date. 

7. Do not bind or place in folders, special binders or covers. 

Place a staple in upper-left corner. 

8. Manuscripts not meeting these guidelines will be 

penalized. 

Scoring 

1. A committee appointed by the Executive Secretary will 

review and place the submitted essays. 

Awards 

1. Award winners will receive scholarships to assist in 

attendance at either the Washington Conference or the 

Florida Leadership Adventures programs depending on 

their ranking. 

2. Specific prize levels will be announced each spring prior to 

the essay submission deadline. 


Aquaculture CDE 

Purpose 

The purpose of the Aquaculture Career Development Event 

(CDE) is to stimulate student interest in the aquaculture 

industry, encourage aquaculture instruction in the agricultural 

education curriculum, and to provide recognition for those 

who have demonstrated skills and competencies in the area of 

aquaculture management. Florida has a unique and diverse 

aquaculture industry which includes the culture of tropical 

ornamental fish, aquatic plants, clams, shrimp, alligators, tilapia, 

catfish, live rock, and other assorted aquatic animals. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 6 - 12. Each chartered 

chapter may enter one team of four individuals. 


1. Team Make-up- Team size shall be four members. All 

four members will be scored and the top three scores 

will count towards the total team score. 

2. Under no circumstance will any participants be allowed 

to handle any of the items in the identification portion 

of the practicum’s. Any infraction of this rule will be 

sufficient to eliminate a team from the event. 

3. Participants will be assigned to groups and will rotate 

throughout the contest. Each participant is to stay with 

his or her assigned group throughout the event until 

instructed otherwise by an event official. 

4. Participants must come to the event prepared to work 

in adverse weather conditions. 

5. All written material will be provided for the event. 

6. Each participant must have a clipboard free of notes, 

two sharpened No. 2 pencils, and an electronic 

calculator if needed. If used, calculators should be 

standard four function, battery operated, and nonprogrammable. 

The use of other electronic devices is 

strictly prohibited, including cell phones, iPods, PDA’s, 

etc. 

7. All other tools and equipment will be furnished for 

the event, unless otherwise directed by the event 

coordinator 

Event Format 

The event will include 

• Team Activity 

• Individual Objective Written Exam 

• Individual Practicums 

HS Aquaculture CDE 

Team Activity 

Students will be provided a scenario related to the Aquaculture 

Industry. Possible scenarios include, but are not limited 

to: Education, Marketing or Advertising, Best Management 

Practices (BMPs), Biosecurity, Environmental Issues, Stressors, 

etc. 

1. Teams will have thirty (30) minutes to develop an oral 

presentation that addresses the issue(s) raised in the 

scenario. Teams are allowed to prepare visual aides to 

accompany the presentation. 

2. Teams will present an oral presentation justifying the 

decisions or recommendations made by the team. The 

presentation period will be five to seven (5-7) minutes 

for high school teams and three to five (3-5) minutes 

for middle school teams. Teams will not be allowed to 

continue beyond the presentation time limit. 

3. Teams will be required to answer questions in regards to 

the decision reached by their team. The question period 

will be three to five (3-5) minutes in length. Teams will not 

be allowed to continue beyond the question period time 

limit. 

Individual Written Exam 

The objective general knowledge exam administered during 

the Aquaculture CDE will be designed to determine each team 

member’s general knowledge of the basic principles of the 

aquaculture industry. Team members will work individually 

to answer each of the twenty-five (25) questions. Questions 

can include multiple choice, matching and/or true and false. 

Each contestant will have thirty (30) minutes to complete the 

examination. Each question will be worth four (4) points for a 

total of one hundred (100) points per individual. 

Individual Problem Solving Practicum 

Students will participate in three (3) individual problem 

solving practicums related to the aquaculture industry. Species 

Identification and Selection will be presented annually, along 

with two (2) additional rotational practicums chosen each year. 

Problem solving topics may include: 

1. Species Identification and Selection – can include both 

fresh and saltwater species and aquatic plants. Students 

will be required to know the common and scientific name. 

Twenty-five (25) specimens will be shown each year. 

2. Anatomy and Physiology - students will identify various 

parts and provide information about their use, strucuture 

and abilities. 


HS Aquaculture CDE 

32 

3. Water Quality Analysis – possible focus areas include, but 

are not limited to, pH, NH3, NO2, and Dissolved Oxygen. 

4. Aquatic System Design & Troubleshooting – possible focus 

areas include, but are not limited to, filtration, pumps, 

sterilization, and system design. 

5. Identification & Treatment of Disease, Pests, and Predators 

– students will be asked to positively identify diseases, 

pests, and/or predators. In addition, students will be asked 

to identify or explain possible treatments and/or solutions 

related to the problem identified. 

Scoring 

Only the top three individual scores and the team activity will be 

counted towards the total team score. 


Indiviudal Written Exam 100 

Individual Problem Solving Practicums (100 ea) 300 

Total 800 

Tie Breakers 

In the event of a team or individual score, the contest 

coordinator will break the tie in the following manner: team tie 

broken by highest drop score, then by team activity. Individual 

ties broken by exam score, then by species identification. 

Awards 






References 






• Aquaculture Resource Guide for Educators 

• Florida Aquaculture in the Classroom 

• Florida Department of Education Frameworks 

(Aquaculture) 

• Aquaculture Science Text Book(s) 



Career Development Event 

© Florida FFA Association 

Chapter Contestant Group 

Chapter Name 1 1 

Disease & Pest ID 

Species ID 

Anatomy & Phys. 

Water Analysis 

Written Exam 

*SAMPLE* 

*SAMPLE* 

*SAMPLE* 

*SAMPLE* 

16 

*SAMPLE* 

17 

 

1 

 

1 

 

1 

 

1 

 

18 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

19 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

20 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

21 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

22 

6 

6 

6 

6 

23 

7 

7 

Aquatic Systems 

7 

24 

8 

8 

8 

25 

9 

9 

*SAMPLE* 

9 

10 

10 

 

1 

10 

2 

11 

3 

12 

4 

13 

5 

14 

15

D Balansae Plant Cryptocoryne crispatula 

E Banana Plant Nymphoides aquatica 

E Electric Yellow Cichlid Labidochromis caeruleus 

A Kenyi Maylandia lombardoi 

Fish 

A Cabomba Cabomba caroliniana 

B Corkscrew Vallisneria Vallisneria americana 

B Livingstoni Nimbochromis livingstonii 

C Maingano Melanochromis cyaneorhabdos 

Common Name Scientifi c Name 

Betta / Gourami / Paradise 

C Cryptocoryne Cryptocoryne wendtii 

D Dwarf Baby Tears Hemianthus callitrichoides 

D Red Jewelfi sh Hemichromis bimaculatus 

E Red Zebra Metriaclima estherae 

A Betta Betta splendens 

B Blue Gourami Trichogaster trichopterus 

E Dwarf Hairgrass Eleocharis acicularis 

A Dwarf Sagittaria Sagittaria subulata 

A Socolofi Pseudotropheus socolofi 

Livebearers 

C Dwarf Gourami Colisa lalia 

D Gold Gourami Trichogaster trichopterus 

B Four Leaf Clover Marsilea drummondii 

C Indian Red Sword Echinodorus 'Indian Red' 

B Fancy Guppy Poecilia reticulata 

C Green Sailfi n Molly Poecilia latipinna 

E Kissing Gourami Helostoma temminkii 

A Opaline Gourami Trichogaster trichopterus 

D Java Fern Microsorum pteropus 

E Ludwigia - Broad Ludwigia repens 

D Halfbeak Dermogenys sumatrana 

E Mosquitofi sh Gambusia affi nis 

B Paradise Fish Macropodus opercularis 

Barbs / Danios / Rasboras / Carp 

A Ludwigia inclinata Ludwigia inclinata 

B Madagascar Lace Aponogeton madagascariensis 

A Red Wag Hi-fi n Platy Xiphophorus maculatus 

B Spotted Tail Mosquito Fish Heterandria bimaculata 

C Bala Shark Balantiocheilus melanopterus 

D Cherry Barb Barbus titteya 

C Melon Sword Echinodorus osiris 

D Micro Sword Lilaeopsis novae-zelandiae 

C Sunset Variatus Platy Xiphophorus vriatus 

D Swordtail Xiphophorus helleri 

E Harlequin Rasbora Trigonostigma heteromorpha 

A Redtail Shark Epalzeorhynchus bicolor 

E Moneywort Bacopa monnieri 

A Moss Ball Chladophora aegagropila 

Saltwater Fish - Tank Raised 

B Rosy Barb Barbus conchonius 

C Tiger Barb Barbus tetrazona 

E Blue Stripe Neon Goby Gobiosoma oceanops 

A Fridmani Pseudochromis Pseudochromis fridmani 

B Myrio - Green Myriophyllum pinnatum 

C Ozelot Sword Echinodorus ozelot 

D Tinfold Barb Barbus schwanefeldii 

E Zebra Danios Danio rerio 

D Radican Sword Chinodorus cordifolius 

E Red Rubin Echinodorus rubin 

B Maroon Clownfi sh Premnas biaculeatus 

C Ocellaris Clownfi sh Amphiprion ocellaris 

Tetras 

A Koi Cyprinus carpio 

Catfi sh 

A Rotala Indica Rotala indica 

B Rotala Magenta Rotala macranda 

D Apple Snail Pomacea bridgesi 

E Black Phantom Tetra Megalamphodus megalopterus 

B Bristlenose Pleco Ancistrus dolichopterus 

C Emerald Cory Corydoras aeneus 

C Ruffl e Plant Echinodorus martii 

D Temple - Narrow Leaf Hygrophila corymbosa 

A Black tetra Gymnocorymbus ternetzi 

B Bleeding Heart Tetra Hyphessobrycon erythrostigma 

D Flagtail Porthole Catfi sh Dianema urostriata 

E Panda Cory Corydoras panda 

E Variegated Japanese Dwarf Acorus variegatus 

Rush 

A Water Sprite Ceratopteris thalictroides 

B Wisteria Hygrophilia difformis 

C Cardinal Tetra Paracheirodon axelrodi 

D GlowLight Tetra Hemigrammus erythrozonus 

A Salt and Pepper Cory Corydoras paleatus 

B Skunk Catfi sh Corydoras arcuatus 

Cichlids - New World & Large 

E Lemon Tetra Hyphessobrycon pulchripinnis 

A Neon Tetra Paracheirodon innesi 

C Angel Fish Pterophyllum scalare 

D Convict Cichlid Archocentrus nigrofasciatus 

Aquatic Plants - Marine 

A Black Needlerush Juncus roemerianus 

B Chaetomorpha Algae Aquacultured (Chaetomorpha sp 

B Penguin Tetra Thayeria boehlkei 

C Silver Dollar Metynnis argenteus 

E Firemouth Cichlid Thorichthys meeki 

A German Blue Ram Mikrogeophagus ramirezi 

D Silver Pacu Colossoma brachypomus 

C Cordgrass Spirtina alternifl ora 

D Halimeda Plant Halimeda sp 

B Golden Severum Heros severus 

C Green Terror Aequidens rivulatus 

Plants 

E Kelp on Rock, Grape Botryocladia sp 

A Kelp on Rock, Smooth Leaf Haliptilon sp 

D Jack Dempsey Cichlasoma octofasciatum 

E Oscar Astronnotus Ocellatus 


Aquatic Plants - Fresh Water 

Cichlids - African 

B Maiden's Hair Plant Chlorodesmis sp 

C Mermaid's Fan Plant Udotea sp 

E Amazon Sword Plant Echinodorus amazonicus 

A Anacharis Egeria densa 

A African Butterfl y Peacock Aulonocara jacobfreibergi 

B Bumblebee Pseudotropheus crabro 

D Pickerelweed Pontederia cordata 

E Red Mangrove Rhizophora mangle 

B Anubias Anubias nana 

C Anubias barteri Round Leaf Anubias barteri 

C Demason's Cichlid Pseudotropheus demasoni 

D Electric Blue Johannii Melanochromis johannii 

A Salt-marsh bulrush Scirpus robustus

Crassostrea virginica 

C Eastern oyster/ Virginia 

Oyster 

B Saw-grass Cladium jamaicense 

D Hybrid Striped Bass Morone saxatilis x Morone chrysops 

E Java tilapia Oreochromis mossambicus 

C Shaving Brush Plant Penicillus sp 

D Smooth cordgrass Spartina alternifl ora 

A Northern Quahog Hard Clam Mercenaria mercenaria 

B Sheepswool sponge Hippospongia lachne 

C Largemouth bass Micropterus salmoides 

D Bluegill Lepomis macrochirus 

E Spikerushes Eleocharis species 

A Ulva Lettuce Algae Aquacultured (Ulva sp 

Aquatic Plants - Pond 

A Black Gamecock Iris louisiana 

B Bluebell Ruellia brittoniana 

Aquatic Parasites 

C Bog Lily Crinum americanum 

D Corkscrew Rush Juncus effusus spiralis 

Scientifi c Name 

A Ambiphrya 

E Double Flowering Arrowhead Sagittaria japonica 

A Dwarf Cattail Typha minima 

B Apiosoma 

C Argulus (fi sh louse) 

B Dwarf Papyrus Cyperus haspens 

C Flowering Rush Butomus umbellatus 

D Capriniana 

D Horsetail Rush Equisetum hyemele 

E Lizard Tail Saururus cernuus 

E Chilodonella 

A Epistylis 

A Orange Variegated Canna Canna americanallis variegata 

B Pickerel Rush Pondeteria cordata 

B Ergasilus 

C Ichthyophthirius (Ich) 

C Red Endeavor Canna Canna x generalis 

D Red Night Blooming Hibiscus Hibiscus acetosella 

D Lernaea (anchor worm) 

E Monogeneans 

E Ribbon Grass Phalaris arundinacea 

A Sagittaria montevidensis Sagittaria montevidensis 

A Nematodes (roundworms) 

B Tetrahymena 

B Society Garlic Tulbaghia violacea 

C Spider Lily Hymenocallis liriosome 

C Trichodina 

D Umbrella Palm Cyperus alternifolius 

E Variegated Cattail Typha latifolia variegata 

A Variegated Sweetfl ag Acorus calamus "variegatus" 

B Variegated Water Celery Oenanthe javanica "Flamingo" 

C Violet-Stemmed Taro Colocasia esculent 'Fontanesia' 

D Water Poppy Hydrocleys nymphoides 

E White Rush Scirpus albescens 

A Yellow Iris Iris pseudacorus 

B Yellow Longwood Canna glauca 

C Zebra Rush Scirpus tabernaemontani 

Zephyranthes candida 

D Zephyr Lily or Dwarf Onion 

Plant 

Other Florida Species 


Other Species 

A American alligator Alligator mississippiensis 

B Channel Catfi sh Ictalurus punctatus

Citrus CDE 

Citrus CDE 

Purpose 

The Citrus Career Development Event stimulates learning 

activities to the production and management of citrus fruit. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11 or 12. Each Junior 




1. Each contestant should bring two #2 pencils, a clipboard, 

36 

and a hand lens. 


CDE, and will be scored accordingly. 

Event Format 

1. sThe CDE will deal with the identification of citrus 

rootstocks (mature leaves and/or fruit), leaves and fruit 

of commercial varieties, pests, pathogens, parasites, and 

predators, diseases/disorders, and weeds. 

2. There will be a 25 question multiple choice exam covering 

the General Knowledge of Citrus Growing in Florida. Each 

question will be worth (1) point for a total of 25 points. 

Scoring 

The team with the highest combined scores in all areas of the 

CDE will be declared the winner. 

Diseases/Disorders 1 point/specimen 

Pests, Pathogens, Parasites Predators 1 point/specimen 

Weed Identification 1 point/specimen 

Rootstocks, Leaves, and Fruit 1 point/specimen 

There will be a 25 question multiple choice exam covering 


question will be worth (1) point for a total of 25 points. Even 

chapters will be tested on even years and odd chapters on odd 

years. 

Tie Breakers 











Awards 






References 






• “Identification of Citrus Varieties and Problems” slide 

presentation. 

• Florida Citrus and Integrated Pest and Crop 

Management Handbook. 

• Citrus Diseases and Disorders. L.C. Knorr, The 

University Presses of Florida, Gainesville, 1973. 

• Weeds of the Southern United States, Dr. E. Walter 

Wilson, Cooperative Extension Service, University of 

Georgia. 

• Identification of Mites, Insects, Diseases, Nutritional 

Symptoms and Disorders on Citrus, SP 176, The 

University of Florida 

• Weeds of Southern Turfgrasses, SP 79. The University 

of Florida 

• Florida Citrus Varieties, SP102, The University of 

Florida 

• Identification of Weeds in Florida Citrus, SP341, The 

University of Florida 

• Various bulletins are available from the Cooperative 

Extension Service, Gainesville, FL 32611 

• Exam Questions based upon Citrus Growing In 

Florida, Fifth Edition, by Jackson and Davies.

Creed Speaking CDE 


Purpose 

The FFA Creed outlines the organization’s beliefs regarding 

the agricultural industry, FFA membership and the value of 

citizenship and patriotism. The FFA Creed is recited by FFA 

members, as part of the requirements to earn the Greenhand 

Degree. The purpose of the Creed Speaking Career Development 

Event is to develop the public speaking abilities of FFA members 

as well as develop their self confidence and contribute to their 

advancement in the FFA degree program. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 7, 8, or 9. These grade levels 

will compete against each other. 


1. At each level a contest coordinator and three judges will 

40 

be in charge of this event with the State FFA Association 

providing contest materials. 

2. A microphone may be used at the contest. 



Event Format 

1. The contest will be held in three rounds: sub-district, 

district and state level competitions. Each chapter may 

enter one participant at the sub-district level with each subdistrict 

forwarding their winners on to the district contest. 

The 12 district winners are then eligible to compete in the 

state contest. 

2. Contestants shall draw for places on the program. The 

program chairman shall then introduce each contestant by 

name and in order of the drawing. 

3. The judges will score each contestant upon the delivery 

of the FFA Creed, using the score sheet provided. The 

judges also score each contestant on his ability to 

extemporaneously answer three questions derived from the 

Creed. Note: The contestant will be allowed a maximum 

of five minutes to answer the questions. Time should be 

called at the end of five minutes. 

4. Each participant must recite the FFA Creed from memory. 

Each participant shall begin the presentation by stating, 

“The FFA Creed by E.M. Tiffany.” Each participant shall 

end their presentation with the statement, “...that inspiring 

task. Thank you.” The event will be a timed activity with 

four minutes for presentation. After four minutes, the 


participant will be deducted 1 point for every second over 

set time. 

Scoring 

Participants shall be ranked in numerical order on the basis of the 

final score to be determined by each judge without consultation. 

The judges’ ranking of each participant shall then be added, and 

the winner will be that whose total of rankings is the lowest. 

Other placings shall be determined in the same manner. (low 

point method of selection) 

Tie Breakers 

Ties will be broken based on the greatest number of low ranks. 

Participant’s low ranks will becounted and the participant with the 

greatest number of low ranks will be declared the winner. 

If a tie still exists, then the event superintendent will rank the 

participant’s response to questions. The participant with the 

greatest number of low ranks from the response to questions 

will be declared the winner. If a tie still exists then the participant’s 

raw scores will be totaled. The participant with the greatest total of 

raw points will be declared the winner. 

Awards 


presented to individuals based upon their rankings. Awards are 

sponsored by a cooperating industry sponsor(s) as a special project 

and/or by the general fund of the Florida FFA Foundation. 

References 

• Current year’s Official FFA Manual

Official Creed Script 

The FFA Creed 


I believe in the future of agriculture, with a faith born not of words but of deeds - achievements won by the present and past generations 

of agriculturists; in the promise of better days through better ways, even as the better things we now enjoy have come to us from the 

struggles of former years. 

I believe that to live and work on a good farm, or to be engaged in other agricultural pursuits, is pleasant as well as challenging; for I know 

the joys and discomforts of agricultural life and hold an inborn fondness for those associations which, even in hours of discouragement, 

I cannot deny. 

I believe in leadership from ourselves and respect from others. I believe in my own ability to work efficiently and think clearly, with such 

knowledge and skill as I can secure, and in the ability of progressive agriculturists to serve our own and the public interest in producing 

and marketing the product of our toil. 

I believe in less dependence on begging and more power in bargaining; in the life abundant and enough honest wealth to help make it 

so--for others as well as myself; in less need for charity and more of it when needed; in being happy myself and playing square with those 

whose happiness depends upon me. 

I believe that American agriculture can and will hold true to the best traditions of our national life and that I can exert an influence in my 

home and community which will stand solid for my part in that inspiring task. 

The creed was written by E. M. Tiffany, and adopted at the 3rd National Convention of the FFA. It was 

revised at the 38th Convention and the 63rd Convention. 



Oral Communication – 200 points 

Indicators 

A. Speaking 


B. Pace 

C. Tone 

D. Pronunciation 

E. Volume 

42 

Creed Speaking Career Development Event 2012-2016 


5-4 

Speaks very articulately without hesitation. 

• Never has the need for unnecessary 

pauses or hesitation when speaking. 

Non-verbal Communication – 400 points 

A. Attention 

(eye contact) 

B. Mannerisms 

C. Gestures 

D. Well poised 

Question and Answer—400 points 

A. Being detailoriented 

B. Speaking unrehearsed 

C. Examples used 

in response to 

questions 


Creed Speaking CDE Presentation Rubric - 1,000 points 

Participant #_____________ 

Moderate evidence skill is present 

3-2 

Speaks articulately, but sometimes hesitates. 

• Occasionally has the need for a long pause 

or moderate hesitation when speaking. 

Speaks at a moderate pace to be clear. Speaks at a moderate pace most of the time, 

but shows some nervousness. 

Voice is upbeat, impassioned and under 

control. 

Pronunciation of words is very clear and 

intent is apparent. 

Emitted a clear, audible voice for the 

audience present. 

Eye contact constantly used as an effective 

connection. 

• Constantly looks at the entire audience 

(90-100% of the time). 

Does not have distracting mannerisms that 

affect effectiveness. 

• No nervous habits. 

Gestures are purposeful and effective. 

• Hand motions are expressive and used to 

emphasize talking points. 

• Great posture (confident) with positive 

body language. 

Is extremely well poised. 

• Poised and in control at all times. 

Is able to stay fully detail-oriented. 

• Always provides details which support 

answers/basis of the question. 

Speaks unrehearsed with comfort and 

ease. 

• Is able to speak quickly with organized 

thoughts and concise answers. 

Examples are vivid, precise and clearly 

explained. 

• Examples are original, logical and relevant. 

* -1 point per second over, determined by the timekeepers 

** - 20 points per word, determined from by the accuracy judges. 

Voice is somewhat upbeat, impassioned and 

under control. 

Pronunciation of words is usually clear, 

sometimes mumbled. 

Emitted a somewhat clear, audible voice for 

the audience present. 

Eye contact is mostly effective and consistent. 

• Mostly looks around the audience (60-80% 

of the time). 

Sometimes has distracting mannerisms that 

pull from the presentation. 

• Sometimes exhibits nervous habits or 

ticks. 

Usually uses purposeful gestures. 

• Hands are sometimes used to express or 

emphasize. 

• Occasionally slumps; sometimes negative 


Usually is well poised. 

• Poised and in control most of the time; 

rarely loses composure. 

Is mostly good at being detail-oriented. 

• Usually provides details which are supportive 

of the answers/basis of the question. 

Speaks unrehearsed mostly with comfort and 

ease, but sometimes seems nervous or unsure. 

• Is able to speak effectively, has to stop and 

think and sometimes gets off focus. 

Examples are usually concrete, some-times 

needs clarification. 

• Examples are effective, but need more 

originality or thought. 

Strong evidence skill is not present 

1-0 

Speaks articulately, but frequently hesitates. 

• Frequently hesitates or has long, awkward 

pauses while speaking. 

Pace is too fast/slow; nervous. 

Voice is not upbeat; lacks passion and control. 

Pronunciation of words is difficult to understand; 

unclear. 

Emitted a barely audible voice for the audience 

present. 

Eye contact does not always allow connection 

with the speaker. 

• Occasionally looks at someone or some 

groups (less than 50% of the time). 

Has mannerisms that pull from the effectiveness 

of the presentation. 

• Displays some nervous habits – fidgets or 

anxious ticks. 

Occasionally gestures are used effectively. 

• Hands are not used to emphasize talking 

points; hand motions are sometimes distracting. 

• Lacks positive body language; slumps. 

Creed Speaking Career Development Event 4 

Weight 

X 20 

X 5 

X 20 

X 20 

X 20 

Isn’t always well poised. 

• Sometimes seems to lose composure. X 20 

Has difficulty being detail-oriented. 

• Sometimes overlooks details that could be 

very beneficial to the answers/basis of the 

question. 

X 30 

Shows nervousness or seems unprepared when 

speaking unrehearsed. 

• Seems to ramble or speaks before thinking. X 30 

Examples are abstract or not clearly defined. 

• Examples are sometimes confusing, leaving 

the listeners with questions. 

Gross Total Points 

Time Deduction* 

Accuracy Deduction** 

Net Total Points 

Rank 

Points 

Earned 

X 5 

X 5 

X 5 

X20 

Total 

Score

Dairy Cattle 

Evaluation and 

Selection CDE 

Purpose 

To provide a competitive event for agricultural education 

students, emphasizing skills in dairy cattle evaluation, selection 

and dairy herd management. 

Eligibility 



and Senior chapter may enter one team of four individuals. All 

four individual scores will be calculated for the team total. 


1. Preliminary contest events will be held as listed on the 

official FFA Event Calendar. From these events, teams 

qualifying will be invited to compete in the state contest. 

2. Contestants should bring a clipboard and two #2 pencils. 

3. The state winning team is invited to represent Florida at the 

National FFA event. 



Event Format 

The preliminary contest will consist of the following: 

1. two pedigree classes 

2. a multiple choice management exam of 25 questions 

3. a team activity of 10 questions on a DHIA evaluation 

4. a 25 question multiple choice exam on the PDCA score 

card 

The state contest will consist of the following: 

1. 4 to 6 placing classes (various breeds may be shown) 

2. 2 classes of oral reasons 

3. one pedigree class 

4. A management exam of 25 questions 

5. A team activity of 10 questions on a DHIA Evaluation 

Scoring 

• 4-6 Placing Classes 50 points/class 

• 2 Classes of Oral Reasons 50 Points/set 

• Pedigree Class 50 Points 

• 25 Question Management Exam 100 Points 

• 10 Question DHIA Team Activity 100 Points 

Dairy Cattle Evaluation and Selection CDE 

Tie Breakers 










Awards 






References 





preparation. 

• Dairy Judging and Evaluation Guidebook. James 

Umphrey, IFAS Publication. 

• Dairy Cattle Evaluation Internet Website 


Dairy CDE - Finals 





Placing Classes 

Placing Class 6 

*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

Written Exam 

23 

15 

7 

*SAMPLE* 

24 

16 

8 

25 

 

17 

9 

1 

2 

18 

10 

3 

19 

11 

4 

20 

12 

5 

21 

13 

6 

22 

14

Pedigree Classes 

Pedigree Class 1 

*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321

Environmental 

Science and Natural 

Resources CDE 

Purpose 

Environmental and natural resource education has a 

responsibility to ensure an educated public and provide students 

prepared to enter careers in the environmental and natural 

resource industry. The purpose of the environmental and natural 

resource career development event is to stimulate student 

interest and to promote environmental and natural resource 

instruction in the agricultural education curriculum and to 

provide recognition for those who have demonstrated skills and 

competencies as a result of environmental and natural resource 

instruction. 

Eligibility 

The participant must be an active member of a chartered 

Florida FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11, and 12. 

Each junior and senior chapter may enter one team of four 

individuals. 


1. Team Make-up- Team size shall be four members. All four 

members will be scored and all scores will count towards 

the total team score. The team score is comprised of all 

four (4) members’ exam and practicum scores as well as 

the team activity. 

2. Under no circumstance will any participants be allowed to 

handle any of the items in the identification portion of the 

practicum’s. Any infraction of this rule will be sufficient to 

eliminate a team from the event. 

3. Participants will be assigned to group leaders who will 

escort them to various event-staging sites. Each participant 

is to stay with his or her assigned group leader throughout 

the event or until told to change leaders by the event 

superintendent. 

4. Participants must come to the event prepared to work in 

adverse weather conditions. The event will be conducted 

regardless of the weather. Participants should have 

rainwear, warm clothes and appropriate footwear. 

5. Written Material: All written material will be furnished for 

the event. No written materials such as tests, problems and 

worksheets shall be removed from the site. 

6. Materials student must provide – Each participant must 

Environmental Science and Natural Resources CDE 

have a clean, free of notes clipboard, two sharpened No. 2 

pencils, and an electronic calculator. Calculators used in 

this event should be battery operated, non-programmable, 

silent with large keys and large displays. Calculators 

should have only these functions – addition, subtraction, 

multiplication, division, equals, percent, square root, +/key, 

and one memory register. No other calculators are 

allowed to be used during the event. 

7. Equipment provided – All other tools and equipment will 

be furnished for the event. Participants must use the tools 

and equipment furnished at the event. 

Event Format 

The event will include 

• Objective Written Exam 

• Team Activity 

• Identification of Material 

• Individual Practicums 

Team Activity 

90 MINUTES IN LENGTH, 1000 POINTS TOTAL 

Students will be provided a scenario that deals with an 

environmental/natural resource problem. 

• Teams will be required to develop both an oral, as well 

as a written statement that addresses the questions in 

the annual scenario. 

• Teams will submit a written summary of their findings 

at the end of one hour. Summary is to be submitted on 

the disk provided to each team. 

• Teams will have ten (10) minutes of prep time prior to 

their oral presentation. 

• Teams will be required to give an oral presentation 

justifying the decisions made by the team. The team 

will have eight minutes to make the oral presentation. 

• Teams will be required to answer questions in regards 

to the decision reached by their team. Question period 

will be 5 minutes in length. 

Team Activity Points 

Oral presentation 500 points 

Written presentation 300 points 

Question 200 points 

Total 1000 points 

Individual Activities 

Written Exam 

Objective Test (100 points) – (60 minutes) – 50 questions 



Annual Practicums 

Students will participate in the following two areas on an annual 

basis: 

Press Release Writing 

1. Participants will be furnished access to computers, or 

similar equipment, on which to create a written document. 

(In the event electronic equipment is not available pencils/ 

pens will be provided.) 

2. Participants will create a written document, 350 words or 

less in the style of a news/press release. 

3. Press release should contain the basic elements (facts) 

customarily found in written publications (who, what, 

where, when and how). The elements/facts presented are 

to reflect the thoughts of the participant in relation to the 

topic being addressed. 

4. Examples 

– What type of change is being proposed? 

– Does the proposed solution reflect an economic, 

or natural resource, impact on surrounding 

communities? 

– Have participants clearly stated the outlined 

problem and a solution? 

– Does the press release outline and explain the 

problem in a clear manner? (I.e.: could someone 

from outside the competition or FFA arena read 

the release and understand the problem and 

proposed solution)? 

Identification 

Students will identify fifty (50) items from the following 

combined areas: 

Equipment Reptiles/Amphibians 

Plants Predators 

Wildlife Birds 

Fish Non-Native Species 

Rotational Practicums 

Students will participate in three of the following practicums each 

year. Practicums may vary from year to year. 


Using measuring devices, each participant will measure a sample of 

water for quality analysis and contaminants. 

• Analyze the results of measurements. 

• Name possible causes of the particulate or other contaminant: 

• Are they natural 

• Are they pollutants (what level is acceptable) 

48 


• Describe the effects on the environment of the polluntants. 

• List the sources of the pollutants. 

• Discuss ways the water quality can be improved. 

Soil Nutrient Test 

Students will be furnished with a sample of soil and test kit. 

They will have to determine the current levels of: 

Nitrogen pH 

Potassium Phosphorus 

Students will use this information along with an extension 

service crop sheet provided to make suggestions for what 

fertilizers need to be added to grow a given crop. (Example of 

crops, corn, wheat, tobacco, soybeans) 

GPS Locations 

Students will be furnished with a Global Positioning System 

(GPS) unit and a map with points identified in longitude and 

latitude. 

Using the GPS unit, the participant will be required to walk to 

and locate the points. 

Participants will then record a predetermined identification 

mark located at each point. 

Participants shall know how to read longitude and latitude 

numbers, how to use a GPS unit and understand differential 

corrections. 

Environmental Analysis 

Students will address the following five aspects: 

• Living Organisms – students will identify and list as 

many living organisms (both native and invader) as 

they can find within the marked boundaries of the site. 

Additional species may be artificially introduced as 

mounted or preserved specimens. 

• Non-living components (shelter, nutrients) – students 

will inventory resources such as water, shelter, etc. upon 

which resident species depend for survival. 

• Food Web – students will define relationships among 

the plants and animal species that are found or 

introduced in the study area. 

• Ecological Succession – students will identify the stages 

of succession of various grasses, shrubs and trees. 

They will also identify causes of changes in succession 

patterns. 

• Situation Analysis – Students will determine whether a 

healthy balance exists between the environment and the 

native species that depend upon it. They will also check 

remediation practices where needed.

Soil Profile 

Students will be furnished with a scorecard; an interpretation 

guide and a pre-dug soil pit or core/monolith to judge. The 

participants will identify soil horizons, textures, percentage 

course fragments, pH, horizon colors, slope, geologic origin, soil 

permeability, irrigation suitability and soil structure types of the 

soil present in the given example. 

Using the information from the score card and interpretation 

guide, the student will then identify the most appropriate use for 

the given area, and the erosion control practice that best fits the 

designated use for the land. 

Waste Management 

Participants will be presented with a scenario (ag producer, 

neighborhood, office building, manufacturing plant, etc.) that 

generates waste material creating differing environmental 

threats. 

Participants will evaluate the nature of waste output to identify 

plausible options for reducing the rate of waste generation, 

recycling or providing potential alternative uses for the waste, 

treating the waste, or disposing of the waste. 

Participants should be able to identify at least one benefit and 

one deterrent for each possible option that is offered. 

Scoring 

• Written Exam 100 points 

• Team Activity 1000 points 

– Oral Presentation 500 points 

– Written Presentation 300 points 

– Questions 200 points 

• Press Release Writing 100 points 

• Identification 100 points 

• Rotational Practicums 100 points/ 

practicum 

Tie Breakers 










Awards 







References 



50 

Environmental and Natural Resources Career Development Event 2012-2016 


Environmental and Natural Resources 

Team Activity Summary Scorecard 

State: Team No.: 

Category Possible Score 

1 Quality of Management Plan (Written Statement) 150 

2 Teamwork Demonstrated 150 

3 Analysis of Information (Oral Presentation) 200 

4 Team Presentation 300 

5 Questions - need scorecard 200 

TOTAL 1000 

Judge’s Name Judge’s Signature Date 

Environmental and Natural Resources Career Development Event 10



Indicators 

A. Spelling/ 

grammar 

(sentence structure, 

verb 

agreement, 

etc.) 


Team Activity Written Statement Scorecard – 150 points 


Very strong evidence skill 

is present 

5-4 

Spelling and grammar are 

extremely high quality. 

• 2 or fewer spelling 

errors are present. 

• 2 or fewer grammar 


B. Message Communicates ideas extremely 

clearly as well as 

extremely focused. 

Thoughts are very interesting 

and understandable. 

• All main ideas are 

supported by clear and 

vivid details. 

• Clearly organized and 

concise by remaining 

on target, is completely 

focused with obvious 

construction and 

strong introduction, 

body and conclusion 

layout. 

C. Writing 

style 

CONTENT 


present 

3-2 


adequate. 

• 3-5 spelling errors are 

present. 

• 3-5 grammar errors are 

present. 

Communicates ideas clearly 

and concisely, and message 

is interesting and understandable. 

• Most of the main ideas 

are supported by sufficient 

details. 

• Good organization 

with few statements 

out of place or lacking 

in clear construction. 

Writing style is selectively Thought was given to the 

appropriate for the intended intended audience, and the 

audience. 

style reflects the purpose 

• The style chosen has for communicating with 

obviously been well that audience. 

thought-out based on • Most language is ap- 

the specific audience. propriate for the intended 

audience. 


present 

1-0 


less than adequate. 

• 6 or more spelling 


• 6 or more grammar 


Communicates ideas clearly, 

but message is difficult 

to understand. 

• None of the main ideas 


details. 

• Little to no organization 

is present and is 

sometimes awkward 

and lacking construction. 

Writing style does not show 

intent to connect with different 

types of audiences, 

style is more for a generic 

reader. 

• Some language used 

might be confusing for 

some audiences 

Indicator 10-7 points 6-4 points 3-0 points 

D. Written 

content 

Covers topic in-depth with 

details and examples. 

• Subject knowledge is 

excellent. 

Includes essential 

knowledge about the topic. 

• Subject knowledge 

appears to be good. 

Includes essential information 

about the topic but 

there are 1-2 factual errors. 

Points 

Earned 

Weight 

X 5 

X 5 

X 5 

X 7.5 

Total Points 

Environmental and Natural Resources Career Development Event 11 

Total 

Score 



52 


Indicators 

A. Managing 

team 

dynamics 

B. Awareness 

of 

personality 

styles of 

others 

C. Uses 

positive and 

mature 

language and 

mannerisms 

D. Reacting 

to changes 


Environmental Natural Resources 

Team Activity – Teamwork Scorecard – 150 points 


Very strong evidence skill is 

present 

5-4 

Completely committed to team 

dynamics, maturity and professionalism 

are always present. 

• In team conflicts, problemsolving 

and decisionmaking 

methods and skills 

are used to produce a positive 

compromise. 

Totally conscious and respectful 

of differing attitudes, personalities 

and behaviors. 

• Language is free of bias 

and completely shows an 

understanding and respect 

for others’ differences in 

learning and personality. 

Always uses mature language 

and mannerisms. 

• Never uses immature verbal 

and/or nonverbal communication. 

• Always has positive communications. 


3-2 

Somewhat committed to team 

dynamics, maturity and professionalism 

are seldom present. 

• In team conflicts, problemsolving 

and decisionmaking 

methods and skills 

are sometimes used to 

produce a compromise. 

Sometimes involvement in 

this process is limited. 

Is, for the most part, respectful of 

others’ differences in personality 

and behavior. 

• For the most part, language 

conveys an understanding 

of others’ differences in 

learning and personality. 

Almost always uses mature 

language and mannerisms. 

• Rarely uses immature 

verbal and/or nonverbal 

communication. 

• Usually has positive communications. 


present 

1-0 

Lacking team dynamics, maturity 

and professionalism. 

• When team conflict arises 

little is done to resolve the 

conflict at hand. 

Shows little tolerance for differing 

personalities and behaviors. 

• Language used may be 

expressed as not understanding 

others’ differences 

in personality and learning 

styles. 

Usually uses mature language 

and mannerisms. 

• Frequently uses immature 

verbal and/or nonverbal 

communication. 

• Seldom has positive communications. 

10-7 points 6-4 points 3-0 points 

Has ability to react and transition 

effortlessly to change. 

• Able to transition with 

change; thinks quickly; 

shows no sign of stress. 

Typically reacts well to changes. 

• Seems able to transition to 

change most of the time; 

occasionally stresses. 

Has difficulty reacting well to 

changes. 

• Seems stressed by change. 

Points 

Earned 

Weight 


X 4 

X 4 

X 4 

X 9 

Total Points 

Total 

Score



Indicators 


Team Activity - Analysis of Information (presentation) – 200 Points 


Very strong evidence 

skill is present 

5-4 

A. Examples Examples are vivid, 

precise and clearly explained. 

D. Being 

detailoriented 

F. Connecting 

and articulating 

facts 

and issues 

• Examples are original, 

logical and 

relevant. 


• Always provides 

details which support 

the issue; is 

well organized. 

Exemplary in connecting 


articulating how they 

impact the issue locally 

and globally. 

• Possesses a strong 

knowledge-base 

and is able to effectively 

articulate 

information regarding 

related facts and 


Moderate evidence skill 

is present 

3-2 


concrete, sometimes 


• Examples are effective, 

but need more 

originality or 

thought. 

Is mostly good at being 

detail-oriented. 

• Usually provides 

details which are 

supportive of the 


organizational 

skills. 

Sufficient in connecting 


articulating how they 

impact the issue locally 

and globally. 

• Possesses a good 

knowledge-base 

and is able to, for 

the most part, articulate 

information 

regarding related 

facts and current 

issues. 

Strong evidence skill is 

not present 

1-0 

Examples are abstract or 

not clearly defined. 

• Examples are sometimes 

confusing, 

leaving the listeners 

with questions. 

Has difficulty being 


• Sometimes overlooks 

details that 

could be very beneficial 

to the issue; 

lacks organization. 


facts and issues 

and articulating how 

they impact the issue 

locally and globally. 

• Possesses some 

knowledge-base but 

is unable to articulate 

information 



issues. 

Points 

Earned 

Weight 

X 10 

X 10 

X 20 

Total Points 

Total 

Score 




54 




Team Activity – Team Presentation – 300 points 



Indicators 

B. Speaking 

without 

hesitation 

C. Tone 

E. Speaking 

unrehearsed 

G. All team 

members 

participated 


present 

5-4 


hesitation. 

• Never has the need for 

unnecessary pauses or 



• Speaks at the right pace to 

be clear. 

• Pronunciation of words is 

very clear and intent is 

apparent. 

Speaks unrehearsed with comfort 

and ease. 

• Is able to speak quickly 

with organized thoughts 

and concise answers. 

• All team members took an 


Non-verbal communication – 100 points 

A. Attention 

(eye contact) 

B. Mannerisms 

C. Gestures 

D. Wellpoised 

Eye contact constantly used as 

an effective connection. 

• Constantly looks at the 

entire audience (90-100% 

of the time). 

Does not have distracting mannerisms 

that affect effectiveness. 


Gestures are purposeful and 

effective. 

• Hand motions are expressive 

and used to emphasize 

talking points. 

• Great posture (confident) 

with positive body language. 

Is extremely well-poised. 

• Poised and in control at all 

times. 


3-2 

Speaks articulately but sometimes 

hesitates. 

• Occasionally has the need for 

a long pause or moderate 


Appropriate tone is usually consistent. 

• Speaks at the right pace most 

of the time but shows some 

nervousness. 



vague. 

Speaks unrehearsed mostly with 

comfort and ease but sometimes 

seems nervous or unsure. 

• Is able to speak effectively, 

has to stop and think and 

sometimes gets off focus. 

• Three team members took an 


Eye contact is mostly effective and 

consistent. 

• Mostly looks around the 

audience (60-80% of the 

time). 

Sometimes has distracting mannerisms 

that pull from the presentation. 

• Sometimes exhibits nervous 

habits or ticks. 


• Hands are sometimes used to 

express or emphasize. 

• Occasionally slumps; sometimes 

negative body language. 

Usually is well-poised. 

• Poised and in control most of 

the time; rarely loses composure. 


present 

1-0 

Speaks articulately but frequently 

hesitates. 

• Frequently hesitates or has 


speaking. 

Has difficulty using an appropriate 

tone. 

• Pace is too fast; nervous. 



unclear. 


unprepared when speaking unrehearsed. 

• Seems to ramble or speaks 


• Two or less team members 

took an active role in the 

presentation. 

Eye contact does not always 

allow connection with the speaker. 

• Occasionally looks at someone 

or some groups (less 

than 50% of the time). 

Has mannerisms that pull from 

the effectiveness of the presentation. 

• Displays some nervous 

habits – fidgets or anxious 

ticks. 

Occasionally gestures are used 

effectively. 

• Hands are not used to emphasize 

talking points; hand 

motions are sometimes 

distracting. 

• Lacks positive body language; 

slumps. 

Isn’t always well-poised. 

• Sometimes seems to lose 

composure. 

Points 

Earned 

Weight Total 

Score 

X 10 

X 10 

X 10 

X 10 


X 5 

X 5 

X 5 

X 5 

Total Points



Indicators 

A. Spelling/ 

grammar 

(sentence structure, 

verb 

agreement, 

etc.) 


Writing Exercise Scorecard – 100 points 



is present 

5-4 


extremely high quality. 

• 2 or fewer spelling 


• 2 or fewer grammar 


B. Message Communicates ideas extremely 

clearly as well as 

extremely focused. 

Thoughts are very interesting 

and understandable. 

• All main ideas are 

supported by clear and 

vivid details. 

• Clearly organized and 

concise by remaining 

on target, is completely 

focused with obvious 

construction and 

strong introduction, 

body and conclusion 

layout. 

C. Writing 

style 

CONTENT 


present 

3-2 


adequate. 

• 3-5 spelling errors are 

present. 

• 3-5 grammar errors are 

present. 

Communicates ideas clearly 

and concisely, and message 

is interesting and understandable. 

• Most of the main ideas 


details. 

• Good organization 

with few statements 

out of place or lacking 

in clear construction. 

Writing style is selectively Thought was given to the 

appropriate for the intended intended audience, and the 

audience. 

style reflects the purpose 

• The style chosen has for communicating with 

obviously been well that audience. 

thought-out based on • Most language is ap- 

the specific audience. propriate for the intended 

audience. 


present 

1-0 


less than adequate. 

• 6 or more spelling 


• 6 or more grammar 


Communicates ideas clearly, 

but message is difficult 

to understand. 

• None of the main ideas 


details. 

• Little to no organization 

is present and is 

sometimes awkward 


Writing style does not show 

intent to connect with different 

types of audiences, 

style is more for a generic 

reader. 

• Some language used 

might be confusing for 

some audiences. 

Indicator 10-7 points 6-4 points 3-0 points 

D. Written 

content 

Covers topic in-depth with 

details and examples. 

• Subject knowledge is 

excellent. 

Includes essential 

knowledge about the topic. 

• Subject knowledge 

appears to be good. 

Includes essential information 

about the topic but 

there are 1-2 factual errors. 

Points 

Earned 

Weight 

X 5 

X 5 

X 5 

X 5 

Total Points 


Total 

Score 



56 


Name: 



Water Analysis Scorecard – 100 points 

Participant No.: 


Your job today is to analyze the given water sample. You will need to find the given levels of the 

following possible factors: nitrites, dissolved oxygen, nitrates, pH, phosphates, water hardness, chlorine, 

ammonia and the current temperature. Using this information indicate if the water quality is suitable for 

the given species. Indicate the limiting factors and explain ways this water quality can be improved. 

(Each year, you will test for four of the categories listed in the handbook.) 

Category Answers Possible Points 

1 10 

2 10 

3 10 

4 10 

Indicate if the quality of the sample is suitable for the 

following use: 

Indicate the limiting factor(s): 25 

How can water quality be improved? 25 

Total Score: 


10 

100 

Score 




Name: 


Soil Analysis Scorecard – 100 points 



Your job today is to take a soil sample from the given area. You will need to determine the 

levels of nitrogen, phosphorus, potassium and pH from the lab results. Utilizing the lab results 

and the given Extension Service bulletin make a recommendation for the amount and type of 

fertilizer that should be added to grow the designated crop. 

Samples are pulled correctly - process 

Sample 10 

Samples are pulled from correct locations 

Analyze Lab Results 

Location 1 Yes No 4 










Category Level 

Nitrogen (N) 5 

Potassium (K) 5 

Phosphorus (P) 5 

pH 5 

Fertilizer 

Recommendation 

Total 


Possible Points Score 

30 

100 




58 


Name: 



Soil Profile Scorecard – 100 points 

PART 1- 60 points 



Soil Factors – Part 1 

Interpretation of Soil Factors 

Check Appropriate Box 

Check Appropriate Box 

Score Score 

Texture 

E. Permeability 

Sur. Sub. 1. Rapid 

B. Depth of Soil 

1. Coarse 2. Moderate 

2. Moderately Coarse 3. Slow 

3. Medium 4. Very Slow 

4. Moderately Fine 

5. Fine 

F. Surface Runoff 

1. Deep 1. Rapid 

2. Moderately Deep 2. Moderate 

3. Shallow 3. Slow 

4. Very Shallow 4. Very Slow 

C. Slope G. Major Factors That Keep Area 

Out of Class 1 

1. Nearly Level 0-1% 1. Texture 6. Runoff 

2. Gently Sloping 1-3% 2. Depth 7. Wetness 

3. Moderate Sloping 3-5% 3. Slope 8. Flooding 

4. Strongly Sloping 5-8% 4. Erosion 9. None 

5. Steep 8-15% 5. Permeability 

6. Very Steep > 15% 

D. Erosion – Wind and Water 

H. Land Capability Class 

1. None to Slight 1. Class I 5. Class V 

2. Moderate 2. Class II 6. Class VI 

3. Severe 3. Class III 7. Class VII 

4. Very Severe 4. Class IV 8. ClassVIII 

Total Score Column Total Score Column 

Total Score PART 1 




Soil Profile Scorecard PART 2- 40 points 

Recommended Treatments – Part 2 Check Appropriate Box 

Score 

A. Vegetative 

B. Mechanical 

1. Row crop/occasional soil conserving crop 

2. Row crop/frequent soil conserving crop 

3. Row crops not more than 2 out of 4 years 

4. Row crops not more than 1 out of 5 years 

5. Return crop residue to the soil 

6. Practice conservation tillage 

7. Establish recommended grass or grasses & legumes 

8. Proper pasture and range management 

9. Protect from burning 

10. Control grazing 

11. Plant recommended trees 

12. Harvest trees selectively 

13. Use only for wildlife or recreation area 

14. Control brush or trees 

15. Terrace and farm on contour 

16. Maintain terraces 

17. Construction diversion terraces 

18. Install drainage system 

19. Control gullies 

20. No mechanical treatment needed 

C. Fertilizer and Soil Amendments 

21. Soil amendments 

22. Phosphorous [P] 

23. Potassium [K] 

24. Nitrogen [N] 

25. Fertilizer or soil amendments not needed 

Total Score PART 2 -40 

Total Score PART 1 – 60 

GRAND Total Score – 100 

Judge’s Name Judge’s Signature 




60 


Name: 



GPS Location Scorecard – 100 points 



List your numbers for each location point following the latitude and longitude given. 

Note: Variance for differential corrections are noted on condition sheet. 

Location Point Point Number Possible Points Score 

1 20 

2 20 

3 20 

4 20 

5 20 

Total Points 






Environmental Analysis Scorecard – 100 points 

Name: Participant No.: 


Your assignment is to analyze the given ecosystem with the following aspects in mind: 

Question 

Possible 

Points 

List ten (10) biotic organisms that you observed within the marked boundaries of this site. 20 

List ten (10) abiotic organisms that you observed within the marked boundaries of this site. 20 

List five relationships (food web) found among the biotic factors in this environment. 20 

Identify the stages of succession found in this ecosystem. 

Is this a balanced ecosystem? – Yes or No (circle) – Why or Why Not? – Provide four reasons. 20 

Score 


20 

Total Score 100 



Environmental Science CDE 





Written Exam 

42 

21 

*SAMPLE* 

43 

22 

 

44 

23 

1 

2 

45 

24 

3 

46 

 

25 

4 

47 

26 

5 

48 

27 

6 

49 

28 

7 

50 

29 

8 

30 

9 

31 

10 

32 

11 

33 

12 

34 

13 

35 

14 

36 

15 

37 

16 

38 

17 

39 

18 

40 

19 

41 

20

B crayfi sh 

C fl athead catfi sh 

C mountain bluebird 

D osprey 

D chipmunk 

E cottontail 

Identifi cation 

Water Quality 


D largemouth bass 

E lobster 

E purple martin 

A quail 

A coyote 

B elk 

A refractometer 

B secchi disk 

C thermometer 

D water bottle samplers 

42 

21 

*SAMPLE* 

A salmon 

B shrimp 

C smallmouth bass 

D sturgeon 

B red-tailed hawk 

C ruby-throated 

C fox squirrel 

A gray squirrel 

43 

22 

 

23 

1 

D hummingbird 

E turkey 

B gray wolf 

C grizzly bear 

E water meter for 

44 

2 

45 

24 

E trout 

physical/chemical parameters(pH,conductivity 

and/or DO) 

A 

3 

A walleye 

D jack rabbit 

E mole 

 

Aquatic 

46 

25 

yellow bullhead 

catfi sh 

B 

A white pelican 

B wood duck 

Native Reptiles/Amphibians 

A moose 

B mountain goat 

4 

B aquatic net 

C bottom dredges 

47 

26 

Invasive/Non-Native Plants 

C Chinese tallow 

C alligator 

5 

48 

27 

alligator snapping 

turtle 

D 

C mountain lion 

D muskrat 

D fi sh measuring board 

E plankton net 

6 

D English ivy 

E Himalaya blackberry 

49 

28 

E black rat snake 

A bullfrog 

E opossum 

A pocket gopher 

A seines 

7 

A hydrilla 

B kudzu 

B sieves 

50 

29 

B polar bear 

C porcupine 

stream bottom 

sampler 

C 

8 

30 

C leafy spurge 

D melaleuca 

B collared lizard 

C common snapping 

D turtle 

E copperhead snake 

D prairie dog 

E pronghorn 

Wildlife 

9 

31 

E mimosa tree 

A purple loosestrife 

A raccoon 

B red fox 

D binoculars 

E mammal traps 

10 

A coral snake 

B corn snake 

32 

B saltcedar 

Invasive/Non-Native 

Animals 

A snake/reptile stick 

B radio telemetry unit 

11 

C cottonmouth 

C skunk 

D weasel 

E whitetail deer 

A woodchuck 

Native Birds 

33 

D crocodile 

C animal tags/bands 

Geographical 

12 

34 

A Asiatic clam 

diamondback rattlesnake 

E 

13 

Asian long-horned 

beetle 

B 

D GPS unit 

Weather 

35 

A fence lizard 

B garter snake 

14 

C brown trout 

D carp 

B bald eagle 

C blue jay 

E barometer 

A sling psychrometer 

36 

C green anole lizard 

D gray tree frog 

15 

D brown pelican 

E brown thrasher 

A calliope hummingbird 

B Canada goose 

37 

E Chinese mitten crab 

A chukkar 

B rain gauge 

C wind speed meter 

16 

E red eared slider 

A ring neck snake 

38 

B English sparrow 

C European starling 

Forestry 

17 

B rubber boa snake 

C scarlet king snake 

D biltmore stick 

E diameter tape 

A prism 

B tree increment borer 

Native Wildlife 

39 

D feral hog 

E fi re ant 

C cardinal 

D Cooper’s hawk 

18 

40 

D timber rattlesnake 

E Woodhouse’s toad 

19 

A Norway rat 

B nutria 

C ring neck pheasant 

D sea lamprey 

E Crissal’s thrasher 

A eastern bluebird 

41 

Fish/Aquatic Animals 

20 

A blue catfi sh 

B bream/bluegill 

B great horned owl 

C great blue heron 

C armadillo 

D badger 

E talipia 

A zebra mussel 

C channel catfi sh 

D clam 

D golden eagle 

E kestrel 

A least tern 

B mallard duck 

E beaver 

A bison 

E crab 

A crappie 

B black bear 

C bobcat

Extemporaneous Public Speaking CDE 

Extemporaneous 

Public Speaking CDE 

Purpose 

The Extemporaneous Public Speaking Career Development 

Event is designed to develop the ability of all FFA members to 

express themselves on a given subject without having prepared 

or rehearsed its content in advance, therefore causing FFA 

members to formulate their remarks for presentation in a very 

limited amount of time. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11 or 12. Participant 

can not participate in both Extemporaneous Public Speaking 

and Prepared Public Speaking CDEs. 



64 



2. A list of all possible topics will be given to and reviewed by 

the judges prior to the beginning of the event. 

3. Cell phones will not be allowed as a time keeping device. 

Event Format 







2. At the time of the event, the judges will be seated in 

different sections of the room in which the event is held. 

They will score each participant on the delivery of the 

production, using the score sheet provided. 

3. Speaking order will be randomly drawn by event officials. 

The program chairman shall introduce each participant 

by name and in order of the drawing. A participant will 

be permitted to use notes while speaking, but deductions 

in scoring may be made for this practice if it detracts from 

the effectiveness of the presentation. Applause shall be 

withheld until all participants have spoken. 

4. Participants will be admitted to the preparation room at 

15 minute intervals and given exactly 30 minutes for topic 

selection and preparation. 

5. The officials in charge of the event on the following basis 


will screen reference material: must be limited to five items. 

6. must be printed material such as books or magazines and/ 

or a compilation of collected materials. To be counted as 

one item, a notebook or folder of collected materials may 

contain NO more than 100 single sided pages or 50 pages 

double sided numbered consecutively (cannot be notes 

or speeches prepared by the participant or notes prepared 

by another person for the purpose of use in this event). 

(Copies must reference the origination point). 

7. The selection of topics shall be held 30 minutes before the 

event. The participants will draw three specific topics, 

selected at random from one pool of 12, relating to the 

industry of agriculture. After selecting the topic they 

desire to speak on, all three topics will be returned for 

the next drawing. Twelve topics shall be prepared by 

the event superintendent from the following categories: 

a) agriscience and technology; b) agrimarketing and 

international agricultural relations; c) food and fiber 

systems; d) urban agriculture and e) FFA related issues. 

8. Each speech shall be the result of the participant’s own 

effort using approved reference material, which the 

participant may bring to the preparation room. No other 

assistance may be provided. Participants must use the 

uniform note cards provided. Any notes for speaking 

must be made during the 30 minute preparation period. 

9. Each speech shall be not less than four nor more than 

six minutes in length with five minutes additional time 

allowed for questions, which shall be asked by the judges. 

The program chairman of the event shall introduce the 

participant by name and chapter, and the participant may 

introduce his or her speech by title only. 

10. Participants will be penalized one point per second on 

each judge’s score sheet for being over six minutes or under 

four minutes. Time commences when the speaker begins 

talking. Speakers may use a watch to keep a record of their 

time. No time warnings will be given by event officials 

or observers. A timekeeper shall be designated who will 

record the time by each participant in delivering his or her 

speech, noting undertime and overtime, if any, for which 

deductions will be made. 

11. Each judge shall formulate and ask questions. Questions 

shall pertain directly to the speaker’s subject. Questions 

containing two or more parts should be avoided. Judges 

will score each participant on the ability to answer all 

questions asked by all judges. The full five minutes should 

be used. 

Scoring

1. When all participants have finished speaking, each judge 

will total the score on each speaker. The timekeeper’s 

record will be used in computing the final score for each 

participant. The judges’ score sheets will then be submitted 

to event officials to determine final ratings of participants. 

2. Participants shall be ranked in numerical order on the basis 


consultation. The judges’ ranking of each participant shall 

then be added, and the winner will be that whose total of 

rankings is the lowest. Other placings shall be determined 

in the same manner. (low point method of selection) 

Tie Breakers 

In case of a tie, the individual who has the highest grand total 

score shall have the higher rating. 

Awards 






References 

Reference material will be screened by the officials in charge of 

the event on the following basis: 

• Shall be limited to five items 

• Must be printed material such as books or magazines 

and/or a compilation of collected materials. To be 

counted as one item, a notebook or folder of collected 

materials may contain no more than 100 pages, single 

side (cannot be notes or speeches prepared by the 

participant or notes prepared by another person for the 

purpose of use for this event). (Copies must reference 

the origination point). 




66 

Extemporaneous Public Speaking Career Development Event 2012-2016 

Extemporaneous Public Speaking CDE Scorecard – 1000 points 

State: ____________________ Participant #: _________________ 


Indicators 

A. Examples 

B. Speaking 

without 

hesitation 

C. Tone 

D. Being 


E. Connecting 

and 

articulating 

facts and 

issues 

F. Speaking 

unrehearsed 

(questions & 

answers) 


is present 

5-4 

Examples are vivid, precise 

and clearly explained. 


logical and relevant. 

Speaks very articulately 

without hesitation. 

• Never has the need 

for unnecessary pauses 

or hesitation when 

speaking. 


• Speaks at the right 

pace to be clear. 

• Pronunciation of 

words is very clear 

and intent is apparent. 

Is able to stay fully detailoriented. 



the issue; is well 

organized. 


facts and issues and articulating 

how they impact 



knowledge base and 

is able to effectively 




issues. 

Speaks unrehearsed with 

comfort and ease. 

• Is able to speak 

quickly with organized 

thoughts and 

concise answers. 



present 

3-2 





but need more 


thought. 


sometimes hesitates. 

• Occasionally has the 

need for a long pause 

or moderate hesitation 



consistent. 


pace most of the 

time, but shows some 

nervousness. 


words is usually 

clear, sometimes 

vague. 














is able to, for the 

most part, articulate 





with comfort and ease, 

but sometimes seems 

nervous or unsure. 


has to stop 

and think and sometimes 

gets off focus. 

OVER 


present 

1-0 




confusing, leaving 


Speaks articulately, but frequently 

hesitates. 

• Frequently hesitates or 

has long, awkward 



tone. 


• Pronunciation of words 

is difficult to understand; 

unclear. 

Has difficulty being detailoriented. 


details that could be 

very beneficial to the 

issue; lacks organization. 



how they impact the 

issue locally and globally. 


knowledge base but is 

unable to articulate 


related facts and current 

issues. 



unrehearsed. 

• Seems to ramble or 

speaks before thinking. 

Points 

Earned 

Weight 

X 10 

X 15 

X 15 

X 20 

X 20 

X 40 

Extemporaneous Public Speaking Career Development Event 4 

Total 

Score




A. Attention 

(eye contact) 

B. Mannerisms 

Eye contact constantly 

used as an effective connection. 

• Constantly looks at 

the entire audience 

(90-100% of the 

time). 

Does not have distracting 

mannerisms that affect 

effectiveness. 


C. Gestures Gestures are purposeful 

and effective. 

• Hand motions are 

expressive and used 

to emphasize talking 

points. 

• Great posture 

(confident) with positive 


D. Wellpoised 


• Poised and in control 

at all times. 

Eye contact is mostly 

effective and consistent. 

• Mostly looks around 

the audience (60-80% 

of the time). 

Sometimes has distracting 

mannerisms that pull from 

the presentation. 

• Sometimes exhibits 

nervous habits or 

ticks. 

Usually uses purposeful 

gestures. 

• Hands are sometimes 

used to express or 

emphasize. 

• Occasionally slumps; 

sometimes negative 




most of the time; 



allow connection with the 

speaker. 

• Occasionally looks at 

someone or some 

groups (less than 50% 

of the time). 

Has mannerisms that pull 

from the effectiveness of the 

presentation. 



ticks. 

Occasionally gestures are 

used effectively. 

• Hands are not used to 

emphasize talking 

points; hand motions 

are sometimes distracting. 

• Lacks positive body 

language; slumps. 

Points 

Earned 

* -1 point per second under 4 minutes or over 6 minutes, determined by the timekeepers 

Weight 

X 20 

X 20 

X 20 


• Sometimes seems to 

lose composure. X 20 




Rank 

Total 

Score 



Floriculture CDE 


Purpose 

The Floriculture CDE stimulates interest in learning activities 

related to the Floriculture industry, including the identification 

of plants, business situations and safety issues. 

Eligibility 






1. Contestants should bring a clipboard and #2 pencils 

68 

2. Absolutely no communication will be tolerated during the 

event. Any contestants violating this rule will have their 

cards taken up and will be disqualified. 

3. No FFA advisors/coaches will be allowed in the area of 

the contest, but arrangements will be made to view the 

specimens directly following the last rotation. 



Event Format 

The contest will consist of: 

• 35 Question Written Exam 

• Identification (40 specimens) 

• Problem Solving Practicum 

• Pricing 

• Live Practicum 

Written Exam 

A 35 question written exam will be given to all participants. 

Please refer to the reference section for a reference listing. 

Questions will cover three of the following areas each year, in 

addition to general horticulture: 

• Principles of best management practices 

• Plant use 

• Product displays 

• Making sales & other business questions 

• Applying for a job 

Plant Identification 

Each participant will identify 40 plant specimens from the 

reference list provided. 


Each year, two of the three practicums will be presented: 

Handling a Hazardous Situation (written - 100 points) 

Each participant will be presented a hazardous situation that 

could develop in a floriculture business. The participant will be 

asked to determine the most appropriate solution to the problem 

addressing the items below: 

• Proper personal safety precautions 

• Proper safety procedures in cleaning up the situation 

• Properly disposed of materials 

• Employed proper follow-up procedures 

Identifying and Controlling Plant Disorders (written - 100 

points) 

Each participation will be presented a situation describing a 

nutritional, environmental, disease or insect disorder. The 

participant will be asked to determine the most appropriate 

solution to the problem addressing the items below: 

• Diagnosis of the problem 

• Prescription of treatment 

• Preparation of treatment 

• Application of treatment 

• Recommended safety practices were used 

Handling a customer complaint (written - 100 points) 

Each participant will assume the role of an employee in a 

floriculture business. A complaint from a customer will be 

described. The participant will then determine the most 

appropriate responses addressing the items below: 

• Obtained clear understanding of the complaint 

• Reformed complaint to less negative terms 

• Changed complaint into question 

• Explored alternative solutions 

• Solved problem 

• Exhibited correct grammar and spelling 

Pricing 

The pricing of a floriculture product will focus on one of the 

following products each year. 

• Flower arrangement 

• Dish garden 

• Centerpiece 

• Corsage 

• Potted plants 

• Living Wall 

• Interiorscape

Live Practicum 

A live rotational practicum will be completed each year. 

Participants will be asked to complete one of the following 

events: 

• single corsage (boutonniere) 

• dish garden 

• asexual propagation (cuttings, air layering and division) 

• centerpiece 

Scoring 

35 Question Written Exam 350 points 

Identification (40 specimens) 400 points 

Problem Solving Practicum 200 points 

Pricing 100 points 

Live Practicum 150 points 

Total 1200 Points 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 






• FNGLA Certified Horticulture Professional Manual, 8th Edition 2010. Florida Nursery Growers and Landscape 

Association, 1533 Park Center Drive, Orlando, FL 

32835, 800-375-3642 or www.fngla.org. 

• The Florida Yards & Neighborhoods Handbook, 2009. 

Florida Yards & Neighborhoods, University of Florida, 

Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences (UF/IFAS), 

Environmental Horticulture Dept., P.O. Box 110675, 

Gainesville, FL 32611-0675, 352-392-1831, ext. 220. 


www.floridayards.org, http://fyn.ifas.ufl.edu/materials/ 

FYN_Handbook_vSept09.pdf 

• http://cfyn.ifas.ufl.edu/pdffiles/pubs/handbook.pdf 

• Best Management Practices for Florida Container 

Nurseries. 2007 DAC-P -1267. Florida Department 

of Agriculture & Consumer Services Department 

of Agricultural Water Policy, Tallahassee, Fla. 850- 

617-1700 or www.floridaagwaterpolicy.com, http:// 

www.floridaagwaterpolicy.com/PDF/Bmps/Bmp_ 

FloridaContainerNurseries2007.pdf 

• Florida Friendly Best Management Practices for 

Protection of Water Resources by the Green Industries, 

2008. Florida Department of Environmental Protection 

Nonpoint Source Management Section, 850-245-7508. 

www.dep.state.fl.us, http://fyn.ifas.ufl.edu/pdf.GIBMP_ 

Manual_WEB_2_27_11.pdf 







Pricing 

ID & Controlling Plant Disorders 

Written Exam 

11 

*SAMPLE* 

8 

*SAMPLE* 

18 

*SAMPLE* 

12 

9 

19 

 

 

 

13 

1 

10 

1 

20 

1 

2 

2 

2 

14 

11 

21 

3 

3 

3 

15 

12 

22 

4 

4 

4 

16 

13 

23 

5 

5 

5 

17 

14 

24 

6 

6 

6 

18 

15 

25 

7 

7 

7 

19 

26 

8 

8 

20 

Customer Complaint 

27 

9 

9 

28 

10 

6 

*SAMPLE* 

10 

29 

7 

11 

 

1 

30 

8 

12 

2 

31 

9 

13 

3 

32 

10 

14 

4 

33 

15 

5 

34 

16 

35 

17

E Hoya carnosa Wax Plant 

A Hyancinth orientalis Hyancinth 

Botanical Name Common Name 

A Aechmea fasciata Silver Vase Bromeliad 


B Hydrangea macrophylla Hydrangea 

C Impatiens wallerana Impatiens 

B Ageratum houstonianum Ageratum 

C Aglaonema commutatum Aglaonema 

21 

D Justicia brandegeana Shrimp Plant 

E Kalanchoe blossfeldiana Kalanchoe 

D Alstroemeria aurantiaca Peruvian Lily 

E Anthurium spp. Anthurium 

*SAMPLE* 

22 

A Leucanthemum x superbum Shasta Daisy 

B Liatris spicata Liatris 

A Antirrhinum majus Snapdragon 

B Aphelandra squarrosa Zebra Plant 

 

23 

1 

C Lilium longifl orum Easter Lily 

D Lilium x hybridum Hybrid (garden) Lily 

C Araucaria heterophylla Norfolk Island Pine 

D Asparagus densifl orus Sprengeri Fern 

2 

24 

E Limonium sinuatum Statice 

A Lobularia maritima Sweet Alyssum 

E Begonia cucullata Wax Begonia 

A Begonia x tuberhybrida Tuberous Begonia 

3 

 

25 

B Maranta leuconeura Prayer Plant 

C Monstera deliciosa Cutleaf Philodendron 

B Caladium x hortulanum Caladium 

C Calceolaria crenatifl ora Pocketbook Plant 

4 

26 

D Narcissus pseudonarcissus Daffodil 

E Nephrolepis exaltata 'Bostoniensis' Boston Fern 

D Callistephus chinensis China Aster 

E Camellia japonica Camellia 

5 

27 

A Opuntia tribe Cactus 

B Pelargonium argyrcia Ivy Geranium 

A Canna x generalis Canna 

B Catharanthus roseus Periwinkle / Vinca 

6 

28 

C Pelargonium x hortorum Geranium 

D Peperomia caperata Emerald Ripple Peperomia 

C Cattleya spp. Cattleya orchid 

D Celosia argentea Cockscomb 

7 

29 

E Peperomia obtusifolia 'variegata' Variegated Peperomia 

A Peperomia peltatum Watermelon Peperomia 

8 

E Chamaedorea elegans Parlor Palm 

A Chlorophytum comosum 'Variegatum' Spider Plant 

30 

B Petunia x hybrida Petunia 

C Phalaenopsis spp. Phalaenopsis Orchid 

9 

B Cissus rhombifolia Grape Ivy 

C Codiaeum spp. Croton 

31 

D Philodendron scandens oxycardium Heartleaf Philodendron 

E Pilea cadierei Aluminum Plant 

10 

D Coleus x hybridus Coleus 

E Crassula argentea Jade Plant 

32 

11 

A Pilea involucrata Friendship Plant 

B Pilea microphylla Artillery Plant 

A Cyclamen x persicum Florist Cyclamen 

B Cymbidium Cymbidium Orchid 

33 

12 

C Pilea nummularifolia Creeping Charlie 

D Plectranthus mummularis Swedish Ivy 

C Dendranthemum morifolium Chrysanthemum 

D Dianthus caryophyllus Carnation 

34 

13 

E Rhododendron spp. Azalea 

A Rosa hybrid Hybrid Tea Rose 

E Dieffenbachia spp. Dumbcane 

A Dracaena fragrans 'Massangeana' Corn Plant 

35 

14 

B Rumohra adiantiformis Leatherleaf Fern 

C Saintpaulia spp. African Violet 

B Dracaena marginata Red Edge Draceana 

C Echeveria spp. Hens and Chicks 

36 

15 

D Salvia splendens Salvia 

E Sansevieria trifasciata Snake Plant 

D Epipremnum aureum Golden Pothos 

E Euphorbia milii Crown of Thorns 

37 

16 

A Saxifraga stolonifera Strawberry Plant 

B Scheffl era arboricola Dwarf Scheffl era 

A Euphorbia pulcherrima Poinsettia 

B Exacum affi ne Persian Violet 

38 

17 

C Schlumbergera bridgesii Christmas Cactus 

D Senecio cineraria Dusty Miller 

C Ficus benjamina Benjamin Fig 

D Ficus elastica 'Decora' Indian Rubber Plant 

39 

18 

E Sinningia speciosa Gloxinia 

A Solanum pseudocapsicum Jerusalem Cherry 

E Ficus pumila Creeping Fig 

A Fittonia verschaffeltii Nerve Plant 

40 

19 

B Spathiphyllum spp. Peace Lily 

C Strelitzia reginea Bird of Paradise 

B Gardenia augusta Gardenia 

C Gerbera jamesonii Transvaal Daisy 

20 

D Syngonium podophyllum Nephthytis 

E Tagetes erecta Marigold 

A Tulipa Tulip 

B Viola x wittrockiana Pansy 

C Zamioculcas zamiifolia ZZ Plant / Aroid Palm 

D Zebrina pendula Wandering Jew 

D Gladiolus spp. Gladiolus 

E Gynura aurantiaca Velvet Plant 

A Gypsophila elegans Baby's Breath 

B Hedera helix English Ivy 

C Hemerocallis spp. Daylily 

D Hippeastrum hybrids spp. Amaryllis 

E Zinnia elegans Zinnia

Food Science and Technology CDE 

Food Science and 

Technology CDE 

Purpose 

The Food Science and Technology CDE is designed to promote 

learning activities in food science and technology related to 

the food industry and to assist students in developing practical 

knowledge of principles used in a team decision-making process. 

Eligibility 



and Senior chapter may enter one team of four individuals. Teams 

will consist of four team members with all four team members’ 

scores being totaled. Official dress will be required for all team 

members. 


Each participant must have: 

72 

1. A clean, free of notes clipboard 

2. Two sharpened No. 2 pencils 

3. Electronic calculator: Calculators used in this event 

should be battery operated, non-programmable, and 

silent. Calculators should have only these functions: 

addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, equals, 

percent, square root, +/- key, and one memory register. 

No other calculators will be allowed during the event. 

Any participant in possession of any other electronic 

device, except a calculator, in the event area is subject to 

disqualification. 

Event Format 

1. The food science and technology career development event 

will consist of four activities: a team product development 

project, an objective test, a food safety and quality 

practicum and a sensory evaluation practicum. 

2. All team members will participate in all of the activities. 

There will be a possible 1,000 total points per team. The 

team product development project will be worth 400 points 

per team, the objective test will be worth 50 points per 

individual and each of the two practicums will be worth 50 

points per individual. 

3. Allergy Information: Food products used in this 

event may contain or come in contact with potential 

allergens. Advisors must submit a special needs request 

for participants with any allergies PRIOR to the event. 

The event committee will make all reasonable efforts to 


accommodate students with food allergies. 

Team Product Development Project 

1. Each team will receive a product development scenario 

describing the need for a new or redesigned product that 

appeals to a potential market segment. The team’s task will 

be to design a new food product or reformulate an existing 

product based on information contained within the 

product development scenario. 

2. The team will be responsible for understanding and using 

the following concepts: 

– Formulation of product to meet specified 

requirements. 

– Package design and labeling requirements to reflect 

the developed product. 

– Nutritional fact development. 

– Production and packaging equipment. 

– Quality control and safety programs, i.e., good 

manufacturing practices (GMP) and hazard 

analysis critical control points (HACCP). 

– Formulation and costing (ingredient, packaging, 

etc.). 

– Current food trends. 

– Market segments. 

3. Each team will be provided with packaging materials, 

ingredients and necessary ingredientinformation in order 

to develop, label and package a product. 

4. The team will have 60 minutes to respond to the product 

development scenario and reformulate or develop 

a product, calculate a nutritional label, develop the 

ingredient statement and information panel and develop 

the front or principle display panel to reflect the new 

product. 

5. After this time period, each team member will contribute 

to a ten minute oral presentation delivered to a panel 

of judges. No electronic media will be used in the 

presentation. 

6. Following the presentation there will be a ten minute 

question and answer period with the judges in which each 

team member is expected to contribute. All materials will 

be collected after the presentation. 

7. Total time involved for each team will be 80 minutes. Total 

number of points possible for this activity will be 400 

points. 

8. Product development scenarios will describe a category, 

platform and market. These may include but are not 

limited to the following categories, platforms and markets 

listed below.

Categories Platform 

Cereal 

Frozen 

Snacks 

Refrigerated 

Meals 

Shelf-stable 

Side dishes 

Convenience 

Beverages 

Ready to eat 

Supplements 

Condiments 

Desserts 

Heat and serve 

Market (domestic and international) 

Retail 

Wholesale 

Food service 

Convenience store 

9. Examples of scenarios product from past events: 

– Ready to eat breakfast cereal for retail 

– Refrigerated frozen cookie dough for wholesale 

– Yogurt parfait for convenience store 

– Refrigerated, heat and serve pizza for retail 

– Shelf stable, dried fruit snack mix for retail 

10. Evaluation criteria and points for team activity can be 

found on the team product development project scorecard 

at the end of this chapter. 

Objective Test 

1. The objective questions administered during the food 

science and technology examination will be designed to 

determine each team member’s understanding of the basic 

principles of food science and technology. The test will be 

primarily based on the list of references at the end of this 

chapter. 

2. Team members will work individually to answer each of 

the 50 questions. Each person will have 60 minutes to 

complete the examination. Each question will be worth 1 

point, for a total of 50 points. 

Practicums 

Each team member will complete all parts of both practicums. 

Food Safety and Quality Practicum - 25 points 

Customer Inquiry- Each participant will be given five scenarios 

representing general consumer inquiries. Participants must 

determine if the consumer inquiry reflects a quality or safety 

issue and determine if it is a biological, chemical or physical 

concern or hazard. (25 points) 


Sensory Evaluation Practicum - 50 points 

1. Triangle Tests - Three different triangle tests will be 

conducted. Participants are expected to identify the 

different samples through flavor, aroma, visual cues and/ 

or textural differences. Answers will be given on the sheet 

provided. No list will be provided for this segment of the 

practicum. Each test is worth 5 points. (15 points) 

2. Flavor Identification - Three samples will be tasted 

Participants will be expected to discern the flavor of each 

sample by taste. Flavors may include but are not limited 

to fruits, vegetables, florals, savory, sweeteners, etc. Each 

sample is worth 5 points. (15 points) 

3. Aromas - Each participant will be asked to identify four 

different aromas from vials provided at each station and 

record the answer on the sheet provided. A list of potential 

aromas will be provided to each person. Each sample is 

worth 5 points. (20 points) 

Possible Aromas 

Almond 

Banana 

Basil 

Cherry 

Chocolate 

Cinnamon 

Clove 

Coconut 

Garlic 

Ginger 

Grape 

Lemon 

Licorice (anise) 

Lilac 

Lime 

Scoring 

Maple 

Menthol 

Molasses 

Nutmeg 

Onion 

Orange 

Oregano Butter 

Peanut Butter 

Peppermint 

Pine 

Raspberry 

Smoke (liquid) 

Strawberry 

Vanilla 

Wintergreen 

Team Product Development 400 

Package Design 100 

Product Development 250 

Response to Judges’ Questions 50 

Individual Activities 150 

Objective Test 50 

Food Safety and Quality Practicum 50 

Sensory Evaluation 50 

Tiebreakers 



Should a tie occur in the overall team placing, the tie will be 

broken by the highest team product development project score. 

If this score does not break the tie, then the highest number 

of total points earned from the objective test (adding all four 

team member scores) will break the tie. If a third tiebreaker is 

needed, the response of the judges to the Team Question period 

from the team product development project will be used. To 

identify the high individual for this event in case of a tie, the 

highest examination score will be used as the first tiebreaker, 

followed by the highest Food Safety and Quality practicum score 

as the second tiebreaker. 

Awards 






References 






• FOOD SCIENCE SAFETY AND NUTRITION a 

special project of the National Council of Agricultural 

Education. 

• Rules for the Florida Food Science and Technology 

Career Development were adapted from the National 

FFA Food Science and Technology Career Development 

Rules. 

74 



Food Science and Technology Career Development Event 2012-2016 


Team Product Development Project Scorecard 

State: _______________________ Team #: ___________________________ 

Package Design 

o Use and development of nutrition label 

Possible 

Score 

o Required information present 10 

o Correct calculations 10 

o Correct organization 10 

o Use and development of the ingredient statement 

o Present 10 

o Correct order and all ingredients included 10 

o Location on package 10 

o Use of principle display panel to convey information 

o All required components 15 

o Correct information 15 


Package Design Subtotal 100 

Possible 

Product Development Oral Presentation 

Score 

• Cost of Goods Sold 

o Costing 

o Accuracy 

20 

• Nutrition 

20 

o Communicate nutritional quality of product 

• 

o Apply nutritional quality to health benefits 

Target Audience 

20 

o Identification of key consumer 

• Quality Control 

o Key quality attribute of consistent product 

o Examples: Flavor, color, texture, net weight, size, etc. 

• Marketing & Sales 

o Communicated with future users 

o Promotions 

o Market location 

20 

20 

Team 

Score 

Team 

Score 

Food Science and Technology Career Development Event 7 



76 


• Product 

o Appearance 

o Texture 

o Shelf-life 

o Interaction of ingredients 

o Creativity 

20 

• Processing 

o Description of how to make product 

o Equipment 

o Flow diagram, unit operations 

o People 

20 

• Packaging 

o Materials used 

o Appropriate for use of product 

o Creativity 

20 

• Food Safety 

o Discussed potential hazards/concerns associated with 

products 

20 

• Formulation Concepts 

o How well did product match concept/product development 

scenario 

30 

o Category 5 

o Platform 5 

• Quality of Presentation 

o Equitable participation of team members 5 

o Organization 5 

o Use of time allowed 5 

o Professionalism 5 

o Presence & enthusiasm 5 

o Mannerisms 5 

Product Development Oral Presentation Subtotal 250 

Possible 

Response to Judges’ Questions 

Score 

• Team Participation in Question Response 

o All team members contributed 

25 

• Quality of Response 

o Accuracy 

o Ability to answer 

o Originality 

o Knowledge 

25 

Response to Judges’ Questions Subtotal 50 



Team 

Score 

Food Science and Technology Career Development Event 8

Forestry CDE 

Purpose 

To stimulate student interest in forestry, to promote forestry 

instruction in the agricultural education curriculum, and to 

provide recognition for those who have demonstrated skill and 

competency as a result of forestry instruction. 

Eligibility 


Florida FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12. 

All four individual scores will be calculated for the team total. 

FFA chapters may have up to two separate teams in district 

contests. All four scores will be calculated for the team total. 

These teams will be registered separately, as chapter team A and 

chapter team B, and members will not be able to switch from 

one team to the other after registration. Chapter team A must 

consist of 4 members before team B can be formed. No chapter 

will be allowed to register two three member teams. Only one 

high school four-member team may represent each district in 

the State Contest. Alternate team members may not participate 

except to observe the event. 


1. A contestant will be allowed to touch plant material during 

the contest but under no circumstances will the contestant 

damage the plant material. Students found damaging 

specimens will be disqualified from the contest. 

2. Contestants will be provided with a specimen list to use to 

complete the CDE. 

3. Observers will not be permitted in the contest area while 

the contest is in progress. 

4. Contestants will be assigned to group leaders who will 

escort them to various contest-staging sites of the different 

phases. Each contestant is to stay with his or her assigned 

group leader throughout the contest or until told to change 

leaders by the field day coordinator. 

5. All contestants will be given a contestant number by which 

they will be designated throughout the contest. 

6. Contestants must come to the field day prepared to work in 

adverse weather conditions. The contests will be conducted 

regardless of weather. They should have rain gear, warm 

clothes and footwear. 

7. Tools and Equipment: All tools and equipment will be 

furnished for the contest. Contestants must use the tools 

and equipment furnished at the contest site, including 

compasses. 

8. Written Materials: All written materials will be furnished 


for the contest. 

9. All members must be eligible to participate at the National 

Level to compete at the senior level. 

10. All teams will consist of 4 members. All members of the 

team will participate in all 6 events. 

11. FFA chapters may have up to two separate teams in district 

contests. These teams will be registered separately, as 

chapter team A and chapter team B, and members will 

not be able to switch from one team to the other after 

registration. Chapter team A must consist of 4 members 

before team B can be formed. No chapter will be allowed 

to register two three member teams. Only one Senior 4 

member team and one Middle School 4 member team may 

represent each district in the State Contest. Alternate team 

members may not participate except to observe the event. 

12. Each FFA team must be accompanied by an adult. 

13. A completed contest entry list must be sent to the 

coordinator by the date specified on the registration form. 

If a chapter fails to register by this date, it is in the Field 

Day Coordinator’s sole discretion to disqualify the team or 

allow participation in the contest. 

14. Contest Check-in and orientation will begin at the time 

specified by the Coordinator. Teams are expected to be on 

site prior to this time. Any team arriving late will enter at 

the portion of the contest then in progress and will not be 

permitted to complete the missed portions of the event. 

15. Each contestant is required to provide his or her own 

pencil and clipboard. Clipboards are subject to inspection. 

Non-programmable calculators will be permitted in the 

contest. 

16. All score cards that cannot be read or whose work will be 

disqualified. All score cards must have the participant’s 

name and official chapter name. If the name is not on the 

score sheet the participants are subject to disqualification. 

17. A committee of FFA Advisors may assist with grading and 

review of score cards for consistency. 

18. The overall team score will be a compilation of all four 

team member scores. 

19. The Field Day Coordinator shall have the authority to make 

rule variances or restrictions to meet local conditions. Any 

protest should be made in writing, within three working 

days, to the: 

– Environmental Education Director 

Florida Division of Forestry; 

24059 Childs Road 

Brooksville, FL 34601 

20. Presentation of materials that have been used by chapters, 

foresters, or other resources for training purposes should 



78 

not be presented in the same visual manner in the official 

CDE. 

Event Format 

The contest will consist of two parts. Part 1: the General 

Knowledge written test will be taken by all students at one time. 

Part 2: will consist of field application sessions; Dendrology, 

Equipment Identification/Forest Disorders, and Timber 

Cruising will be included each year. The remaining field 

application session will be identified before the event. Students 

will rotate through each session until all have been completed. 

General Knowledge (100 points) 

1. Fifty (50) objective-type multiple-choice questions will 

be selected from areas of the forestry industry reflected 

in the contest objectives. This part of the contest will test 

the contestants’ knowledge and understanding of basic 

principles of forestry. 

2. Time: Each contestant will be allowed forty-five (45) 

minutes to complete this phase of the contest. 

3. Scoring: Each answer has a value of two (2) points for a 

total maximum score of 100 points. 

4. Management – may be added at state level 

5. This section will include a forest business management 

problem to determine the contestant’s ability to apply 

economic principles and concepts of management to the 

decision making process by actual problem analysis and 

to defend the decisions made. This will involve a model 

forest operation with possible calculation on profit/loss, 

cost of operation, taxes, depreciation, marketing product, 

stumpage cost, record keeping, etc. The exact problem may 

or may not be in a listed reference. 

6. Current Forestry and Timber Stand improvement issues 

may be included on the Florida Division of Forestry 

website. 

Dendrology (100 points) 

1. Twenty (20) specimens from the following list will be 

displayed for contestants to identify by common names. 

Each specimen will be designated by a number. Specimens 

may include cut samples, potted samples, or standing trees 

located within 50 feet of the Dendrology site. 

2. Time: Each contestant will be allowed thirty (30) minutes 

to complete this session. 

3. Scoring: Five (5) points will be given for each specimen 

that is correctly identified for a maximum of one-hundred 

(100) points. 

4. Approved Dendrology list: 


American Beech – Fagus grandifolia 

American Elm – Ulmus americana 

American Holly – Illex opaca 

Bald Cypress – Taxodium distichum 

Black Cherry – Prunus serotina 

Carolina Ash – Fraxinus caroliniana 

Common Persimmon – Diospyros virginiana 

Eastern Hophornbeam – Ostrya virginiana 

American Hornbeam – Carpinus caroliniana 

Eastern Redbud – Cercis canadensis 

Flowering Dogwood – Cornus florida 

Laurel Oak – Quercus laurifolia 

Live Oak – Quercus virginiana 

Loblolly Bay – Gordonia lasianthus 

Loblolly Pine – Pinus taeda 

Longleaf Pine – Pinus palustris 

Mockernut Hickory – Carya tomentosa 

Pignut Hickory – Carya glabra 

Post Oak – Quercus stellata 

Red Maple – Acer rubrum 

Red Mulberry – Morus rubra 

Sand Pine – Pinus clausa 

Sassafras – Sassafras albidum 

Shumard Oak – Quercus shumardii 

Slash Pine – Pinus elliottii 

Southern Catalpa – Catalpa bignonioides 

Southern Magnolia – Magnolia grandiflora 

Southern Redcedar – Juniperus solicicola 

Sugarberry – Celtis laevigata 

Swamp Tupelo – Nyssa sylvatica var. biflora 

Sweetbay – Magnolia virginiana 

Sweetgum – Liquidambar styraciflua 

Sycamore – Platanus occidentalis 

Turkey Oak – Quercus laevis 

Water Hickory – Carya aquatica 

Water Oak – Quercus nigra 

Waxmyrtle – Myrica cerifera 

White Oak – Quercus alba 

Winged Elm – Ulmus alata 

Yellow Poplar – Liriodendron tulipifera 

Additional Trees for the State Contest: 

41. Black Walnut – Juglans nigra 

42. Carolina Laurelcherry – Prunus caroliniana 

43. Eastern Cottonwood – Populus deltoids 

44. Florida Maple – Acer floridanum 

45. Gum Bumelia – Bumelia lanuginosa 

46. Gumbo Limbo – Bursera simaruba

47. Pond Apple – Annona glabra 

48. Red Bay – Persea borbonia 

49. Seagrape – Coccoloba uvifera 

50. Spruce Pine – Pinus glabra 

Equipment Identification (100 points) 

1. Twenty (20) pieces of equipment from the following list 

will be displayed for contestants to identify by technical 

names. Each piece of equipment will be designated by a 

number. 

2. Time: Each contestant will be allowed fifteen (15) minutes 

to complete this session. 

3. Scoring: Five (5) points will be given for each piece of 

equipment identified correctly for a total of 100 points. 

1. Backpack Fire Pump 

2. Bark Gauge 

3. Biltmore Stick 

4. Chainsaw 

5. Chainsaw Chaps 

6. Clinometer 

7. Council Fire Rake 

8. Data Recorder 

9. Diameter Tape 

10. Dibble Bar 

11. Dot Grid 

12. Drip Torch 

13. Ear Protectors 

14. Feller-buncher 

15. Fire Weather Kit 

16. Fireflap 

17. Flagging Tape 

18. Global Positioning System 

19. Hand Compass 

20. Hard Hat 

21. Hookeroon 

22. Increment Borer 

23. Knuckle-boom Loader 

24. Log Rule 

25. Logger’s Tape 

26. Mechanical Tree Planter 

27. Peavy Canthook 

28. Planimeter 

29. Pulaski 

30. Relaskop 

31. Rubber Tire Skidder 

32. Safety Glasses 

33. Soil Tube 

34. Spot Gun Applicator 

35. Staff Compass 

36. Steel Tape 

37. Stereoscope 

38. Tally Book 

39. Tally Meter 

40. Tree Caliper 

41. Tree Injector 

42. Tree Marking Gun 

43. Wedge Prism 

44. Wheeler Caliper 


Forest Disorders (100 points) 

1. Examples of ten (10) or twenty (20) disorders from the 

following list will be displayed for contestants to identify 

by common names. Each specimen representing a disorder 

will be designated by a number. The examples will be 

presented in one or more of the following forms: 

– Actual Samples 

– Pictures/Slides 

– Written description 

– Written case history 

2. Each contestant will be allowed fifteen (15) minutes to 

complete this practicum session. 

3. Five (5) points (for 20 specimens) or Ten (10) points 

(for 10 specimens) will be given for each disorder that is 

correctly identified for a total of 100 points. 

Approved Forest Disorders List: 

1. Air Potato 

2. Ambrosia Beetles 

3. Annosum Root Rot 

4. Aphids 

5. Bagworm 

6. Black Turpentine Beetle 

7. Brown Spot Needle Blight 

8. Butt-Rot of Hardwoods 

9. Catalpa Worm 

10. Cedar-Apple Rust 

11. Cicadas 

12. Cogon Grass 

13. Eastern Gall Rust 

14. Eastern Tent Caterpillar 

15. Fall Webworm 

16. Wood Borers 

17. Fusiform Rust 

18. Gall Wasp 

19. Hardwood Leaf Spots 

20. Heart Rot 



80 

21. Hypoxylon Canker 

22. Ips Engraver Beetles 

23. Japanese Climbing Fern 

24. Juniper Blight 

25. Kudzu 

26. Melaleuca 

27. Mistletoe 

28. Mites 

29. Needle Cast of Pines 

30. Oak Leaf Blister 

31. Pine Coneworms 

32. Pine Needle Rust 

33. Pine Sawflies 

34. Pine Scale 

35. Pine Tip Moths 

36. Pine Webworm 

37. Pitch Canker 

38. Psocids 

39. Red Heart of Pine 

40. Reproduction Weevil 

41. Slime Flux 

42. Southern Pine Beetle 

43. Termite Damage 

44. Twig Girdler 

45. Variable Oakleaf Caterpillar 

Timber Cruising For Wood Volume (100 Points) 

Each event location will have either Saw Timber or Pulpwood. 

Participants are advised to be familiar with both applications, 

but only one will appear on the contest. The trees measured at 

the site will represent a partial acre, and students are expected to 

calculate the total volume per acre. 

Timber Cruising for Board Volume (Saw Timber) 

1. Using a Biltmore stick each contestant will measure 

ten (10) pre-numbered trees,on a fractional acre plot, 

for total board foot volume as specified by the Field 

Day Coordinator. The contestant must record the DBH 

(Diameter Breast 

2. Height) computed to the nearest inch and the 

merchantable height of each tree, rounded down to the 

nearest ½ log. 

3. There will be no cull trees on the contest. In the case of a 

forked tree, students should measure the dominant stem. 

4. The following minimum diameters and log length will be: 

DBH - 10 inches 

Top Diameter - 8 inches 

Height - 16 feet (one log) 


5. Contestants will be allowed fifteen (15) minutes to record 

DBH and height of the trees and an additional fifteen (15) 

minutes to make volume recordings and conversions. 

Volume tables will be provided at the contest site. 

6. Three (3) points will be awarded for the correct DBH and 

three (3) points for the correct height. 

7. One (1) point will be allowed if the answer is incorrect but 

within one inch of the DBH or ½ log of the correct height. 

Forty (40) points will be allowed for any answer within 

10% of the correct total volume. 

8. Ten (10) points will be deducted from the forty points 

for each additional ten percent (plus or minus) from the 

correct measured volume beyond the first ten percent. (i.e. 

30 points if answer is between 10 and 20% from the correct 

answer, 20 points for 20 to 30% from the correct answer, 

etc.) 

Timber Cruising for Cord Volume (Pulpwood) 

1. Using Biltmore Stick each contestant will measure ten 

(10) pre-numbered standing trees, on a fractional acre 

plot, for total cord volume as specified by the Field 

Day Coordinator. The contestant will record the DHB 

(Diameter Breast Height) and merchantable height of each 

tree. The height will be rounded down to the nearest 5 ¼’ 

stick. The DHB will be to the nearest inch. 

The following minimum diameters and log length will be: 

DBH- 5 inches 

Height - 12 feet 

Top Diameter - 4 inches 

2. Volume tables and the amount of cubic feet per cord will 

be provided for calculation at the contest site. 





three (3) points for the correct height. One (1) point will be 

allowed if the answer is incorrect but within one inch of the 

correct DBH or one stick of the correct height. Forty (40) 

points will be allowed for any answer within 10% of the 

correct total volume. Ten (10) will be deducted from the 

forty points for each additional ten percent (plus or minus) 

from the correct measured volume beyond the first ten 

percent. (i.e. 30 points if answer is between 10 and 20% off 

from the correct answer, 20 points for 20 to 30% off from 

the correct answer, etc.) 

Map Interpretation (100 points)

1. Contestants will be furnished a U.S. geological survey 

topographic map with specific points marked for the 

contestant to identify. The contestant shall know: legal 

description, recognize topographic map symbols, 

understand the meaning of map symbols and size and 

location of forty (40) acres or more in a section. 

2. Examples: 

– (1) What is the legal description of the area boxed? 

– (2) What is the item located at this point? 

– (3) What is the acreage of the area enclosed? 

– (4) In what section is the city if Marshall located? 

– (5) What is the dominant feature in the SW1/4 of S 

13, T 7S, R 13E? 

– (6) What is the distance between point A & B? 

3. Legal descriptions will be written or described according to 

the following examples: 

– NW - Northwest 

– T - Township 

– SE - Southeast 

– R - Range 

– S - Section (640 acres) 

– ¼ - Quarter of a section (160 acres) 

4. Thirty (30) minutes will be allowed for this session. 

5. Ten (10) or 20 questions or problems will be completed. 

Ten (10) points (10 questions) or five (5) points (20 

questions) will be awarded for each correct answer. 

Compass and Pacing (100 points) 

1. The contestant will use a hand compass and pacing to 

simulate the determination of the property lines on a tract 

of timber for cruising timber. The compass course will have 

ten (10) marked points. The student will start at any point 

and record the compass azimuth reading and distance to 

the next point. 

2. Students must use the compasses supplied at the contest by 

the event judge. These compasses will be graduated in two 

degree (2º) increments and be attached to wooden stakes. 

3. Thirty (30) minutes will be provided for this session. 

4. A total of 100 points are possible: Ten (10) points for each 

correct numbered site. Five (5) points will be awarded for 

the correct azimuth and five (5) points for correct distance. 

Partial credit will be given with a deduction of one point 

for each two degrees or two feet the participant is off the 

correct answer. 

Scoring 

General Knowledge 100 points 

Dendrology 100 points 

Equipment Identification 100 points 

Forest Disorders 100 points 

Timber Cruising For Wood Volume 100 points 

Map Interpretation or Compass and Pacing 100 points 

TOTAL 600 points 

Tie Breakers 

Ties will be broken by using the scores from the General 


Knowledge test first, then if needed the tree identification, and 

then if still needed the Equipment Identification. 

Awards 

The top three contestants in each of the following areas will be 

given special recognition. 

• General Knowledge/Management 

• Dendrology 

• Equipment Identification 

• Forest Disorders 

• Timber Cruising 

• Alternate Forestry application 






References 






• Introduction to Forestry in Florida, Florida Division of 

Forestry 

• Florida Division of Forestry web page, http://www. 

fl-dof.com 

• Choices in Silviculture for American Forests, 1981. 

Society of American Foresters, 5400 Grosvenor Lane, 

• Bethesda, Maryland 20814 

• Elementary Forestry, B. McManar Collins and Fred M. 

White, Reston Publishing Company, In., Reston, VA 

• Forestry Handbook, 1984, Edited by Karl Wenger for 

the Society of American Foresters, 5400 Grosvenor 

• Lane, Bethesda, Maryland 20814 

• Forests and Forestry, 4th Edition, 1990. David 

A. Anderson, I.I. Holland and Gary L. Rolfe, the 

Interestate 

• Printers Publishers, Inc., Danville, IL 



82 

• Managing Our Natural Resources, 1988 Wm. G. Camp 

& Thomas R. Daugherty, Delmar Publishers, Inc., 

• Albany, NY 

• Silvics of Forests of United States, Handbook #271, U.S. 

Forest Service, P.O. Box 2417, 12th and 

• Independence Avenue S.W., Washington, DC 20013 

• Textbook of Dendrology, 6th Edition, 1979, W.M. 

Harlow, E.S. Harrar, and F.M. White. McGraw-Hill 

Book 

• Company, NY 

• The U.S. Department of Interior Geological Survey 

Topographic Map Information and Symbols Key, Map 

• Distribution, U.S. Geological Survey, Box 25286, 

Federal Center, Denver, CO 80223 

• Timber Harvesting, 4th Ed. 1988 American Pulpwood 

Association, The Interstate Printers & Publishers, Inc. 

• Danville, IL 

Equipment References 

• Current Catalog of Forestry Suppliers, Inc., 205 West 

Rankin St., Jackson, MS 39204-0397 

• Other selected references are available from the U.S. 

Forest Service and state forestry agencies. 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



84 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compiled for wood cut into 5.25-foot sticks by interpolation from “Volume Tables, Converting Factors, and Other 

Information Applicable to Commercial Timber in the South”, by E.T. Hawes. Tables include bark-top utilization assumed 

to average approximately 5 inches outside bark, varying from 3.8 inches to 6 inches 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



86 

 

 

 

 

 


FORESTRY FIELD DAY 

FUTURE FARMERS OF AMERICA 


Scoring: Five (5) points will be given for each specimen that is correctly identified for a maximum of one-hundred (100) 

points. Four (4) points for the correct common name and one (1) point for the correct scientific name. 

Enter the number that corresponds to the answer you have selected into the boxes to the right of the sample number. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 

Sub-totals 

Common 

Name 

Dendrology 

Points Scientific 

Name 

Grand total 

Points 

Name: 

FFA Chapter: 

FFA Dist. # 

Team: A or B 

(circle one) 

Score: 

HS or MS 

(Circle one) 

Common Name Scientific Name 

1. American Beech 51. Acer floridanum 

2. American Elm 52. Acer rubrum 

3. American Holly 53. Annona glabra 

4. American Hornbeam 54. Bumelia lanuginose 

5. Bald Cypress 55. Bursera simaruba 

6. Black Cherry 56. Carpinus caroliniana 

7. Black Walnut 57. Carya aquatica 

8. Carolina Ash 58. Carya glabra 

9. Carolina Laurelcherry 59. Carya tomentosa 

10. Common Persimmon 60. Catalpa bignonioides 

11. Eastern Cottonwood 61. Celtis laevigata 

12. Eastern Hophornbeam 62. Cercis canadensis 

13. Eastern Redbud 63. Coccoloba uvifera 

14. Florida Maple 64. Cornus florida 

15. Flowering Dogwood 65. Diospyros virginiana 

16. Gum Bumelia 66. Fagus grandifolia 

17. Gumbo Limbo 67. Fraxinus caroliniana 

18. Laurel Oak 68. Gordonia lasianthus 

19. Live Oak 69. Ilex opaca 

20. Loblolly Bay 70. Juglans nigra 

21. Loblolly Pine 71. Juniperus silicicola 

22. Longleaf Pine 72. Liquidambar styraciflua 

23. Mockernut Hickory 73. Liriodendron tulipifera 

24. Pignut Hickory 74. Magnolia grandiflora 

25. Pond Apple 75. Magnolia virginiana 

26. Post Oak 76. Morus rubra 

27. Red Bay 77. Myrica cerifera 

28. Red Maple 78. Nyssa sylvatica var. biflora 

29. Red Mulberry 79. Ostrya virginiana 

30. Sand Pine 80. Persea borbonia 

31. Sassafras 81. Pinus clausa 

32. Seagrape 82. Pinus elliottii 

33. Shumard Oak 83. Pinus glabra 

34. Slash Pine 84. Pinus palustris 

35. Southern Catalpa 85. Pinus taeda 

36. Southern Magnolia 86. Platanus occidentalis 

37. Southern Redcedar 87. Populus deltoides 

38. Spruce Pine 88. Prunus caroliniana 

39. Sugarberry 89. Prunus serotina 

40. Swamp Tupelo 90. Quercus alba 

41. Sweetbay 91. Quercus laevis 

42. Sweetgum 92. Quercus laurifolia 

43. Sycamore 93. Quercus nigra 

44. Turkey Oak 94. Quercus shumardii 

45. Water Hickory 95. Quercus stellata 

46. Water Oak 96. Quercus virginiana 

47. Waxmyrtle 97. Sassafras albidum 

48. White Oak 98. Taxodium distichum 

49. Winged Elm 99. Ulmus alata 

50. Yellow Poplar 100 Ulmus americana 



88 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Horse Evaluation 

and Selection CDE 

Purpose 

The Horse Evaluation and Selection Career Development Event 

is designed to stimulate the study of and interest in, equine 

science selection while providing recognition for those who 

have demonstrated skill and competency in this area. 

Eligibility 


FFA chapter in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12. Each Junior and Senior 

chapter may enter one team of 4 members with only the top 

three scores used to determine team placings. 



and other necessary items for CDE competition. 



Event Format 

1. The Horse Evaluation and Selection CDE will be held in 

2 rounds of competition, a state preliminary event and a 

state final event. The top 15 teams at the preliminary event 

will advance to the state final event. The state winning 

team will be eligible to represent Florida at the National 

Event. 

2. The preliminary event will consist of a written exam, 8 

placing classes, and one set of questions on one of the 

8 classes. The 25-question exam will cover basic horse 

industry knowledge for a maximum of 100 points. 

3. At the state final event, contestants will place 8 classes 

of horses, give oral reasons on four of those classes, and 

participate in a team activity. One set of reasons will be 

given on a performance class, one on a halter class, and 

the third and fourth will be selected at the discretion of the 

CDE officials. 

4. Classes will be selected from the following categories: 

– Conformation or Halter Classes: Arabian, 

Quarter Horse (or mixed Stock Type), Morgan, 

Tennessee Walkers, Paso Fino, Hunters, Appaloosa, 

Thoroughbred, Buckskin, Paint, Saddlebred, POA 

and Draft Horses. 

– Performance Classes: Western Pleasure, Hunter 

Hack, Hunter Under Saddle, Hunt Seat Equitation, 

Western Riding, Western Horsemanship, Reining, 

Horse Evaluation and Selection CDE 

English Pleasure (Saddle Seat), Plantation Pleasure 

and Pleasure Driving. 

– Performance horses will be shown at a walk, jog/ 

trot/or preferred gait, and canter and may be asked 

to show at an extended jog, extended trot, road 

gait, or gallop depending on the class. The horses 

will also be required to back and stand quietly. 

Horses should be judged on brokeness, consistency, 

and way of going. In scored classes, horses are 

judged on execution of a prescribed pattern. 

5. Participants will be given 15 minutes to judge each class. 

Scoring 

Classes will be placed by an official committee of judges and cuts 

assigned to pairs. Contestant’s placing will be compared to the 

official placing and points deducted for switches based on cuts. 

Perfect score is 50 points per class. Reasons scores are assigned 

by official judges out of 50 possible. Questions are worth 5 

points each for a total of 50 possible points. The scores will be 

totaled for individuals and the top three scorers on each team 

are compiled for team scores. 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 






• Horse and Horsemanship, Florida 4-H Horse Program, 

IFAS Publication # 4-H 147 

• Horse Science, 4-H Horse Program, IFAS Publication # 

4-H HSG01 


Horse Evaluation and Selection CDE 

90 

• University of Florida Horse Judging Manual – email 

order to dcotton@ufl.edu 

• http://aged.ces.uga.edu/Games/horse_judging.htm 

• http://www.oznet.ksu.edu/pr_eyas/horseman.pdf 

• http://www.cals.ncsu.edu/an_sci/extension/horse/4h_ 

Horse/horse_judging_manual/horse_judging.htm 

• http://www.judging101.com/ 

• http://www.animal.ufl.edu/Youth/Cards.shtml 


Horse CDE - Finals 







*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321



*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321

Horse CDE - Preliminaries 







*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

Written Exam 

23 

15 

7 

*SAMPLE* 

24 

16 

8 

25 

 

17 

9 

1 

2 

18 

10 

3 

19 

11 

4 

20 

12 

5 

21 

13 

6 

22 

14

Questions 


Questions #1 Y/T N/F 

*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1 1 2 3 4 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

2 1 2 3 4 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

3 1 2 3 4 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

4 1 2 3 4 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

5 1 2 3 4 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

6 1 2 3 4 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

7 1 2 3 4 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

8 1 2 3 4 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

9 1 2 3 4 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

10 1 2 3 4

Job Interview CDE 

Purpose 

The FFA Job Interview Career Development Event is designed 

for FFA members to develop, practice and demonstrate skills 

needed in seeking employment in the agricultural industry. 

Each part of the event simulates “real world” activities that will 

be used by real world employers. 

Eligibility 


FFA chapter in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12. The FFA Job Interview 

Career Development Event is limited to one participant per 

chapter. 


1. Each participant’s cover letter, resume and application 

will be the result of his or her own efforts. 

2. Participants will submit a signed statement of originality 

on the certification form accompanying these rules. 

3. Participants shall be ranked in numerical order on the 

basis of the final score to be determined by each judge 

without consultation. The judges’ ranking of each 

participant then shall be added, and the winner will 

be that participant whose total ranking is the lowest. 

Other placings will be determined in the same manner. 

Event Format 

1. Students must provide their own writing utensils. 

2. The event is developed to help participants in their current 

job search (for SAE projects, part-time and full-time 

employment). Therefore, the cover letter and resume 

submitted by the participant must reflect their current 

skills and abilities and must be targeted to a job for which 

they would like to apply. In other words, participants 

cannot develop a fictitious resume for a fictitious job. 

Instead, they are expected to target the resume towards a 

real job that they can qualify. 

By May 1st of the year that the participant is competing they will 

submit the following to the Florida FFA Association office: 

Cover Letter (Points – 100) 

1. Ten copies of a single-spaced 8 ½” x 11” white bond paper 

letter of intent. The paper is to be single sided only, typed 

with no more than ten characters per inch and block 

justified. 

2. Letter should be addressed to the Superintendent of the 


Career Development Event (below) and dated for the first 

day of the event. 

– Mrs. Shirley Carte 

Job Interview CDE Superitendent 

Florida FFA Association 

5700 SW 34th Street, Suite 106 

Gainesville, Florida 32608 

Resume (Points – 150) 

1. Ten copies of a single-spaced 8 ½” x 11” white bond paper. 

The resume is to be single sided only, typed not to exceed 

two pages total. Suggested formats can be found in the 

Greggs Manual. 

2. Resume must be non-fictitious and based upon their work 

history. 

3. Cover letter and resume must be submitted to the Florida 

FFA Association office by May 1st of the year that the 

participant is competing. 

At the Florida FFA Career Development Event the following will 

be completed: 

Application (Points – 50) 

Students will complete a standard job application on-site, prior to 

the personal interview. 

Telephone Interview (Points – 150) 

1. Students will interview with one of the following three 

people: 

– Human, Fiscal and Resource personnel director 

– Employer’s Assistant 

– Employer themselves 

2. The telephone interview will last a maximum of three 

minutes. 

3. Students are to position themselves so that they obtain a 

personal interview with the company they are applying. 

Student should interview with the thought that the 

company has already received their cover letter and 

resume. 

4. Telephone interview will be conducted in both the 

preliminary and final rounds. 

Personal Interview (Points – 450) 

Each student will interview with three separate judges with 

interviews that last no longer than twenty minutes each. 

Follow Up Letter (Points – 100) 



96 

1. Participants will submit a follow up letter after each round 

of interviews. Students will be required to write their letter 

using a computer or with pencil and paper. Thirty minutes 

will be given. 

2. Letter is to be addressed to the Superintendent of the 

Career Development Event, and should be a response to 

their most recent interview. 

Scoring 

Cover Letter 100 points 

Resume 200 points 

Application 100 points 

Telephone Interview 50 points 

Personal Interview 500 points 

Follow Up Letter 50 points 

TOTAL 1000 Points 

Participants shall be ranked in numerical order on the basis of the 

final score to be determined by each judge without consultation. 

The judges’ ranking of each participant shall then be added, and 

the winner will be that whose total of rankings is the lowest. 

Other placings shall be determined in the same manner. (low 

point method of selection) 

Tiebreakers 


Participant’s low ranks will be counted and the participant with 

the greatest number of low ranks will be declared the winner. 



greatest number of low ranks from the response to questions will 

be declared the winner. If a tie still exists then the participant’s 

raw scores will be totaled. The participant with the greatest total 

of raw points will be declared the winner. 

Awards 






References 

The list of references is not intended to be inclusive. Other 




preparation. 

• Greggs Manual 


• Elements of Style – Strunk and White 

• Microsoft Word resume templates 

• 101 Toughest Interview Questions…and Answers That 

Win Jobs 

• Daniel Porto, Daniel Porot / Paperback / Published 

1999 

• 25 Reasons Why I Won’t Hire You! What You Did 

Wrong Before, During & After the InterviewZenja 

Glass / Paperback / Published 1998 

• Best Answers to the 201 Most Frequently Asked 

Interview QuestionsMatthew J. Deluca, Mathew J. 

DeLuca / Paperback / Published 1996 

• The Complete Job Interview HandbookJohn J. Marcus / 

Paperback / Published 1994

Job Interview Career Development Event 2012-2016 


Cover Letter Scorecard 

Name: State: 

Member #: 

Possible Score Participant’s Score 

Format 

• Spacing 5 

• Appropriate Font 5 

• Paragraph justification (left) 5 

• Addressed correctly 5 

• Limited to one page 5 

• Used correct paper 5 

Grammar/Punctuation/Spelling 

Content 

20 

• Identified position sought 5 

• Interest in position 5 

• Where learned of job 5 

• Appropriately conveyed contact info 5 

• Employability 10 

• Identified next steps 5 

• Meshed with resume and references 5 

General appearances 

• Overall impression 5 

• Readability and flow 5 

Subtotal 100 

Deduction for materials postmarked after the 10% or -10 points 

deadline 

maximum 

Total 100 

Job Interview Career Development Event 5 




98 




Resume Scorecard 

Name: State: 

Member #: 


Format 

• Appropriate Font 2 

• Structure 2 

• Limited to two pages 4 

• Used correct paper 2 

Content 

• Contact information conveyed 25 

• Position sought or employment objective 25 

• Identified education or relevant coursework 

25 

• Identified relevant experience & skills 25 

• Identified achievements & honors 25 

• Mentioned/had references 25 

Grammar 3 

Punctuation 3 

Spelling 

General appearance 

4 

• Overall impression 15 

• Readability and flow- spacing 15 

Subtotal 200 

Deduction for materials postmarked after the 10% or -10 points 

deadline 

maximum 

Total 200 

Job Interview Career Development Event 6



Application Scorecard 

Name: State: 

Member #: 


Consistent with Resume 

• Name 10 

• Education 10 

• Experience 10 

• Other information 10 

• Reference 10 

Grammar/Punctuation/Spelling 

• Capitalization when appropriate 6 

• Abbreviations when appropriate 6 

• Punctuation 6 

• Spelling 6 

• Grammar 6 

Form Completed 

• Finished in allotted time 5 

• “N/A” indicated where appropriate 5 

Overall impression 

• Spacing 5 

• Consistency 5 

Total 100 





100 




Initial Telephone Contact Scorecard 

Name: State: 

Member #: 


First Impression 

• Introduction 5 

• Spoke clearly 5 

• Appropriate voice inflection 5 

Gathered appropriate information 

• Time/Date 5 

• Location 5 

• Contact information (name, number, etc.) 5 

Response to questions 

• Accurate 5 

• Concise 5 


10 

• Poise 

• Pleasant 

• Professional 

• Courteous 

• Communicated effectively 

• Ends call appropriately 

Total 50 




Personal Interview Scorecard 

Name: State: 

Member #: 

Appearance 

• Professional dress 25 

• Appropriately groomed/neat 25 

First impression 

• Greeting 25 

• Introduction 25 

• Body language 25 

Responses to questions 

• Knowledge relayed 30 

• Abilities described & matched resume 20 

• Accurate 20 

• Cogent & organized 20 

• Shared appropriate experiences 20 

• Quality of information 20 

• Consistent responses 20 

Communication skills 

• Persuasive 20 

• Proper grammar 15 

• Enunciation 15 

• Appropriate volume 15 

• Concise, avoided rambling 15 

• Confident 20 

• Sincere 15 

• Poise 20 

• Discretion/tact 15 

Conclusion 

• Posed appropriate questions to employer 25 

• Clarified next steps 25 

• Appropriate thanks and exit 25 

Total 500 






102 




Follow-up Correspondence Scorecard 

Name: State: 

Member #: 


Format 

• 

• 

Directed to appropriate person 

Address/salutation appropriate 

10 

• Level of formality appropriate 

Content 

• Expressed appreciation 5 

• Appropriate level of reiteration of 

qualities 

5 

• Re-expressed interest 5 

• Provisions for follow-up stated 5 

Grammar/punctuation/spelling 


10 

• Legible (including signature) 

10 

• Appropriate length 

Total 50 




Networking Activity Scorecard 

Name: State: 

Member #: 

First Impression 

Possible Score 

• Initiated conversation politely 5 

• Clear introduction 5 

• Body language (posture, eye contact) 5 

Communication Skills 

• Engaged in the conversation 10 

• Concise, avoid rambling 10 

• Confident 10 

• Sincere 5 

Making the Connection 

• Connected interest to company/person 10 

• Attempted to find commonalities with company/person 10 

• Posed appropriate questions 10 

• Made positive comments about company/person 5 

Conclusion 

• Exchange of contact information 5 

• Inquired about follow-up options (website, email, upcoming company 

events) 

• Appropriate thanks and exit 5 

5 

Total 100 



Participant’s 

Score 


Land Judging CDE 

Land Judging CDE 

Purpose 

The Land Judging Career Development Event is designed to 

stimulate learning activities related to soils and their best use. 

Eligibility 


Florida FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11 or 12. A 

participant must be 14 years old, or scheduled to turn 14, before 

the date of the current year’s National Land Judging Contest. 

Each chapter may enter one team of four individuals. Only the 

top three scores will be calculated for the team total. 


1. In order to participate in the State Land Judging Contest, 

104 

a team must have first participated in a Soil and Water 

Conservation District CDE and be declared the county 

winner. The site determination of the state event will be 

made by the State Land Judging Committee. 

2. A team may be composed of four members with the top 

three scores representing the chapter score. 

3. The team placing highest in the State Land Judging CDE 

will represent Florida in the National Land Judging CDE in 

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. 

4. Bubble vials, levels, notes and bulletins will not be allowed 

in the contest. 

5. It is permissible to carry a small bottle of water to moisten 

soil for making a determination of surface texture, and a 

clipboard may also be used. 

6. Decision of the judges will be final. 

7. Contestants must provide their own pens, pencils, erasers 




Event Format 

1. Each team member will be required to judge four fields 

(pits). Each site will have an excavation to show soil 

profile, samples of subsoil and topsoil, and stakes or flags 

to indicate a 100-foot distance for estimating slopes. 

Homesite evaluation will be one of the four sites. 

2. Twenty minutes will be allowed to make the placings on 

each field unless otherwise designated. 

Scoring 

Land Judging: 


Land Class Factors 33 points 

Recommended Land Treatments 

Homesite: 

30 points 

(varies with site) 

Characteristics 16 points 

Planned Uses and Interpretations 54 points 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 






• Land Judging and Homesite Evaluation in Florida. 

Florida Cooperative Extension Service, University of 

Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611 

• Basic Principles of Soil Science. IFAS Publication. 

• Our Soils and Their Management. Donahue, Follett and 

Tulloch, The Interstate Printers and Publishers, Inc., 

Danville, Illinois 61832. 

• Approved Practices in Soil Conservation. Bosworth 

and Foster, The Interstate Printers and Publishers, Inc., 

Danville Illinois 61832. 

• Land Judging Website: http://landjudging.ifas.ufl.edu/

Livestock Evaluation 

& Selection CDE 

Purpose 

The Livestock Evaluation and Selection Career Development 

Event stimulates learning activities related to the production and 

marketing of cattle, sheep and swine. 

Eligibility 



and Senior chapter may enter one team of four individuals. All 

four individual scores will be calculated for the team total. 


1. The CDE will have two levels of competition. Qualifying 

events will be held each year. A percentage of teams 

participating at the qualifying event will then be eligible 

to participate in the state finals with thirty total teams 

competing at this event. 

2. Chapters may enter one team only at the qualifying events. 

3. Contestants should bring a clipboard and/or a clean 

notebook for taking notes for the reasons classes. No notes 

may be used while giving reasons. 

4. Absolutely no talking will be tolerated during the contest. 

Any contestants violating this rule will have their cards 

taken up and will be disqualified. 

5. No FFA advisors or coaches are allowed in the area of the 

contest, but arrangements will be made so that the coaches 

can view the classes. 





Event Format 

Preliminary Events 

The Preliminary event should consist of the following classes: 

• 2-4 market classes (beef, swine, lamb, and/or goats) 

• 4-5 breeding classes (beef, swine, goats and/or sheep) 

• One evaluation class (feeder cattle) 

• One questions class (10 questions) based on visual 

appraisal and performance records 

Finals Event 

The State Finals event will consist of the following classes: 

• 4-5 market classes (beef, swine, lamb and/or goat) 

• 4-5 breeding classes (beef, swine, and/or sheep) 

Livestock Evaluation and Selection CDE 

• Two keep/cull classes with performance records (beef 

and/or swine consisting of 8 animals) 

• One evaluation class (feeder cattle) 

• Two sets of oral reasons (beef & swine) 

• Two sets of questions (beef & swine) 

• Team activity 

• 50-question written exam 

Written Exam 

The written exam will be a 50 question multiple choice 

exam with 45 minutes allotted for it. The focus of the 

information will be basic industry information, anatomy and 

physiology (including but not limited to the digestive system, 

pituitary system, genetics, etc.), breed information, and 

herd management, environmental concerns for the industry. 

marketing, and health and disease 

Oral Reasons 

Reasons classes will be designated by the CDE superintendent 

at the beginning of the CDE and during the contest. Reasons 

will be given after all classes have been placed. Two minutes will 

be allowed to give reasons and contestants may use a note card 

with placing of the class only on it. Participants will be given 12 

minutes to judge each class. 

Scoring 

Livestock Placing Classes 50 points/class 

Keep/Cull Classes 50 points/class 

Evaluation Class 50 points/class 

Written Exam 100 points 

Oral Reasons 50 points/set 

Questions Class 50 points/class 

Team Activity - Female Selection 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 





Livestock Evaluation and Selection CDE 



References 






• Modern Livestock and Poultry Production, 7th Edition, 

Delmar, ISBN#0-8273-6733-3 

• Introduction to Livestock and Poultry Production: 

Science & Technology, Interstate, ISBN # 0-8134-3050- 

X 

106 


Meats Evaluation 


Purpose 

The Meats Evaluation Career Development Event is designed 

to stimulate learning activities related to the processing of beef, 

pork and lamb carcasses, including retail cut identification and 

factors affecting meat quality. 

Eligibility 






1. The team placing highest in the State Meat Judging CDE 

at the University of Florida will represent Florida in the 

National Meat Evaluation Career Development Event. 

2. Contestants must come prepared to work in a cold storage 

room for over two hours. Participant must bring heavy 

sweaters, coats and other warm clothes, footwear, white lab 

coats, and hard hats. 

3. Frocks, hard hats (NO BUMP CAPS), shirts with sleeves, 

closed toed shoes, and long pants will be worn in all 

processing areas. Clothing and shoes must be clean. 

Official Dress is not required and will not be scored for this 


4. Frocks will not be worn outside the building. Therefore, 

as the contestants assemble for entry into the contest, they 

will keep their frocks folded and then put them on only 

after entering the building. Coaches will not put frocks on 

until they are inside the meat lab. Frocks worn outside will 

not be allowed inside the processing areas. 

5. No jewelry will be allowed in the CDE areas. This includes 

rings, earrings, necklaces, etc. 

6. Hair nets will be worn regardless of hair style or length. 

7. Contestants shall not use any mechanical aid, such 

as a measuring device, etc., in arriving at a decision. 

Contestants may bring notebooks or clipboards with only 

blank paper into the contest. 

8. No tobacco products will be allowed in the Meat 

Processing Center. No food, drinks, or gum will be 

allowed in meat processing areas. 

9. Hands will be washed with an antimicrobial soap after 

visiting the restroom. 



Meats Evaluation CDE 

Event Format 

1. Contestants will be allowed 10 minutes for each placing 

class of carcasses and wholesale cuts; 10 minutes for 

identifying the cuts in retail meats class and for beef carcass 

grading classes. 

2. Contestants and official judges are to make their 

placings and identifications without handling the meat. 

Official grading for the grading classes will be done 

by a representative of the University of Florida Meats 

Laboratory. 

Scoring 

Placing Class- Retail Cuts 50 points/class 

Placing Class- Beef Carcasses 50 points/class 

Placing Class- Wholesale Cuts of Beef 50 points/class 

Placing Class- Pork Carcasses 50 points/class 

Placing Class- Wholesale cuts of Pork 50 points/class 

Quality Grading- Beef 60 points 

Yield Grading 60 points 

Meat Identification 240 points 

Questions- Beef Carcass 50 points 

Questions- Pork Carcass 50 points 

Beef Formulation Problem 50 points 

Tie Breakers 










Awards 






References 








110 

• The Meat Evaluation Handbook, copies of wall size 

charts of beef, pork and lamb; and a set of full color 

slides of retail meat cuts is available from the National 

Livestock and Meat Board, Literature and Educational 

Services, 36 South Wabash Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 

60603. 

• To obtain Service and Regulatory Announcement 

No. A-53 of US Grades for Beef Carcasses and USDA 

Yield Grades for Beef Marketing Bulletin No. 54, 

write Livestock Division, C & MS, Washington, DC 

20250. Preliminary Yield Grade Ruler is available from 

NASCO, Ft. Atkinson, Wisconsin 53538. 

• Ribeye Grid, Identification No. AS-34, November 1962, 

is available from Iowa State University, Cooperative 

Extension Service, Ames, Iowa 60010. 

• Frocks, Hard Hat, and Related Equipment Sources: 

– PH.--Koch 1-800-456-5624 

– PH.--Hantover 1-800-821-2227 



Meats Evaluation and Technology Career Development Event 2012-2016 

Retail Cuts Code Sheet with Cookery 

Retail Cooking 

Cooking 

Species Primal Cut Method Species Primal Retail Cut 

Method 

B B 89 M Beef Brisket Corned Moist 

B B 15 M Beef Brisket Flat Half, Bnls Moist 

B B 10 M Beef Brisket Whole, Bnls Moist 

B C 26 M Beef Chuck 7-bone Pot-Roast Moist 

B C 03 M Beef Chuck Arm Pot-Roast Moist 

B C 04 M Beef Chuck Arm Pot-Roast, Bnls Moist 

B C 06 M Beef Chuck Blade Roast Moist 

B C 13 D/M Beef Chuck Eye Roast, Bnls Dry/Moist 

B C 45 D Beef Chuck Eye Steak, Bnls Dry 

B C 20 M Beef Chuck Mock Tender Roast Moist 

B C 48 M Beef Chuck Mock Tender Steak Moist 

B C 21 D Beef Chuck Petite Tender Dry 

B C 29 D/M Beef Chuck Shoulder Pot Roast (Bnls) Dry/Moist 

B C 58 D Beef Chuck Top Blade Steak (Flat Iron) Dry 

B D 47 D/M Beef Flank Flank Steak Dry/Moist 

B F 49 D Beef Loin Porterhouse Steak Dry 

B F 55 D Beef Loin T-bone Steak Dry 

B F 34 D Beef Loin Tenderloin Roast Dry 

B F 56 D Beef Loin Tenderloin Steak Dry 

B F 59 D Beef Loin Top Loin Steak Dry 

B F 60 D Beef Loin Top Loin Steak, Bnls Dry 

B F 64 D Beef Loin Top Sirloin Cap Steak, Bnls Dry 

B F 63 D Beef Loin 

Top Sirloin Steak, Bnls Cap 

Off Dry 

B F 62 D Beef Loin Top Sirloin Steak, Bnls Dry 

B F 40 D Beef Loin Tri Tip Roast Dry 

B G 28 M Beef Plate Short Ribs Moist 

B G 54 D/M Beef Plate Skirt Steak, Bnls D/M 

B H 22 D Beef Rib Rib Roast Dry 

B H 13 D Beef Rib Ribeye Roast, Bnls Dry 

B H 45 D Beef Rib Ribeye Steak, Bnls Dry 

B H 50 D Beef Rib Ribeye Steak, Lip-On Dry 

B I 08 D/M Beef Round Bottom Round Roast Dry/Moist 

B I 09 D/M Beef Round Bottom Round Rump Roast Dry/Moist 

B I 43 M Beef Round Bottom Round Steak Moist 

Meats Evaluation and Technology Career Development Event 20 



112 



Retail Cuts Code Sheet with Cookery (cont.) 


Cooking 


Method 

B I 46 D/M Beef Round Eye Round Steak Dry/Moist 

B I 51 M Beef Round Round Steak Moist 

B I 52 M Beef Round Round Steak, Bnls Moist 

B I 36 D/M Beef Round Tip Roast - Cap Off Dry/Moist 

B I 57 D Beef Round Tip Steak - Cap Off Dry 

B I 39 D Beef Round Top Round Roast Dry 

B I 61 D Beef Round Top Round Steak Dry 

B N 82 M Beef Various Beef for Stew Moist 

B N 83 D/M Beef Various Cubed Steak Dry/Moist 

B N 84 D Beef Various Ground Beef Dry 

P E 44 D/M Pork Ham/Leg Pork Fresh Ham Center Slice 

Pork Fresh Ham Rump Por- 

Dry/Moist 

P E 25 D/M Pork Ham/Leg tion 

Pork Fresh Ham Shank Por- 

Dry/Moist 

P E 27 D/M Pork Ham/Leg tion Dry/Moist 

P E 91 D Pork Ham/Leg Smoked Ham, Bnls Dry 

P E 90 D Pork Ham/Leg Smoked Ham, Center Slice Dry 

P E 96 D Pork Ham/Leg Smoked Ham, Rump Portion Dry 

P E 97 D Pork Ham/Leg Smoked Ham, Shank Portion Dry 

P E 35 D Pork Ham/Leg Tip Roast, Bnls Dry 

P E 38 D Pork Ham/Leg Top Roast, Bnls Dry 

P F 05 D/M Pork Loin Back Ribs Dry/Moist 

P F 66 D/M Pork Loin Blade Chops Dry/Moist 

P F 67 D/M Pork Loin Blade Chops, Bnls Dry/Moist 

P F 06 D/M Pork Loin Blade Roast Dry/Moist 

P F 68 D Pork Loin Butterflied Chops Bnls Dry 

P F 11 D Pork Loin Center Loin Roast Dry 

P F 12 D Pork Loin Center Rib Roast Dry 

P F 69 D/M Pork Loin Country Style Ribs Dry/Moist 

P F 70 D Pork Loin Loin Chops Dry 

P F 71 D Pork Loin Rib Chops Dry 

P F 73 D Pork Loin Sirloin Chops Dry 

P F 53 D Pork Loin Sirloin Cutlets Dry 

P F 30 D Pork Loin Sirloin Roast Dry 

P F 93 D Pork Loin Smoked Pork Loin Chop Dry 

P F 95 D Pork Loin Smoked Pork Loin Rib Chop Dry 

P F 34 D Pork Loin Tenderloin, Whole Dry 

P F 74 D Pork Loin Top Loin Chops Dry 

P F 75 D Pork Loin Top Loin Chops, Bnls Dry 

P F 37 D Pork Loin Top Loin Roast, Bnls Dry 

Meats Evaluation and Technology Career Development Event 21





Cooking 


Method 

P J 03 D/M Pork Shoulder Arm Roast Dry/Moist 

P J 41 D/M Pork Shoulder Arm Steak Dry/Moist 

P J 07 D/M Pork Shoulder Blade Boston Roast Dry/Moist 

P J 42 D/M Pork Shoulder Blade Steak Dry/Moist 

P J 94 D/M Pork Shoulder Smoked Picnic, Whole Dry/Moist 

P K 98 D Pork Side Slab Bacon Dry 

P K 99 D Pork Side Sliced Bacon Dry 

P K 17 M Pork Side/Belly Fresh Side Moist 

P L 32 D/M Pork Spareribs Pork Spareribs Dry/Moist 

P N 85 D Pork Various Ground Pork Dry 

P N 86 M Pork Various Hock Moist 

P N 83 D/M Pork Various Pork Cubed Steak Dry/Moist 

P N 87 D Pork Various Pork Sausage Links Dry 

P N 87 D Pork Various Sausage Dry 

P N 92 M Pork Various Smoked Pork Hock Moist 

L A 24 D/M Lamb Breast Ribs (Denver Style) Dry/Moist 

L E 01 D Lamb Leg American Style Roast Dry 

L E 44 D Lamb Leg Center Slice Dry 

L E 16 D Lamb Leg Frenched Style Roast Dry 

L E 18 D Lamb Leg Leg Roast, Bnls Dry 

L E 73 D Lamb Leg Sirloin Chops Dry 

L E 31 D Lamb Leg Sirloin Half Dry 

L F 70 D Lamb Loin Loin Chops Dry 

L F 19 D Lamb Loin Loin Roast Dry 

L H 71 D Lamb Rib Rib Chops Dry 

L H 72 D Lamb Rib Rib Chops Frenched Dry 

L H 22 D Lamb Rib Rib Roast Dry 

L H 23 D Lamb Rib Rib Roast, Frenched Dry 

L J 65 D/M Lamb Shoulder Arm Chops Dry/Moist 

L J 66 D/M Lamb Shoulder Blade Chops Dry/Moist 

L J 33 D/M Lamb Shoulder Square Cut Dry/Moist 

L N 88 M Lamb Various Shank Moist 

B M 76 D/M Beef Variety Heart Dry/Moist 

L M 76 D/M Lamb Variety Heart Dry/Moist 

P M 76 D/M Pork Variety Heart Dry/Moist 

B M 77 D/M Beef Variety Kidney Dry/Moist 

L M 77 D/M Lamb Variety Kidney Dry/Moist 

P M 77 D/M Pork Variety Kidney Dry/Moist 




114 





Cooking 

Species Primal Cut Method Species Primal Retail Cut Method 

L M 78 D/M Lamb Variety Liver Dry/Moist 

P M 78 D/M Pork Variety Liver Dry/Moist 

B M 79 M Beef Variety Oxtail Moist 

B M 80 D/M Beef Variety Tongue Dry/Moist 

L M 80 D/M Lamb Variety Tongue Dry/Moist 

P M 80 D/M Pork Variety Tongue Dry/Moist 

B M 81 M Beef Variety Tripe Moist 


Meats CDE 







*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321

Beef Carcass Quality Grading 

Questions 

*SAMPLE* 


Prime Choice Select Standard Commercial Utility 


*SAMPLE* 

*SAMPLE* 

1 1 2 3 4 

1 1 2 3 4 

Low 

Average 

High 

Low 

Average 

High 

Low 

High 

Low 

High 

Low 

Average 

High 

Low 

Average 

High 

Carcass 

2 1 2 3 4 

2 1 2 3 4 

1 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` 

3 1 2 3 4 

3 1 2 3 4 

2 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` 

4 1 2 3 4 

4 1 2 3 4 

3 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` 

5 1 2 3 4 

5 1 2 3 4 

4 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` 

6 1 2 3 4 

6 1 2 3 4 

5 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` 

7 1 2 3 4 

7 1 2 3 4 

Beef Carcass Yield Grading 

8 1 2 3 4 

8 1 2 3 4 

*SAMPLE* 

9 1 2 3 4 

9 1 2 3 4 

10 1 2 3 4 

10 1 2 3 4 

1 2 3 4 5 

5.67-5.99 

5.34-5.66 

5.00-5.33 

4.67-4.99 

4.34-4.66 

4.00-4.33 

3.67-3.99 

3.34-3.66 

3.00-3.33 

2.67-2.99 

2.34-2.66 

2.00-2.33 

1.67-1.99 

1.34-1.66 

1.00-1.33 

Carcass 

1 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` 

2 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` 

3 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` 

4 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` 

5 ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` ` `

Retail ID - Page 1 

# Species Primal Retail Cuts Cookery 

B First 

Second 

1 

*SAMPLE* 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

2 

64 Top Sirloin Cap 

Steak (Bnls) 

Chops 

24 Ribs (Denver 

Style) 

25 Rump Portion 

26 Seven (7) Bone 

Roast 

27 Shank Portion 

Species 

B Beef 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

3 

65 Arm Chop 

66 Blade Chop 

67 Blade Chop 

(Bnls) 

68 Butterfl ied Chop 

(Bnls) 

69 Country Style 

Ribs 

70 Loin Chop 

P Pork 

L Lamb 

Primal Cuts 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

4 

28 Short Ribs 

29 Shoulder Roast 

(Bnls) 

30 Sirloin Roast 

A Breast 

B Brisket 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

5 

C Chuck 

D Flank 

E Ham or Leg 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

6 

71 Rib Chop 

72 Rib Chop 

(Frenched) 

73 Sirloin Chop 

74 Top Loin Chop 


(Bnls) 

Variety Meats 

F Loin 

G Plate 

H Rib or Rack 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

7 

I Round 

J Shoulder 

K Side (Belly) 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

8 

76 Heart 

77 Kidney 

31 Sirloin Half 

32 Spareribs 

33 Square Cut 

(Whole) 

34 Tenderloin 

(Whole/Roast) 

35 Tip Roast (Bnls) 

36 Tip, Cap Off 

Roast 

37 Top Loin Roast 

(Bnls) 

38 Top Roast (Bnls) 

 

L Spareribs 

M Variety Meats 

First 

Second 

B 

 

9 

78 Liver 

79 Oxtail 

80 Tongue 

39 Top Round Roast 

40 Tri-Tip Roast 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

10 

Steaks 

41 Arm Steak 

N Various Meats 

Retail Cuts 

Roasts/Pot Roasts 

81 Tripe 

Various Meats 

 

01 American Style 

02 Arm Picnic 

First 

Second 

B 

 

11 

82 Beef for Stew 

83 Cubed Steak 

42 Blade Steak 

43 Bottom Round 

Steak 

44 Center Slice 

03 Arm Roast 

04 Arm Roast (Bnls) 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

12 

84 Ground Beef 

85 Ground Pork 

05 Back Ribs 

06 Blade Roast 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

13 

86 Hocks 

87 Sausage Link/ 

Pattie 

88 Shank 

07 Blade Boston 


Roast (Bnls) 


Rump Roast (Bnls) 

10 Brisket, Whole 

(Bnls) 

11 Center Loin 

Roast 

12 Center Rib Roast 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

14 

Smoked/Cured 

89 Brisket,Corned 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

15 


91 Ham (Bnls) 

 

92 Hocks 

93 Loin Chop 

94 Picnic (Whole) 

45 Eye Steak (Bnls) 

46 Eye Round Steak 

47 Flank Steak 

48 Mock Tender 

Steak 

49 Porterhouse 

Steak 

50 Ribeye, Lip-On 

Steak 

51 Round Steak 


(Bnls) 

53 Sirloin Cutlets 

54 Skirt Steak (Bnls) 

55 T-Bone Steak 

56 Tenderloin Steak 


Steak 

58 Top Blade (Bnls) 

Flat Iron Steak 

59 Top Loin Steak 

60 Top Loin (Bnls) 

Steak 

61 Top Round Steak 

62 Top Sirloin Steak 

(Bnls) 


Off Steak (Bnls) 

First 

Second 

B 

 

16 

13 Eye Roast (Bnls) 

14 Eye Round Roast 

15 Flat Half (Bnls) 

16 Frenched Style 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

17 

95 Rib Chop 



98 Slab Bacon 

99 Sliced Bacon 

Cookery Methods 

D Dry Heat 

M Moist Heat 

/ Dry or Moist Heat 

17 Fresh Side 

18 Leg Roast (Bnls) 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

18 

19 Loin Roast 


Roast 

21 Petite Tender 

22 Rib Roast 

23 Rib Roast 

(Frenched) 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

19 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

20



B First 

Second 

21 

*SAMPLE* 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

22 


Steak (Bnls) 

Chops 


Style) 



Roast 


Species 

B Beef 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

23 

65 Arm Chop 

66 Blade Chop 

67 Blade Chop 

(Bnls) 


(Bnls) 


Ribs 

70 Loin Chop 

P Pork 

L Lamb 

Primal Cuts 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

24 

28 Short Ribs 


(Bnls) 


A Breast 

B Brisket 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

25 

C Chuck 

D Flank 

E Ham or Leg 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

26 

71 Rib Chop 

72 Rib Chop 

(Frenched) 




(Bnls) 

Variety Meats 

F Loin 

G Plate 

H Rib or Rack 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

27 

I Round 

J Shoulder 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

28 

76 Heart 

77 Kidney 


32 Spareribs 

33 Square Cut 

(Whole) 

34 Tenderloin 

(Whole/Roast) 



Roast 


(Bnls) 


 

L Spareribs 


First 

Second 

B 

 

29 

78 Liver 

79 Oxtail 

80 Tongue 



 

First 

Second 

B 

 

30 

Steaks 

41 Arm Steak 


Retail Cuts 


81 Tripe 

Various Meats 

 


02 Arm Picnic 

First 

Second 

B 

 

31 





Steak 


03 Arm Roast 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

32 



05 Back Ribs 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

33 

86 Hocks 


Pattie 

88 Shank 



Roast (Bnls) 




(Bnls) 


Roast 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

34 

Smoked/Cured 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

35 


91 Ham (Bnls) 

 

92 Hocks 

93 Loin Chop 






Steak 


Steak 


Steak 



(Bnls) 






Steak 





Steak 



(Bnls) 



First 

Second 

B 

 

36 





 

First 

Second 

B 

 

37 

95 Rib Chop 



98 Slab Bacon 



D Dry Heat 

M Moist Heat 


17 Fresh Side 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

38 

19 Loin Roast 


Roast 


22 Rib Roast 

23 Rib Roast 

(Frenched) 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

39 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

40

Nursery and 

Landscape CDE 

Purpose 

The Nursery and Landscape Career Development Event is 

designed to stimulate learning activities related to nursery 

practices and landscaping including the identification of plants, 

insects, and diseases. 

Eligibility 






1. Contestants should bring a clipboard and #2 pencils. 









Event Format 

Written Exam 

A written exam of 35 questions will cover three of the following 

areas each year, in addition to general horticulture: 


• Plant use 

• Business 


• Grades and standards for nursery stock 

Live Practicums 

Two of the three live practicum’s will be a part of the event as 

described below: 

• Measuring Nursery Stock (100 points) 

• Landscape Interpretations (100 points) 

• Landscape Drawing (100 points - written) 

• Pruning (100 points) 

• Plan Layout (100 points – written) 

• Job Evaluation (100 points) 

• Landscape management (100 points) 

Nursery and Landscape CDE 

Problem Solving Practicums 

Two of the following problem solving practicums will be part 

of the event as described below. The situation will be presented 

and the student will answer questions in a multiple choice 

format. 

• Handling a hazardous situation (100 points – written) 

• Identifying and controlling plant disorders (100 points 

– written) 

• Customer assistance (100 points – written) 

• Equipment maintenance (100 points – written) 


Each student will demonstrate their ability to properly identify 

plants, pests and tools related to the nursery industry. The 

identification portion of this event will include 30 plants, 15 

pests, and 15 tools. 

Scoring 

35 Question Knowledge Test 350 points 



Plant, Pest & Tool Identification 600 points 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 








References 


















of Agriculture & Consumer Services Department of 

Agricultural Water Policy, Tallahassee, Fla. 850-617- 

1700 or www.floridaagwaterpolicy.com 

• http://www.floridaagwaterpolicy.com/PDF/Bmps/ 

Bmp_FloridaContainerNurseries2007.pdf 


Protection of Water Resources in Florida by the Green 

Industries, 2008. Florida Department of Environmental 

Protection Nonpoint Source Management Section, 850- 

245-7508. www.dep.state.fl.us, http://fyn.ifas.ufl.edu/ 

pdf/GIBMP_Manual_WEB_2_17_11.pdf 

• American Standard for Nursery Stock. ANSI 

Z60.1–2004, copyright 2004 ISBN 1-890148-06-7. 

American Nursery and Landscape Association at 202- 

789-2900, www.anla.org and click on ‘publications’. 

http://www.anla.org/applications/Documents/Docs/ 

ANLAStandard2004.pdf 

120 







Job Evaluation 

Handling a Hazardous Situation 

Written Exam 

13 

*SAMPLE* 

5 

*SAMPLE* 

11 

*SAMPLE* 

14 

6 

12 

 

 

 

15 

1 

7 

1 

13 

1 

2 

2 

2 

16 

8 

14 

3 

3 

3 

17 

9 

15 

4 

4 

4 

18 

10 

16 

5 

5 

19 

17 

6 

Customer Assistance 

6 

20 

18 

7 

5 

*SAMPLE* 

7 

21 

19 

8 

6 

8 

22 

20 

9 

 

7 

1 

9 

23 

10 

2 

8 

10 

24 

11 

3 

25 

9 

12 

4 

10

Pruning 

11 

*SAMPLE* 

12 

 

13 

1 

2 

14 

3 

15 

4 

16 

5 

17 

6 

18 

7 

19 

8 

20 

9 

10

E Juniperus horizontalis Creeping Juniper 

A Juniperus virginiana Southern Red Cedar 


A Abelia x grandifl ora Glossy Abelia 

Plant ID 

B Lagerstroemia indica Crape Myrtle 

C Ligustrum japonicum Japanese Privet 

B Acalypha wilkesiana Copperleaf 

C Acca sellowiana Pineapple Guava / Feijoa 

16 

D Liquidambar styracifl ua Sweetgum 

E Liriope muscari Liriope 

D Acer rubrum Red Maple 

E Ajuga reptans Bugleweed 

*SAMPLE* 

17 

A Magnolia grandifl ora Southern Magnolia 

B Mangifera indica Mango 

A Allamanda cathartica Allamanda 

B Antirrhinum majus Snapdragon 

 

18 

1 

C Melaleuca viminalis Weeping Bottlebrush 

D Muhlenbergia capillaris Muhly Grass 

C Betula nigra River Birch 

D Bismarckia nobilis Bismark Palm 

2 

19 

E Myrica cerifera Wax Myrtle 

A Nandina domestica ‘Firepower’ Dwarf Nandina 

E Bougainvillea spp. Bougainvillea 

A Breynia disticha Snowbush 

3 

20 

B Nerium oleander Oleander 

C Paspalum notatum Bahiagrass 

B Buxus microphylla Boxwood 

C Caladium x hortulanum Caladium 

4 

21 

D Pelargonium x hortorum Geranium 

E Pennisetum ruppelia Fountain Grass 

D Camellia japonica Common camellia 

E Cercis Canadensis Eastern Redbud 

5 

22 

A Philodendron scandens oxycardium Heartleaf Philodendron 

B Phoenix canariensis Canary Island Date Palm 

A Chamaerops humilis European Fan Palm 

B Chrysalidocarpus lutescens Areca Palm 

6 

23 

C Pinus elliottii Slash Pine 

D Pittosporum tobira Japanese Pittosporum 

C Chrysobalanus icaco Cocoplum 

D Chrysophyllum oliviforme Satinleaf 

7 

24 

E Plantanus occidentalis Sycamore 

A Plumbago auriculata Plumbago 

E Coccoloba uvifera Sea Grape 

A Codiaeum variegatum Croton 

8 

25 

B Plumeria rubra Frangipani 

C Podocarpus macrophyllus Yew Podocarpus 

B Conocarpus erectus var. sericeus Silver Buttonwood 

C Cornus fl orida Flowering Dogwood 

9 

26 

D Pyracantha coccinea Red Firethorn 

E Quercus virginana Live Oak 

D Cuphea hyssopifolia False Heather 

E Cupressocyparis leylandii Leyland Cypress 

10 

27 

A Raphiolepis indica Indian Hawthorne 

B Rhapis excelsa Lady Palm 

11 

A Cycas spp. Sago Palm 

B Cynodon dactylon Bermuda Grass 

28 

C Rhododendron spp. Azalea 

D Sabal palmetto Cabbage Palm 

12 

C Cyrtomium falcatum Holly Fern 

D Eremochloa ophiuroides Centipedegrass 

29 

E Serenoa repens Saw Palmetto 

A Spiraea cantoniensis Bridal Wreath Spirea 

13 

E Eriobotrya japonica Loquat 

A Euphorbia milii Crown of Thorns 

30 

B Stenotaphrum secundatum St. Augustine Grass 

C Swietenia mahagoni Mahogany 

14 

B Ficus benjamina Benjamin Fig 

C Ficus elastica ‘Decora’ Indian Rubber Plant 

15 

D Syagrus romanzoffi ana Queen Palm 

E Tagetes spp. Marigold 

D Gardenia augusta Gardenia 

E Gelsenium sempervirens Carolina Yellow Jasmine 

A Taxodium distichum Bald Cypress 

B Tibouchina urvilleana Princess Flower 

A Gordonia lasianthus Loblolly Bay 

B Hemerocallis spp. Day Lily 

C Trachelosperum asiaticum Asian Jasmine 

D Trachelosperum jasminoides Confederate Jasmine 

C Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Hibiscus 

D Hydrangea quercifolia Oakleaf Hydrangea 

E Tripsacum fl oridana Dwarf Fakahatchee Grass 

A Tulbaghia violacea Society Garlic 

E Ilex cornuta ‘Burfordii Nana’ Dwarf Burford Holly 

A Ilex cornuta ‘Rotunda’ Rotunda Holly 

B Ulmus parvifolia ‘Drake’ Drake Elm 

C Verbena x hybrida Verbena 

B Ilex crenata Japanese Holly 

C Ilex vomitoria ‘Nana’ Dwarf Yaupon Holly 

D Viburnum odoratissimum Sweet Viburnum 

E Viburnum suspensum Sandankwa Viburnum 

D Ilex x attenuate ‘East Palatka’ East Palatka Holly 

E Illicium parvifl orum Ocala Anise 

A Vinca major Periwinkle 

B Washingtonia robusta Washington Palm 

A Illicium fl oridanum Florida Anise 

B Juniperus chinensis ‘Torulosa’ Hollywood Juniper 

C Wisteria sinesis Chinese Wisteria 

D Zamia pumila Coontie 

C Juniperus conferta Blue Pacifi c Juniper 

D Juniperus davurica ‘Parsonii’ Parsoni Juniper 

E Zoysia spp. Zoysiagrass

B Spider Mite Insect 

C Spittle Bug Insect 

C Black widow spider Insect 

D Brown recluse spider Insect 

Pest and Tool ID Pest or Disorder Category 

A Assassin Bug Benefi cial 

D Stink Bug Insect 

E Tea Scale Insect 

E Chinch Bug Insect 

A Cicada Insect 

B Lace Wing Benefi cial 

C Lady Beetle Benefi cial 

16 

A Thorn Bug Insect 

B Thrips Insect 

B Cottony Cushion Scale Insect 

C Earwig Insect 

D Parasitic Wasp Benefi cial 

E Praying Mantid Benefi cial 

*SAMPLE* 

17 

C Twig Girdler Insect 

D Wax Scale Insect 

D Eastern Tent Caterpillar Insect 

E Fall Webworm Insect 

A Azalea Petal Blight Disease 

B Black Spot of Rose Disease 

 

18 

1 

E White Fly Insect 

A White Grub Insect 

A Florida Red Scale Insect 

B Grasshopper Insect 

C Cercospora Leaf Spot Disease 

D Dollar Spot of Turf Disease 

2 

19 

B Frost Damage Physiological 

C Iron Defi ciency Physiological 

C Katydid Insect 

D Lacebug Insect 

E Fairy Ring Disease 

A Galls Disease 

3 

20 

D Magnesium Defi ciency Physiological 

E Nitrogen Defi ciency Physiological 

E Leaf Hopper Insect 

A Leafminer Insect 

B Ganoderma Butt Rot Disease 

C Gray Leaf Spot Disease 

4 

21 

A Sunburn Physiological 

B Air Potato Vine Weed 

B Leaf-footed Plant Bug Insect 

C Mealybug Insect 

D Mushroom Root Rot Disease 

E Oakleaf Blister Disease 

5 

22 

C Dollar Weed Weed 

D Mistletoe Weed 

D Mole Cricket Insect 

E Oleander Caterpillar Insect 

A Poinsettia Scab Disease 

B Rust Disease 

6 

23 

E Nutsedge Weed 

A Poison Ivy Weed 

A Palmetto Weevil Insect 

B Root Knot Nematode Insect 

C Sooty Mold Disease 

D Stem Canker of Roses Disease 

7 

24 

B Spurge Weed 

C Virginia Creeper Weed 

C Snails or Slugs Insect 

D Snow Scale Insect 

8 

E Aphid Insect 

A Bagworm Insect 

25 

D Wood Sorrel Weed 

E Sod Webworm Insect 

A Soft Brown Scale Insect 

B Black Scale Insect 

9 

26 

10 

A Safety goggles 

B Sand 

A Mulches 

B Nematode assay kit 

E Garden rake 

A Gas mask 

Tool 

27 

A 2-cycle oil 

B Anvil-and-blade pruner 

11 

C Scoop shovel 

D Shade fabric 

C Nursery containers 

D Oscillating sprinkler 

B Grafting band 

C Grafting tool 

28 

C Architects scale 

D Back back sprayer 

12 

E Sharpening stone 

A Siphon proportioner 

E Peat moss 

A Perlite 

D Granular fertilizer 

E Grass shears 

29 

E Ball cart (B&B truck) 

A Bench grinder 

13 

B Soaker hose 

C Soil sampling tube 

B pH tester 

C Pitchfork 

A Gravity (drop) spreader 

B Grease gun 

30 

B Bow saw 

14 

D Solenoid valve 

E Spark plug gap gauge 

D Pole pruner 

E Polyethylene fi lm 

C Hearing protection 

D Hedge shears 

Broadcast (cyclone) 

spreader 

C 

15 

A Sphagnum moss 

B Spray suit 

E Hoe 

A Hook-and-blade pruners 

D Burlap 

E Chain saw 

C String trimmer 

D Tape measure 

A Polyethylene pipe 

B Pony shovel 

C Pop-up irrigation head 

D Power blower 

B Hose-end repair fi tting 

C Hose-end sprayer 

A Chaps 

B Compressed air sprayer 

E Thatch rake 

A Tie down straps 

E Propagation mat 

A Pruning saw 

D Hose-end washer 

E Hose repair coupling 

C Drip emitter, irrigation 

D Dust mask 

B Timeclock 

C Topsoil 

D Tree caliper 

E Tree sling 

A Tree wrap 

B T-square 

C Vermiculite 

D Verticut mower 

E Water breaker 

PVC (polyvinylchloride) 

pipe 

B 

A Impulse sprinkler 

B Inverted paint marker 

C Rain gear 

D Rain sensor 

E Edger 

A Edging 

B Emergency Triangles 

C Landscape fabric (mulch) 

D Leaf rake 

E Reel mower 

A Resin-coated fertilizer 

C Engineers scale 

D Erosion netting 

E Loppers 

A Measuring wheel 

B Respirator 

C Rope caribiners 

E Fertilizer label 

A Fertilizer tablet 

B Metric sockets 

C Mist nozzle (mist bed) 

D Rotary mower 

E Rototiller 

D Mower blade balancer 

E MSDS sheet 

B First aid kit 

C Frost cloth 

D Galvanized pipe

Ornamental 

Horticulture 


Purpose 

The Horticulture Demonstration Contests are designed to 

stimulate careful planning, thorough knowledge and the ability 

to explain, by work and action, the “how and why” of various 

horticulture practices. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11 or 12. 


1. At each level a CDE coordinator and three judges will 


providing CDE materials. 

2. The contests will be held in two rounds. Area level contests 

will be held to determine the top two demonstrations in 

each CDE division. These teams will then complete in the 

state level event. 

3. Any team or individual that has received the state award in 

a previous Demonstration CDE Category Division is not 

eligible for further competition in that category. 

4. Contestants in this CDE may participate as individuals or 

as a team of two. 

5. A Chapter may enter one or more of the divisions. All 

CDE divisions will be conducted simultaneously. However, 

each chapter may only enter one team in each CDE 

division. 

6. Demonstrators must bring all of the equipment and 

materials needed for the demonstration. 


contest, and will be scored accordingly. The individual 

participant official dress score or the average official dress 

score for teams will be added to the final demonstration 

score to determine the winners. 

Event Format 

Contestants will be limited to a maximum of ten minutes and 

a minimum of seven minutes for the actual demonstration. A 

time limit of three minutes will be allocated for judges to ask 

questions. A set up time of five minutes will be enforced for all 

demonstrations. One point will be deducted for each 30 seconds 

over-time or under-time and a maximum of 5 points may be 

deducted for time infractions. 

Ornamental Horticulture Demonstration CDE 

Judges will provide a brief critique for individual demonstrations 

at the conclusion of the CDE if the team so desires. Participants 

shall not present any items to the judges as gifts or souvenirs at 

any time during the event. The only exception is an item created 

as part of the demonstration that is intended for human 

consumption. In that situation, participants may, but are not 

required, to present a small sample to the judges to be consumed 

at the event and in the allotted demonstration time. The top 

demonstration in each of the five divisions will be the state 

winning demonstration in that division. 

Demonstrations will be divided into five divisions: 

Production 

Any practice that has to do with growing vegetables, fruits, 

nuts, flowers, ornamental and foliage plants and turfs. Those 

practices concerned with maintaining or replenishing the 

productive capacity of the soils also fall into this category. 

Marketing 

Operations in preparing vegetables, edible tree nuts, fruits, 

flowers and ornamental plants for market; to a buyer, or for 

storage, and in preparing for and exhibiting these horticulture 

crops. Marketing strategies must be included. 

Consumer Use 

Preparing vegetables and/or nuts for use, canning, freezing, or 

dehydration. 

Artistic Arrangement of Horticulture Crops 

The use of flowers and other horticultural crops in 

arrangements, corsages and plaques. Material used may be live 

or dried. Weeds and native materials may be used. Artificial 

plants and flowers may not be used. The making and use of dish 

gardens, terrariums and planters are included in this class. The 

end product should not be edible. 

Landscaping 

Any practice that has to do with arrangement, establishments 

and maintenance of flowers, ornamental and foliage plants and 

turf around or within the home, business, or public grounds. 

(Demonstrations on growing landscaping materials should 

be entered in production divisions. Cut flower arrangements 

should be entered in the Artistic Arrangement of Horticulture 

Crops division). 

Scoring 









Tie Breakers 










Awards 






References 

126 


Chapter: 

Name(s): 

Title of Demonstration: 

Starting time:________ 

Finish time:__________ 

Elapse time:_________ 

1. Demonstrator 15 

Voice - words clear and well chosen 5 

Appearance - neat and proper for the 

job 5 

Suitable posture and action 5 

2. Subject Matter 30 

Brief introduction giving practical 

value of the topic and gaining interest. 5 

Accurate, up-to-date and complete 

information. 12 

Accurate answers to questions. 10 

Sources of information. 3 

3. Presentation 40 

Arrangement and use of equipment. 10 

Organization of subject matter 10 

Demonstration materials - neat and 

clear. 5 

Ability to work easily and efficiently. 10 

Summary statement 5 

4. Results 

Was the purpose of the demonstration 

15 

accomplished? 5 


 

Possible 

Score 

Was it a "show-how" demonstration? 10 


Official Dress 

(individual or average of team) 50 

Time Deduction (If necessary) One 

point deduction for each 30 seconds 

over or under time for a maximum 

deduction of 5 points. -5 

TOTAL POSSIBLE (150) 150 

Actual 

Score 

Excellent Good Fair 


Parliamentary Procedure CDE 

Parliamentary 

Procedure CDE 

Purpose 

The purpose of the Parliamentary Procedure CDE is to 

encourage students to learn to effectively participate in a 

business meeting and to assist in the development of their 

leadership skills. 


1. A team representing a chapter will consist of six members 

128 

of the same chapter. No alternates will be permitted. 

2. The event is open to one team per chapter. 

3. The event will have four phases: written examination, a 10minute 

team presentation of parliamentary procedure, oral 

questions following the presentation, and minutes prepared 

by the team secretary in consultation with the team chair. 

4. The advisor shall not consult with the team after beginning 

the event. 

5. Official FFA dress is highly recommended for participation 

in the parliamentary procedure career development event. 

Official FFA dress will be scored for each participant and 

the average team score will be added to the total team score 

for the CDE to determine the winners. 

Event Format 

Each participant must bring a minimum of two sharpened No. 

2 pencils. All other materials are to be furnished by the CDE 

coordinator or host site. Teams may use their own gavel if they 

so desire. 

Presentation (670 points) 

1. Rounds - The CDE will be held at the sub-district level, 

with the winning team advancing to the district CDE. The 

winning district team will advance to the state preliminary 

round. The preliminary round will have two sections. Each 

section shall be made up of no more than six teams. The 

top two teams from each section will advance to the final 

round (a total of four teams). 

2. Seeding Process - Teams will be placed into preliminary 

and semi-final rounds based on a procedure determined by 

the official(s) in charge of the event. 

• Preliminary Rounds - two sessions of six teams each 

• Finals Round - One round of four teams, top two from 

each flight 

3. Item of Business - Each team will address a local chapter 

item of business, which would normally be a part of a 


chapter’s Program of Activities (e.g., Food for America, 

PALS, GLOBAL, fundraisers, recreation, etc.) Consult the 

Official FFA Manual and Student Handbook for specific 

activities. The motion will be specific and must be moved 

as an original main motion as it is written on the card. 

4. Event Card - The event officials will select two subsidiary, 

two incidental, and one privileged motion or a motion 

that brings a question again before the assembly from the 

list of permissible motions. These motions will be on an 

index card and one will be randomly assigned to each team 

member, except the chair. All teams in each section will 

be assigned the same motions. Team members will have 

one minute to review the main motion, the motions to 

be demonstrated, and to identify his/her motion (which 

may be noted by bolding, underlining or highlighting). 

Members may refer to the card throughout the 

presentation, but may not confer during the one-minute 

time period or during the demonstration. 

Sample Card 

Main Motion: 

I move to sell citrus as a fundraiser. 

Required Motions: 

Lay on the Table 

Amend 

Suspend the Rules 

Appeal 

Reconsider 

5. Opening the Demonstration - The team demonstrating 

should assume that a regular chapter meeting is in progress 

and new business is being handled on the agenda. The 

Chair shall tap the gavel once to signify the end of the 

previous item of business, then start the presentation by 

saying, “Is there any new business that should be presented 

at this time?” A team member should then move the 

assigned main motion as written on the card. 

6. Original Main Motion - The event official will assign the 

original main motion on an index card. This is to be the 

first item of business presented. All teams in each section 

will use the same main motion. This original main motion 

must be the first motion presented, unless orders of the 

day, take from the table, reconsider or rescind are required. 

7. Individual Member Recognition - A member may speak

in debate on the main motion and conclude by offering 

a secondary motion. While it is discouraged, judges will 

award points accordingly for both the debate and the 

secondary motion. 

8. Take from the Table - If the officials in charge designate 

Take from the Table as a motion to be demonstrated, you 

should assume that you would take from the table a motion 

that was laid on the table earlier in the present meeting. 

Example: “I move to take from the table the motion to 

hold an FFA hayride.” The original main motion, assigned 

on the card, cannot be taken from the table. The motion 

to Take from the Table should not be used unless it is a 

required motion. This motion will NOT be required at the 

sub-district level. 

9. Reconsider - If the officials in charge designate Reconsider 

as a motion to be demonstrated, you should assume that 

you would reconsider a motion you considered earlier 

in the present meeting. Example: “I move to reconsider 

the motion adopted earlier to hold an FFA hayride.” This 

motion should not be used unless it is a required motion. 

Unrealistic or canned debate on the motion to reconsider 

may be penalized at the judges’ discretion. This motion will 

NOT be required at the sub-district level. 

10. Rescind - If the officials in charge designate Rescind as 

a motion to be demonstrated, you should assume that 

you would rescind a motion adopted at the last meeting. 

Example: “I move to rescind the motion that was adopted 

at our last meeting to hold an FFA hayride.” This motion 

should not be used unless it is a required motion. 

Unrealistic or canned debate on the motion to rescind may 

be penalized at the judges’ discretion. This motion will 

NOT be required at the sub-district level. 

11. Call for the Orders of the Day - If the event officials 

designate Call for the Orders of the Day as a motion to be 

demonstrated, you may use an alternative main motion 

not pertaining to the assigned main motion to facilitate the 

correct demonstration of the motion. If an alternative main 

motion is used, the member will not be given credit for an 

additional motion. This motion will NOT be required at 

the sub-district level. 

12. Number of Motions - There shall be no limitation to the 

number of subsidiary, incidental, privileged motions or a 

motion that brings a question again before the assembly 

demonstrated by the team. However, the team must 

demonstrate two subsidiary, two incidental and one 

privileged motion (or a motion which brings a question 

again before the assembly) designated by the officials in 

charge. The team may use more than one original main 


motion as long as it pertains to the assigned main motion. 

While acceptable, this practice is strongly discouraged. 

13. Using a Motion Twice - A member’s required motion 

will not be counted as an additional motion for another 

member. The person who makes the assigned original main 

motion will be given credit for an additional motion (10 

pts). If an alternative main motion is used, the member will 

NOT be given credit for an additional motion. 

14. Debate - The top four debates per member will be 

tabulated in the presentation score. No more than two 

debates per member per motion will be tabulated, even if 

the subsidiary motion to extend the limits of debate has 

been adopted. 

15. Time Limit and Deductions - A team shall be allowed 

10 minutes and 30 seconds in which to demonstrate 

knowledge of parliamentary law. A deduction of 2 points/ 

second for every second over 10:30 will be assessed. 

(Example: 10:35 =10 point deduction.) A timekeeper will 

furnish the time used by each team at the close of the 

event. 

16. Disqualification - Any assistance given to a team member 

from any source other than the career development event 

officials will be sufficient cause to eliminate the team from 

the career development event. Team members may have no 

contact with individuals other than team members from 

the time the event begins (when placed in a holding room) 

until the team has completed its participation in the event. 

Oral Questions (135 points) 

Individual Oral Questions – 90 points (6 x 15 points) 

The team members (not including the chair) will be asked a 

planned question, which may include 1-3 parts, relating to their 

assigned motion. No one may step forward to help another 

member answer their individual question. The Chair will be 

asked a question relating to presiding, debate, assigning the 

floor, or other general parliamentary procedures. 

General Questions (45 points) - (State Preliminary and Final 

Rounds only) 

At the state preliminary and final events only, the judges will 

have four minutes to ask general questions to clarify the team’s 

demonstration. Questions may be directed to the team or an 

individual member. Team members may volunteer to answer 

the question for the team or to help another member. General 

questions will not be asked at the sub-district or district levels. 

Presentation Minutes (45 points) - Each team will have a 

secretary take minutes of the presentation. A possible score 



of 45 points will be allowed for the minutes. Pencil and paper 

will be supplied to take notes during the presentation. If paper 

and pencil are not present it is the secretary’s responsibility to 

request these items from the judges or event officials. Following 

the presentation, the secretary, in consultation with the 

president, will have 20 minutes to prepare the official minutes. 

Notes taken by the secretary during the presentation must be 

turned in with the official copy of the minutes on Form 1. (The 

lowest possible score for the section is zero (0).) Event officials 

shall use Form 3 to score the official minutes of the presentation. 

• Use the example of proper minutes as illustrated in 

the Official FFA Secretary’s Book and/or outlined in 

Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised. 

• A dictionary will be permitted for writing the official 

minutes of the presentation. 

• The minutes will begin by recording the first item of 

business presented. Opening ceremonies and other 

preliminary information will not be used. Example: “It 

was moved by John Smith and seconded to start the 

Food for America program during the month of April.” 

• The chair and the secretary may consult in preparing 

the official minutes of the presentation. A total of 20 

minutes will be allowed to prepare the minutes. 

• A judge will read, review, and grade the official 

minutes of the presentation after completion of each 

round of the event. The scores will be provided to the 

presentation judges for use in computing final scores. 

Written Test (150 points) 

A written test will consist of 25 objective-type multiple choice 

questions covering basic parliamentary law and information 

pertaining to minutes. Thirty minutes will be allowed to 

complete the test. Each participant may score a maximum of 

25 points. The score of the six-team members will be used to 

compute the total team score in each round. 

Scoring 

Guidelines for Scoring Discussion 

1. It is essential that each judge observes and maintains 

consistent criteria in scoring discussions for the duration of 

the event. 

2. Judges must overlook personal opinions and beliefs and 

score discussion in an unbiased manner. All discussion 

should be scored at the time it is delivered. 

3. Characteristics of effective discussion include a) 

completeness of thought, b) logical reasoning, c) clear 

statement of speaker’s position, d) conviction of delivery, 

and e) concise and effective statement of debate. A 

130 


suggested grading scale is as follows: Excellent = 13-15 

points, Good = 9-12 points, Average = 6-8 points, Poor = 

0-5 points 

4. An excellent discussion would be characterized by a truly 

stirring delivery and brilliant in terms of information 

provided and/or suggestions for action offered. Poor debate 

would be characterized by a lack of effective delivery, poor 

grammar, reasoning and substance. An example of poor 

debate might be: “I think this is a good idea.” 

5. Most debate generally falls in the range of 6-15 points. An 

example of debate might be: “I am in favor of this idea. 

I think this is a very significant motion which should be 

adopted for the following reasons (new, informative and 

logically related). I encourage you to vote in favor of this 

motion.” Each debate should have a logical conclusion. 

Good debate would be characterized by effective delivery, 

substance, creative and visionary thought delivered in a 

convincing and compelling manner. 

6. Each time a participant in the presentation properly 

debates any motion, they may earn a score. However, an 

individual may never earn more than 60 discussion points 

in a given presentation. Furthermore, no more than 15 

points may be earned during one recognition by the chair. 

7. The top four debates per member will be tabulated in the 

presentation score. No more than two debates per member 

per motion will be tabulated. 

Guidelines for Scoring the Chair 

1. Ability to preside: state motions correctly, follow rules 

of debate, keep members informed, put motions to a 

vote, announce results of vote, use of gavel, awareness of 

business on the floor. (80 points) A suggested grading 

scale is as follows: Excellent = 71-80 points, Good = 61-70 

points, Average = 51-60 points, Poor = 0-50 points 

2. Leadership – stage presence, poise, self-confidence, 

politeness and voice. (20 points) A suggested grading scale 

is as follows: Excellent = 16–20 points, Good = 11–15 

points, Average = 6–10 points, Poor = 0–5 points 

Guidelines for Scoring Team Effect 

1. Conclusions reached by the team – Main motion was well 

analyzed which may include: Who, What, When, Where, 

How. (40 points) 

2. Team Use of Debate – degree to which debate was 

convincing, logical, realistic, orderly and efficient, germane 

and free from repetition. (40 points) 

3. Team Presence – voice, poise, expression, grammar, 

gestures and professionalism. (40 points)

Permissable Motions 

Required motions will be assigned from the following list of 

motions: 

Sub-District Level 

• Assigned Motions 

• Adjourn 

• Amend 

• Appeal the Decision of the Chair 

• Division of the House (Assembly) 

• Fix the Time to Which to Adjourn 

• Main Motion 

• Lay on the Table 

• Postpone Definitely 

• Postpone Indefinitely 

• Refer to a Committee 

• Rise to a Point of Order 

• Suspend the Rules 

Optional Motions (will not be assigned, but may be used) 

• Call for Orders of the Day 

• Division of the Question 

• Extend or Limit Debate 

• Object to the Consideration of the Question 

• Parliamentary Inquiry 

• Previous Question 

• Question of Privilege 

• Recess 

• Reconsider 

• Rescind 

• Take from the Table 

• Withdraw a Motion 

District and State Level - (Any of these abilities may be assigned 

at these levels) 

• Adjourn 

• Amend 


• Call for Orders of the Day 


• Division of the Question 

• Extend or Limit Debate 



• Main motion 

• Object to the Consideration of the Question 




• Previous Question 


• Recess 

• Reconsider 


• Rescind 

• Rise to a Point of Order 


• Take from the Table 

• Withdraw a Motion 


Note: Only those abilities listed under the event level will be 

assigned by the CDE coordinator. One additional motion 

per member will be scored. A team may choose any of the 

remaining abilities listed above as their additional motions or to 

facilitate completion of the assigned abilities. 

Tie Breakers 

Tiebreakers for teams will be the: 

1. total presentation score 

2. team’s average score on the written test 

3. total score for questions. 

Awards 






References 






• Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised (latest edition) 

• Dunbar’s Manual of Parliamentary Procedure Test 

Questions (by Shane D. Dunbar) 

• Parliamentary Procedure Oral Questions (by Shane D. 

Dunbar) 

• Parliamentary Procedure Judging Guide (by Shane D. 

Dunbar & James J. Connors) 

Additional references may include FFA New Horizons magazine, 

the Official FFA Manual, the FFA Student Handbook, and the 

Official Chapter Secretary’s Book. 



132 


Chart of Permissible Motions 

Motion 

Second 

Required 

Debatable Amendable 

Vote 

Required 


Reconsider 

Privileged Motions 

Fix the Time to Which to Adjourn Yes No Yes Majority Yes 

Adjourn Yes No No Majority No 

Recess Yes No Yes Majority No 

Raise a Question of Privilege 

Subsidiary Motions 

No No No Chair Grants No 

Lay on the Table Yes No No Majority Neg only (3) 

Postpone to a Certain Time (or Definitely) Yes Yes Yes Majority Yes 

Commit or Refer Yes Yes Yes Majority Yes 

Amend Yes Yes (1) Yes Majority Yes 

Postpone Indefinitely Yes Yes No Majority Affirm. Only 

Main Motion 

Incidental Motions 

Yes Yes Yes Majority Yes 

Appeal Yes Yes (1) No Majority Yes 

Division of the Assembly No No No No vote, demand No 

Parliamentary Inquiry No No No Chair answers No 

Point of Order No No No Chair rules No 

Suspend the Rules Yes No No (2) No 

(1) If applied to a debatable motion, (2) Rules of Order – 2/3 vote, standing rules - majority vote, (3) Refer to Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised (10th edition) for rule(s), (4) Refer to CDE rule #9 before using 

these motions in the demonstration 

Scoring 

Phase 

1. Written Test (average of 6 members scores) .............................................................. 150 

Breakdown 

of Points 

2. Presentation .............................................................. 670 

A. Total of 5 members on the floor ....................450 pts. 

1. Required motion ...................20/motion = 100 pts. 

2. Additional motion .................10/member = 50 pts. 

3. Debates (max. of 4 debates @ 15 pts. each) 60/member = 300 pts. 

4. Chair .........................................................100 pts. 

a. Ability to preside ....................................80 pts. 

b. Leadership ..............................................20 pts. 

C. Teams’ General Effect ....................................120 pts. 

1. Conclusions Reached by Team ........................... 40 

(Main motion was well analyzed, What, When, Where, Who, How was answered) 

2. Team Effect ....................................................... 40 

(Convincing, logical, realistic, orderly and efficient, germane and free from repetition) 

3. Team’s voice, poise, expression ......................... 40 

(Voice: Volume, enunciation, pitch, pace, grammar; Poise: Confidence, professional, eye contact; 

Expression: Conviction, gestures) 

3. Oral Questions ........................................90 (135 at State) 

1. Total for members’ questions (6 x 15 pts) ................ 90 

2. Additional clarification questions (4 min.) (STATE ONLY) 45 

4. Minutes of Presentation .............................................. 45 

1. Completeness and Accuracy .................................... 15 

2. Format 15 

3. Grammar, style, legibility ........................................ 15 

5. Deductions 

1. Deductions for parliamentary mistakes .................... 5-20 pts/minor mistake 

2. Deductions for omitting assigned motion ................. 50 

3. Deductions for going overtime ................................. 2 pts for every second over 10:30 

TOTAL ........................................................................... SUB-DISTRICT AND DISTRICT TOTAL 955 

TOTAL .............................................................................................................. STATE TOTAL 1,000 

Section 

Points 

Total 

Points 



134 


Individual 

Questions Total 

15 pts/ 105 pts/ 

person person 

10 pts/ 

person 

Total 

Disc. Pts. Additional Motion 

Discussion (60 pts. max./member, 15 pts. max./item, 4 debates scored/member) 

Excellent = 13-15 pts., Good = 9-12 pts., Average = 6-8 pts., Poor = 3-5 pts) 

20 Pts./ 

Person Main PP Indef. Amend Refer PP Def. Bring Back 

Participant Required Motion 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Chair 

Questions (15 pts.) 

Points Leadership (20 pts.) 

Points 

Tactful, sensitive, firm, understanding, good voice, 

proper pace 

Ability to Preside (80 pts.) 

State motions correctly, follow rules of debate, 

keep members informed, put motions to a vote, 

announce results of vote, use of gavel, awareness 

of business on the floor 

Chair 


Excellent = 16-20 pts., Good = 11-15 pts. 


Average = 6-10 pts., Poor = 0-5 pts. 


Conclusions (40 pts.) Points Discussion (40 pts.) 

Points Team Voice (40 pts.) 

Points 

Voice: Volume, enunciation, pitch, pace, 

grammar 

Poise: Confidence, professional, eye contact 

Expression: Conviction, gestures 

Excellent = 31-40 pts., Good = 21-30 pts., 


Convincing, logical, realistic, orderly and efficient, 

germane and free from repetition 

Main motion was well analyzed, 

What, When, Where, Who, How was answered 

Team 

Effect 





Total Points for General Questions 

General Clarification Questions (3 judges x 15 pts/each = 45 pts) 

Judge # 1 Judge # 2 Judge # 3 

General 

Questions 

STATE 

Level Only 

Sum of all 6 individual exam scores (150 pts.; up to 25 pts/exam) 

Exam 

Minutes taken from minutes scorecard (45 pts) 

Minutes 

Omitting assigned motion - 50 pts. 

Deductions 

(List mistakes 

5-20 

pts./mistake 

Deduction for overtime: -2 pts./second after 10:30 

Time 

Total Deductions 

Team Score 

Notes

FORM 3 

FLORIDA FFA ASSOCIATION 

PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE CAREER DEVELOPMENT EVENT 

TABULATION SHEET FOR SCORING MINUTES 

Chapter: Team No.: 

District: Sub-District: 

Tabulation Sheet for Scoring Minutes 


Scoring Criteria 

Completeness and accuracy 

Points possible Points Earned 

• Minutes accurately reflect all business transacted during 

demonstration 

• 

• 

Kind of meeting (regular) 

Name of chapter 

15 

• Date and time of meeting 

• President and Secretary were present? 

• Minutes of the previous meeting read? 

Format of Minutes 

• Separate paragraph for all items 

• All main motions (including those withdrawn) 

• All secondary motions (including those lost) 

• All points of order and appeals 

15 

• Name of person making motion 

• Name of seconder NOT included 

• Vote count for motions requiring a 2/3 vote 

• Signed by the President and Secretary 

Grammar, Style, & Legibility 

• Complete sentences 

• 

• 

Correct spelling [deduction of 1 pt/error] 

Correct punctuation [deduction 1 pt/error] 

15 

• Legibility/Clarity 


Comments: 



136 

Official Minutes 

Florida FFA Parliamentary Procedure CDE 

Chapter: Date: 

District: Sub-District: Place: 

Chair’s Signature: Secretary’s Signature: 

Add Additional Pages if Needed 


Poultry CDE 

Purpose 

The Poultry Career Development Event stimulates learning 

related to the production, processing, marketing and 

consumption of poultry products. 

Eligibility 






1. Contestants will report for instructions to the CDE 

superintendent at the time and place shown in the current 

year’s date sheet. 





Event Format 

1. Ten (10) minutes will be allowed contestants for 

completing each class. 

2. The live poultry will be Single Comb White Leghorns or a 

commercial strain of Leghorn-type (inbred cross) birds. 

3. There will be two production classes of hens with four 

birds each to be judged on past production. The birds may 

have beaks and/or combs trimmed. 

4. There will be a set of oral reasons on one of the production 

classes (Sr. Division only). 

5. Contestants will be permitted to handle live bird classes. 

Some type of identification will be used to identify each 

bird. 

6. There will be one class of 10 ready-to-cook broilers, two 

to six pounds, hung from shackles to be graded according 

to quality. Grades are A, B and C. Pinfeathers, filoplumes 

(hair) and discoloration will not be considered in grading. 

7. Contestants are not to handle the dressed birds or the eggs 

graded for exterior quality. Shackles of dressed birds may 

be turned by contestants to show entire carcass. 

8. There will be two classes of 20 white market eggs. One 

class is to be graded for interior quality (candled) only: 

these eggs must be handled. One class is to be graded for 

exterior quality only. The eggs in the class to be graded for 

exterior quality are not to be handled. They will be laid 

horizontally and decisions will be based on visible portions 


only. 

9. The ready-to cook and egg classes will be graded in 

accordance with the criteria of the “Poultry Science 

Manual” referenced in #12. 

10. There will be one class of 10 carcass parts for identification. 

11. There will be a written exam consisting of 50 multiple 

choice questions for a total score of 100 points for the Sr. 

Division teams. The Junior Division teams will answer 

only the first 15 questions of the exam. 

Scoring 

Placing Classes - Live Birds 50 points per class 

Ready to Cook Broilers 100 points 

Interior Egg Quality 100 points 

Exterior Egg Quality 100 points 

Parts Identification 100 points 

Management Exam 100 points 

Oral Reasons 50 points 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 






• The questions for the exam will be based on the subject 

matter in “Poultry Science Manual for the National 

FFA Career Development Events” #0418-5, 5th edition, 

2005, Instructional Materials Service, Texas A&M 

University. 



138 


EXTERIOR EGG QUALITY 


Contestant Name: Contestant Name: 

Chapter Name: Chapter Name: 

Team Number: ______________ Individual Number: _____________ Team Number: _____ 

Directions: For each egg, mark the grade which you observed. Directions: For each e 

Egg Grade 

Egg 

Number A B Dirty Deduction Number A 

1 1 

2 2 

3 3 

4 4 

5 5 

6 6 

7 7 

8 8 

9 9 

10 10 

11 11 

12 12 

13 13 

14 14 

15 15 

16 16 

17 17 

18 18 

19 19 

20 20 

Total 

For exterior eggs, 2 points will be deducted when the separation line between 

grade "A" and "B" is crossed. When the line between "B" grade and "Dirty" is 

crossed, 3 points will be deducted. Five points will be deducted if a contestant 

fails to enter a grade for and egg, or enters more than one grade for the same 

egg. Perfect score is 100 points. 


E 

For exterior eggs, 2 po 

grade "A" and "B" is cr 

crossed, 3 points will b 

fails to enter a grade fo 

egg. Perfect score is 1


140 



Team Number: ______________ Individual Number: ___________ Team Number: ____ 


Bird Grade 

Bird 

Number AA A B Inedible Deduction Number AA 

1 1 


INTERIOR EGG QUALITY (CANDLED) 

2 2 

3 3 

4 4 

5 5 

6 6 

7 7 

8 8 

9 9 

10 10 

11 11 

12 12 

13 13 

14 14 

15 15 

16 16 

17 17 

18 18 

19 19 

20 20 

Total 

For interior eggs (candled), 1 point will be deducted for each grade separation 

line crossed, except when the line between "B" grade and "Inedible" is 

crossed; then 3 points will be deducted. Five points will be deducted if a 

contestant fails to enter a grade for an egg, or enters more than one grade for 

the same egg. Perfect score is 100 points. 

INTER 

For interior eggs (can 

line crossed, except w 

crossed; then 3 point 

contestant fails to ent 

the same egg. Perfe

READY-TO-COOK 





Directions: For each bird, mark the grade which you observed. Directions: For each b 

Bird Grade 

Bird 

Number A B C Deduction Number A 

1 1 

2 2 

3 3 

4 4 

5 5 

6 6 

7 7 

8 8 

9 9 

10 10 

Total 

For ready-to-cook, a 5 point deduction will be made for each grade separation line 

crossed. Ten (10) points will be deducted if a contestant fails to enter a grade for 

a bird, or enters more than one grade for a bird. Perfect score is 100 points. 

For ready-to-cook, a 5 

crossed. Ten (10) poin 

a bird, or enters more 



142 

Contestant Name Contestant Name 

Chapter Name Contestant Number 

Team Number Individual Number _________ Team Number 

Directions: For each carcass part, mark the part name, which you identified. Directions: For each carc 

Part Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Deduction Part Name 

Breast Quarter Breast Quarter 

Breast, Split w/ribs Breast, Split w/ribs 

Breast, Whole Breast, Whole 

Breast, Whole 

Boneless/Skinnless 


PARTS IDENTIFICATION 

Breast, Whole 


Breast, Whole w/ribs Breast, Whole w/ribs 

Drumette Drumette 

Drumstick Drumstick 

Gizzard Gizzard 

Heart Heart 

Leg Leg 

Leq Quarter Leq Quarter 

Liver Liver 

Neck Neck 

Tenderloin Tenderloin 

Thigh Thigh 

Thigh, Boneless/skinless Thigh, Boneless/skinless 

Wing Wing 

Wing Portion Wing Portion 

For each part, a 10 point deducation will be made for an incorrect identification. 

Perfect score is 100 points. 

For each part, a 10 point 

Perfect score is 100 poin

Prepared Public 

Speaking CDE 

Purpose 

The Prepared Public Speaking Career Development Event is 

designed to develop agricultural leadership by providing for 

member participation in agricultural public speaking activities 

and stimulating interest in leadership and citizenship. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12. Only one 

member per chapter may be eligible to compete. Participant can 

not participate in both Extemporaneous Public Speaking and 

Prepared Public Speaking CDEs. 





2. Each participant’s manuscript will be the result of his or 

her own efforts. It is expected that the participant will take 

advantage of all available training facilities at his or her 

local school in developing his or her speaking ability. Facts 

and working data may be secured from any source but 

must be appropriately documented. 

3. A participant shall be in official dress as defined in the 

current Official FFA Manual. 

4. Three competent and impartial persons will be selected 

to judge the event. At least one judge should have an 

agricultural background. 

Event Format 

1. The CDE will be held in three rounds: sub-district, district 

and state level competitions. Each chapter may enter one 

participant at the sub-district level with each sub-district 

forwarding their winners on to the district contest. The 12 

district winners are then eligible to compete in the state 

contest. 

2. Participants may choose any current subject for their 

speeches that is of an agricultural character (nature), which 

may include agriscience and technology, agribusiness, 

agrimarketing, international agricultural relations 

and agricultural communications. Official judges 

shall disqualify a participant if he or she speaks on a 

nonagricultural subject. 

3. Prior to the event the content and composition of all 

Prepared Public Speaking CDE 

manuscripts will be scored by one qualified individual who 

will record the scores on a score sheet that will be provided. 

4. Participants will submit the following materials: 

– Three double-spaced typewritten copies of 

the speech on 8 1/2” x 11” white paper with 

cover that gives the speech title, participant’s 

name, state and date. The format should use 1” 

margins, 10 characters per inch, 12 font size, 

Times New Roman or Arial fonts, and follow 

the APA (American Psychological Association) 

manual. Do not bind or place in folders, special 

binders or covers. Place a staple in upper-left 

corner. See manuscript score sheet for specific 

point distributions related to the content and 

composition of the manuscript. Manuscripts not 

meeting these guidelines will be penalized. 

– Manuscripts at the sub-district and district levels 

are due to the CDE coordinator one week prior 

to the event. State level participants must submit 

seven copies of their manuscripts by the date listed 

on the Official FFA Calendar. Failure to meet these 

deadlines will result in disqualification. 

– A complete and accurate bibliography used in 

writing the speech. All participants should give 

credit to others where any direct quotes, phrases or 

special dates are used in the manuscript, in order 

not to be quality of plagiarism. A bibliography 

MUST be included as part of the public speaker’s 

manuscript, and direct quotes from any source of 

information must be marked in “quotes” on the 

manuscript and be identified in the bibliography. 

Failure to do so will automatically disqualify a 

participant. This applies to all events above the 

local level. (Factual information pertaining to 

agriculture is available from the United States 

Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 

20250; state colleges, research centers and /or 

experiment stations; or the Superintendent of 

Documents, US Government Printing Office, 

Washington, DC 20402) 

– Failure to submit a manuscript will result in 

disqualification from the event. 

5. Each speech shall be a minimum of six (6) minutes 

in length and a maximum of eight (8) minutes. Each 

participant will be allowed five minutes additional time 

in which he or she will be asked questions relating to his 

or her speech. Participants will be penalized one point 

per second on each judge’s score sheet for being under six 



144 

minutes or over eight minutes. No time warnings will be 

given. 

6. The speaking order will be randomly determined by 

event officials. The program chairman shall introduce 

each participant by name and in order of drawing. A 

participant will be permitted to use notes while speaking, 

but deductions in scoring may be made for this practice if 

it detracts from the effectiveness of the presentation. No 

props are to be used. Applause shall be withheld until all 

participants have spoken. 

7. A timekeeper shall be designated who will record the time 

used by each participant in delivering his or her speech, 

noting undertime or overtime, if any, for which deductions 

will be made. 


different sections of the room in which the event is 

held. They will score each participant on the delivery of 




containing two or more should be avoided. Judges will 

score each participant on the ability to answer all questions 

asked by all judges. The full five minutes for questions 

should be used. 

Scoring 





will total the score on delivery and response to questions 

for each participant. The composition score and the 

timekeepers’ record will be used in computing the final 

score for each participant. The judges’ score sheets will 

then be submitted to event officials to determine final 

ratings of participants. 







Tie Breakers 

In case of a tie, that individual who has the highest grand total 

score shall have higher rating. 

Awards 







References 

• Agnes, M. (2003). Plagiarism. In Webster’s new world 

dictionary 4th Ed. New York: Pocket Books. 

• Kapoun, Jim. Teaching undergrads WEB evaluation: A 

guide for library instruction. C&RL News (July/August 

1998): 522-523. Retrieved July 15, 2007 from http:// 

www.library.cornell.edu/olinuris/ref/webcrit.html 

• Publication Manual of the American Psychological 

Association, 5th Ed. (2001) Washington D.C.: 

American Psychological Association 

• The Owl at Purdue University. Is it Plagiarism yet? 

Retrieved July 15, 2007 from http://owl.english.purdue. 

edu/owl/resource/589/02/ 

• The Owl at Purdue University. APA formatting and 

style guide. Retrieved July 15, 2007 from http://owl. 

english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/01/


Prepared Public Speaking Career Development Event 2012-2016 

Prepared Public Speaking CDE Manuscript Rubric – 200 points 

Evaluation Criteria 

200 

possible points 


present 


is present 


present 

Weight Total Score 

5-4 3-2 1-0 

Manuscript Content 

100 


Topic is important and appropriate 50 points 

Topic is current or a strong Topic is dated or some Topic is irrelevant for the 

Current topic of interest 

evidence of personal 

involvement in the topic is 


involvement has been 

times or unrelated to 

personal involvement. 

X5 

expressed. 

expressed. 

Topic is relevant and Topic addresses an issue Topic addresses an issue Topic addresses an issue that 

within the scope of 

identified subjects in the 

facing the industry of 

agriculture. 

that may show some 

relationship to the 

is unrelated to the industry 

of agriculture. 

X5 

CDE guide 

industry of agriculture. 

Suitability of materials used 50 points 

Validity of resources 

Resources are from 

reputable sources. 


questionable sources. 


unreliable sources. x5 

Accuracy of content 

Manuscript reflects accurate 

statements from resources. 

Manuscript reflects some 

misinterpretation of 

resource materials. 

Manuscript does not reflect 

accurate statements based on 

the resources provided. 

x5 

Total points for this section 

Manuscript Composition 

100 


Organization and development of content 

Clearly organized and 

40 points 

Logical order and unity of 

thought 

concise by remaining on 

target; completely focused 

with obvious construction 

and strong introduction, 

body and conclusion layout. 

Good organization with 

few statements out of 

place or lacking in clear 

construction. 

Little to no organization is 

present; sometimes awkward 


x4 

Accomplishment of 

purpose 

The style chosen has 

obviously been well 

thought out based on the 

specific audience. 

Most language is 

appropriate for the 

intended audience. 

Some language used might 

be confusing for some 

audiences. 

x4 

Grammatical accuracy 35 points 

Spelling/grammar 

(sentence structure, verb 

agreement, etc.) 

Manuscript written 


extremely high quality with 

2 or less errors in the 

document. 

Spelling and grammar 

are adequate with 3-5 

errors in the document. 


less than adequate with 6 or 

more errors in the document. X7 

according to event format 

rule #1 

Double-spaced on 8½" x 

5 points 0 points 25 points 

11" white bond paper 

12 

12 

point 

point 

Times 

Arial or 

New 

sans 

Roman 

serif 

or font Arial Font 

1" margins in the body of 

the paper 

Cover page with speech 

title, participant's name, 

state and year 

x1 

x1 

APA style for references 

and bibliography 

X3 


Grand Total Points 

Prepared Public Speaking Career Development Event 5 



Indicators 

Oral Communication 

A. Examples 

B. Speaking 

without 

hesitation 

C. Tone 

D. Being detail 

oriented 

146 



present 

5-4 



Examples are original, 



hesitation. 

Never has the need for 




Speaks at the right pace to 

be clear. 

Pronunciation of words is 


apparent. 

Is able to stay fully detail 

oriented. 

Always provides details 

which support the issue; is 


Speaker uses power of 

E. Command presentation to engage and 

of Audience captivate the audience with the 

message of the speech. 

Exemplary in connecting facts 

and issues and articulating how 

they impact the issue locally and 

globally. 

F. Connect and 

Possesses a strong 

articulate facts 


and issues 

to effectively articulate 



issues. 

Non-verbal Communication 

Eye contact constantly used as an 

effective connection. 

A. Attention Constantly looks at the 

(eye contact) entire audience (90-100% of 

the time). 

B. Mannerisms 

C. Gestures 

D. Well-poised 



No nervous habits. 


effective. 

Hand motions are expressive 



Great posture (confident) 



Poised and in control at all 

times. 

Prepared Public Speaking CDE Presentation Rubric – 500 points 



3-2 

Examples are usually concrete, 

sometimes needs clarification. 

Examples are effective, but 


thought. 

Speaks articulately, but sometimes 

hesitates. 

Occasionally has the need for 




consistent. 

Speaks at the right pace most 

of the time, but shows some 

nervousness. 



vague. 

Is mostly good at being detail 

oriented. 

Usually provides details 




Speaker presents speech as mere 

repeating of facts and speech 

comes across as a report 

Sufficient in connecting facts and 



globally. 

Possesses a good knowledge 

base and is able to, for the 





consistent. 

Mostly looks around the 


time). 


mannerisms that pull from the 

presentation. 

Sometimes exhibits nervous 



Hands are sometimes used to 


Occasionally slumps; 

sometimes negative body 

language. 


Poised and in control most of 

the time; rarely loses 

composure. 


present 

1-0 



Examples are sometimes 

confusing, leaving the 

listeners with questions. 


hesitates. 

Frequently hesitates or has 


speaking. 


appropriate tone. 

Pace is too fast; nervous. 



unclear. 

Has difficulty being detail 

oriented. 

Sometimes overlooks details 

that could be very beneficial 

to the issue; lacks 

organization. 

Speaker bores the audience with 

lack of enthusiasm and power to 

deliver the speech. 



how they impact the issue locally 

and globally. 

Possesses some knowledge 

base but is unable to 






speaker. 

Occasionally looks at 

someone or some groups 

(less than 50% of the time). 

Have mannerisms that pull from 

the effectiveness of the 

presentation. 

Displays some nervous 


ticks. 


effectively. 

Hands are not used to 

emphasize talking points; 

hand motions are sometimes 

distracting. 

Lacks positive body 



Sometimes seems to lose 

composure. 

TOTAL 

Points 

Earned 


x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 


300 possible 

points 

200 possible 

points

Indicators 

Response to Questions 

A. Speaking 

unrehearsed 

(question and 

answer) 

B. Demonstrates 

knowledge of 

topic 



Prepared Public Speaking CDE Response to Questions Rubric – 300 points 


present 

5-4 


and ease. 

Is able to speak quickly with 

organized thoughts and 


Answer shows thorough 

knowledge of the subject of the 

speech. 

Supports answer with strong 

evidence. 


3-2 


comfort and ease, but sometimes 


Is able to speak effectively, has 

to stop and think, and sometimes 


Answer shows some knowledge of 

the subject. 

Some evidence, but lacking in 

strength. 


1-0 



unrehearsed. 

Seems to ramble or speaks 


Answer shows little knowledge of 

the subject. 

Evidence is lacking to 

support the answer. 

TOTAL 

Points 

Earned 



x 10 

x 50 

300 possible 

points 



148 



National FFA Prepared Public Speaking CDE Official Scorecard 

A. Verbal Communication Skills (from rubric) - 300 possible points 

Use of examples 

Speaking without 

hesitation 

50 

50 

Tone 50 

Being detailed 

oriented 

Command of 

audience 

Connecting and 


and issues 

50 

50 

50 

B. Non-verbal Communication Skills (from rubric) - 200 possible points 

Attention 

(eye contact) 

50 

Mannerisms 50 

Gestures 50 

Well poised 50 

C. Response to Questions (from rubric) - 300 possible points 

Speaking 

unrehearsed 

50 

Command of 

questions 

250 

Subtotal points 800 

Less time 

deductions 

Provided by 

room 

coordinator 

Net communication skills 

score 

Manuscript 

200 

Score 

Net Total 

Points 

1000 

Participant Ranking 

Maximum Points 

Participant 1: 









Participant 8:

Safe Tractor 

Operations and 

Maintenance CDE 

Purpose 

The Safe Tractor Operation and Maintenance Contest 

is designed to develop the ability of all FFA members to 

demonstrate the knowledge and ability as related to the 

maintenance and safe operation skills of tractors. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11 or 12. 






and other necessary items for contest competition. 



Event Format 







2. The contest consists of three parts: written exam (multiple 

choice, True/False and fill in the blank questions); oral 

exam or demonstration on tractor safety, operations, and/ 

or maintenance and related jobs; and tractor operation. 

3. The student must score 80% on the written exam safety 

portion (first ten quesions of exam) in order to be allowed 

to compete in the remainder of the contest. 

4. The student is to drive the tractor to the implement, stop 

tractor, turn off tractor, dismount and attach implement to 

the tractor drawbar. The student will then drive through 

the course layout, returning implement to its starting point 

and then the tractor to the starting line. 

5. A two wheeled trailer will be the used (not a farming 

implement) 

6. Each student may take a 2 minute test drive with the 

implement, but not through the course 

7. Safety belts must be worn by the student, only if the tractor 

Safe Tractor Operations and Maintenance CDE 

is equpped with a ROPS. 

8. Time begins when the operator releases the clutch after the 

warm-up and is signaled from the judge in charge 

9. No assistance will be allowed in spotting 

10. No running or jumping on the tractor is allowed 

11. Three safety violations result in disqualification of the 

contestant at the discretion of the judges 

12. Time ends when the tractor is unhitched and returned to 

the starting point with the engine stopped. 

Scoring 

The student with the lowest score sheet wins. Participants shall 

be ranked in numerical order on the basis of the final score to 

be determined by each judge without consultation. The judges’ 

ranking of each participant shall then be added, and the winner 

will be that whose total of rankings is the lowest. Other placings 

shall be determined in the same manner. (low point method of 

selection) 

Tie Breakers 

Ties will be broken at the disgretion of the CDE Coordinator. 

Awards 






References 

Safer Tractor Operations for Agricultural Employers, CIR1249, 

http://edis.ifas.ufl.edu. 



150 

TWO-WHEEL TRACTOR LAYOUT 

FLORIDA FFA SAFE TRACTOR OPERATIONS CDE 

Stretch string 

between boundary 

stakes that are 

shown in Diagram 

BOUNDARY 

60’ 

STARTING 

LINE 

BOUNDARY 

From the starting line the 

contestant will back the 

tractor to the implement and 

then follow the course as outlined. 

FORWARD 


BACKING 

26’ 

Two Wheel 

Trailer 

26’ 

2’ 

BOUNDARY 

All stakes will be 

spaced so that there 

is a 4” clearance in 

all directions 

Note: If combined length of tractor and trailer exceeds 22 feet, then 4 feet should be added to every boundary.

Safe Tractor Operation and Maintenance CDE Scorecard 

Tractor Operation Scoring: Number of Total Points 

Infractions Off 


PRE-WARM-UP: 

1. Failure to check water _________ x 7 = _________ 

2. Failure to check oil _________ x 7 = _________ 

3. Failure to check fuel 

STARTING ENGINE: 

_________ x 7 = _________ 

1. Failure to check neutral position _________ x 10 = _________ 

2. Failure to disengage clutch while starting engine _________ x 10 = _________ 

3. Switch not turned on _________ x 3 = _________ 

WARM-UP AND CLUTCH OPERATION: 

1. Failure to warm-up engine for period specified _________ x 7 = _________ 

DRIVING: (No points deducted for the first three and one half minutes, however, 

seconds more than three and one half will be multiplied by one-fifth.) 

1. Time:__________ minutes. ___________ seconds 

Total Seconds 

_________ x 1/5 = _________ 

2. Number of pull ups to improve position ________ x 2 = _________ 

(While backing into the shed or through the course. 

3. Markers scraped (number) _________ x 4 = _________ 

4. Markers moved or upset (number) _________ x 5 = _________ 

5. Killed engine (number times) _________ x 2 = _________ 

6. Grated gears (number times) _________ x 1 = _________ 

7. Rough clutch engagement (number times) _________ x 1 = _________ 

8. Failure to disengage clutch (number times) _________ x 2 = _________ 

9. Number of inches wheel off center _________ x 2 = _________ 

10. Number of inches trailer is + or - 4 inches from rear boundary _________ x 2 = _________ 

11. Out of bounds (number times) 

SAFETY: 

_________ x 5 = _________ 

1. Skidding or spinning wheels when starting (number of violations) _________ x 2 = _________ 

2. Turning too short and fouling implement (number of violations) _________ x 2 = _________ 

3. Operation of tractor at unsafe speed (number of violations) _________ x 4 = _________ 

4. Moving tractor with brake set (number of violations) _________ x 1 = _________ 

5. Failure to dismount to insert or remove drawbar pin _________ x 2 = _________ 

6. Failure to bring tractor to complete stop and / or turn 

tractor off before dismounting 

_________ x 5 = _________ 

7. Failure to lock brakes before dismounting to hook-up or 

unhook implement at finish line 

_________ x 5 = _________ 

8. Excessive use of brakes (number of violations) _________ x 2 = _________ 

9. Failure to wear safety belts (only if equipped with ROPS) _________ x 2 = _________ 

GRAND TOTAL (TRACTOR OPERATIONS) _________ 

FIGURING FINAL SCORE 

1. Written Exam (number missed x four) _________ 

2. Tractor Operation (number missed) _________ 

3. Oral Exam and / or Demonstration (number missed) _________ 

GRAND TOTAL _________ 

THE LOW SCORE WINS! 


Vegetable Identification and Judging CDE 

Vegetable 

Identification and 

Judging CDE 

Purpose 

The Vegetable Identification and Judging event is designed to 

test skills and knowledge of students in the area of vegetable 

production and management. 

Eligibility 






1. Contestants will report to the CDE coordinator for specific 

152 

instructions and details of the event. 

2. Contestants will be provided Scantron answer sheets. 


Use of a hand lens is encouraged. 



Event Format 

1. Identification of specimens will be composed of vegetable 

varieties, insects, diseases, weeds, seeds, nutrient 

deficiencies, grades, and defects. 

2. Varieties may be shown in either mature or seedling stages. 

3. Four judging classes will be placed based on items of 

quality and other characteristics that a consumer utilizes in 

buying vegetables. 

4. The vegetable specimen plates in each placing class will be 

placed on individual merit. 

5. Each placing class is worth 50 points. 

6. Each specimen to be identified is worth 5 points. 

7. A 25 question multiple choice exam covering general 

knowledge of vegetable production will be given. Each 

question is worth 4 points for a total of 100 points. 

Scoring 

4 Placing Classes 50 points/class 


Kinds & Varieties 5 points/specimen 

Insects 5 points/specimen 

Diseases 5 points/specimen 

Weeds 5 points/specimen 


Seeds 5 points/specimen 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 






• Vegetable Gardening in Florida –1999 – Dr. Jim 

Stephens. 

• Vegetable Production Guide for Florida – IFAS 

Publication (sp 170) – Sonja Tighe, Publisher 

• Florida Vegetable Gardening Guide J. M. Stephens, 

R. A. Dunn, G. Kidder, D. Short, and G. W. 

SimoneDocument Number: SP 103, March 1994 http:// 

edis.ifas.ufl.edu/pdffiles/VH/VH02100.pdf, http://edis. 

ifas.ufl.edu/VH021 

• Florida Crop/Pest Management Profiles: Watermelons 

Barbra C. Larson Vasquez & O. Norman Nesheim 

http://edis.ifas.ufl.edu/PI031 

• Florida Crop/Pest Management Profiles: Snap Beans 

Barbra C. Larson Vasquez & O. Norman Nesheim 


• Florida Crop/Pest Management Profiles: Cabbage 


• Florida Crop/Pest Management Profiles: Tomatoes 

Michael J. Aerts & O. Norman Nesheim http://edis.ifas. 

ufl.edu/PI039

Vegetable CDE 







*2105001* 


*2104001* 


*2103001* 


*2102001* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

Written Exam 

23 

15 

7 

*2106001* 

24 

16 

8 

 

25 

17 

9 

1 

2 

18 

10 

3 

19 

11 

4 

20 

12 

5 

21 

13 

6 

22 

14

Insects Diseases 

21 

10 

*2108001* 

21 

10 

*2107001* 

22 

11 

22 

11 

 

 

23 

12 

1 

23 

12 

1 

2 

2 

24 

13 

24 

13 

3 

3 

25 

14 

25 

14 

4 

4 

26 

15 

26 

15 

5 

5 

27 

16 

27 

16 

6 

6 

28 

17 

28 

17 

7 

7 

29 

18 

29 

18 

8 

8 

30 

19 

30 

19 

9 

9 

20 

20 

Squash powdery 

D 

mildew 

E Sunscald 

A Tomato bacterial spot 

B Tomato bacterial wilt 

C Magnesium defi ciency 

D Nitrogen defi ciency 

Diseases 

E Squash bug 

A Sweet potato weevil 

B Flea beetle 

C Green Stinkbug 

Insects 

Harmful Insects 

Alternaria leafspot (on 

crucifers) 

D 

E Onion neckrot 

A Onion purple blotch 

B Tomato hornworm 

D Harlequin bug 

A Aphids 

B Pepper bacterial spot 

E Bean rust 

A Cabbage black rot 

Twelve-spotted cucumber 

beetle 

C 

Banded cucumber 

beetle 

B 

Tomato blossom-end 

rot 

C 

Pepper blossom-end 

rot 

C 

B Cabbage soft rot 

C Celery early blight 

C Bean leaf roller 

D Cabbage looper 

D Tomato early blight 

D White grub 

E Wireworm 

Benefi cial Insects 

Imported cabbage 

E 

worm 

A June beetle 

B Leaf-footed plant bug 

E Tomato leaf mold 

D Potassium defi ciency 

E Potato early blight 

D Celery late blight 

E Corn rust 

C Leafhopper 

D Leafminer 

Watermelon mosaic 

virus 

A 

A Potato Rhizoctonia 

B Potato weather fl eck 

A Corn smut 

A Earwig 

B Green garden spider 

E Lesser cornstalk borer 

E Click beetle 

Colorado potato 

A 

beetle, adult 

Cucumber downy 

mildew 

B 

A 


beetle, larvae 

B 

C Rootknot 

C Ground beetle 

D Honey bee 

Mexican bean beetle, 

adult 

E Lady beetle 

A Praying mantis 


larvae 

B 

C Corn earworm 

D Cutworm 

B Tachnid fl y 

C Tider beetle 

C Mole cricket 

D Pickleworm 

E Fall armyworm 

A Field cricket

Seeds Weeds 

5 

*2110001* 

10 

*2109001* 

6 

11 

 

 

7 

1 

12 

1 

2 

2 

8 

13 

3 

3 

9 

14 

4 

4 

10 

15 

5 

16 

Cypressvine morning 

glory 

E 

Weeds 

B Beggarweed 

6 

17 

A Florida pusley 

B Lambsquarters 

C Nutgrass 

D Pepperweed 

7 

C Bermuda grass 

D Chickweed 

18 

8 

E Common cocklebur 

A Common purslane 

19 

9 

E Pigweed 

20 

Sicklepod (coffeeweed) 

A 

B Common ragweed 

C Crabgrass 

D Curly dock 

D Okra 

E Onion 

A Parsnip 

B Pea, English 

Seeds 

B Asparagus 

C Beans, Lima 

D Beans, snap 

C Pepper 

D Radish 

E Beets 

A Cabbage 

Spinich, round or 

prickley 

E 

A Squash, C. maxima 

B Squash, C. moschata 

B Carrot 

C Celery 

D Corn, sweet 

C Squash, C. pepo 

D Tomato 

E Cucumber 

A Eggplant 

B Lettuce, black or white 

E Watermelon 

C Muskmelon

C Squash, Table Queen 

D Squash, zucchini 

D Garlic 

E Kale 

Kinds and Varieties 

A Artichoke, globe 


E Sweet Corn 

A Sweet Potato 

A Kohlrabi 

B Leek 

C Lettuce, butterhead 

B Artichoke, Jerusalem 

C Asparagus 

34 

17 

*2111001* 

B Tomato 

C Turnip 

D Watermelon, Charleston 

Grey 

D Bean, Bush 

E Bean, horticultural 

35 

18 

D Lettuce, crisphead 

E Lettuce, leaf 

 

36 

19 

1 

A Bean, Lima 

B Bean, pole 

2 

37 

20 

E Watermelon, Crimson 

Sweet 

A Lettuce, romaine 

B Muskmelon 

C Bean, wax 

D Beets 

3 

C Mustard 

D New Zealand spinach 

38 

21 

4 

39 

22 

E Okra 

A Onion, Bermuda 

B Onion, Sweet Spanish 

C Parsley 

E Broccoli 

A Brussels sprouts 

5 

B Cabbage, Golden Acre 

C Cabbage, red 

40 

23 

6 

41 

24 

D Cabbage, savoy 

E Carrot, Chantenay 

7 

D Parsnip 

E Pea, English 

42 

25 

A Carrot, Danvers 

B Carrot, Imperator 

8 

43 

26 

A Pea, Southern 

B Pepper 

9 

C Caulifl ower 

D Celeriac 

44 

27 

C Potato, Irish 

D Pumpkin 

10 

45 

28 

E Celery 

A Chard, Swiss 

11 

E Radish 

A Rutabaga 

46 

29 

B Chinese cabbage 

C Chives 

12 

B Spinich 

C Squash, butternut 

47 

30 

13 

D Collards 

E Cucumber 

48 

31 

D Squash, crookneck 

E Squash, Hubbard 

A Squash, scallop 

B Squash, straightneck 

14 

A Eggplant 

B Endive 

49 

32 

15 

50 

33 

C Escarole 

16

Veterinary Assisting 


Purpose 

The purpose of the veterinary assisting CDE is to provide 

students with an opportunity to develop and demonstrate 

knowledge and skills for both companion animal and livestock 

within the veterinary industry. 

Eligibility 

The participants must be an active member of a chartered 

Florida FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 9, 10, 11, or 12. 

Each Junior and Senior chapter may enter one team of four 

individuals. Only the top three scores will be calculated for the 

team total. 

Event Format 

This event will consist of two rounds of competition. 

Round One 

1. Consists of a 25 question written, multiple choice test of 

veterinary knowledge and understanding. Each correct 

answer is worth 2 points. The test will include questions on 

both large and small animals in the following topic areas: 

Veterinary Medical Terminology, Anatomy and Physiology. 

2. In addition, a breed identification test will be given. 

Students will identify 20 breeds from a power point 

presentation or printed pictures. Each correct answer is 

worth 1 point. The species covered each year will rotate. 

3. Even years will be Canine, Cattle and Swine. 

4. Odd years will be Feline, Horse, Goat, Sheep and Rabbit. 

5. A list of breeds is provided in the reference section of this 

document. 

Round two: Skill Procedures 

1. A selected procedure in the form of a written scenario will 

be presented to the competitor at the start of the skill to 

be performed. Each skill will be timed, beginning when 

the scenario is presented. Each contestant will complete 

specific hands on performance operations. There will be a 3 

year rotation of 4 skills each year. 

2. Competitors must complete all steps of the procedure listed 

in the guidelines even if the steps must be simulated or 

verbalized. Steps may not be simulated or verbalized when 

the equipment or materials are available. 

Veterinary Assisting CDE 

2008, 2011, and 2014 

Skill #1 – Equipment and Instrument Identification. (25 

instruments) The official list can be found in the reference 

section of this document. Participants will be given 1 minute per 

item to identify the piece. Participants will not be permitted to 

go back to an item a second time. Each correctly identified item 

will be awarded 1 point. 

Skill #2 – Apply/Remove Gauze Restraint Muzzle and 

Commercial Muzzle 

Skill #3 – Preliminary History and Initial Exam with vital signs 

Skill #4 – Wrapping Surgical Gown 

2009, 2012, and 2015 

Skill #1 - Equipment and Instrument Identification. (25 






Skill #2 – Animal Restraint Techniques. 

Skill #3 – Canine Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 

Skill #4 – Surgical Gowning/Closed Gloving 

2010, 2013, and 2016 

Skill #1 - Equipment and Instrument Identification. (25 






Skill #2 – Restraining for Canine/Feline Venipuncture 

Skill #3 – Apply/Remove Bandaging 

Skill #4 – Preparing an Animal for Surgery 

Scoring 

See Official Score Sheets. 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 

Awards will be presented at the annual State Conventino and 



Leadership Conference. Awards are presented to teams as well as 

individuals based upon their rankings. Awards are sponsored by 

a cooperating industry sponsor(s) as a special project and/or by 

the general fund of the Florida FFA Foundation. 

References 






• Clinical Textbook for Veterinary Technicians, written 

by Dennis M. McCurnin and JoAnna Bassert and 

published by Elsevier Saunders. Students may register 

for online study materials on their website http://www. 

evolve.elsevier.com. 

• An Illustrated Guide to Veterinary Medical 

Terminology., Second Edition. Janet Amundson 

Romich. Cengage Delmar Learning. ISBN#: 

1401873812 http://www.delmarlearning.com 

Breed Identification 

• Feline breeds – Cat Fancier Association – http://www. 

cfainc.org 

• Canine breeds – American Kennel Club – http://www. 

akc.org 

• Livestock breeds – Oklahoma State University – http:// 

www.ansi.okstate.edu/breeds 

• Rabbit breeds – American Rabbit Breeders Association 

– http://www.arba.net/photo.htm 

158 


Veterinary Assisting Equipment and 

Instrument Identification 

A. Adson Thumb forceps 

B. Alligator Forceps 

C. Allis tissue forceps 

D. Ambubag 

E. Anesthetic Machines 

A. Animal Clippers 

B. Autoclave 

C. Autoclave tape indicator 

D. Babcock tissue forceps 

E. Backhaus towel clamps 

A. Bandaging Material 

B. Basket Muzzle 

C. Bone chisel 

D. Bone curettes 

E. Bone Mallet 

A. Brown-Adson Thumb forceps 

B. Bulb Syringe 

C. Centrifuge 

D. Chain Twitch 

E. Chemical indicator strip 

A. Clipper Blades 

B. Cloth surgical drapes 

C. Cold sterile tray 

D. Crile forceps 

E. DeBakey vascular thumb forceps 

A. Digital Thermometer 

B. Disposable gloves 

C. Disposable Hypodermic needles 

D. Ear notcher 

E. Electric Defibrillator and EDG 

A. Emasculators 

B. Endotracheal Tube 

C. Fecal Loop 

D. Fecalyzers 

E. Gag mouth speculum 

A. Gauze Muzzle 

B. Gelpi retractor 

C. 

Halsted mosquito hemostatic 

forceps 

D. Halter and Lead Rope 

E. Head Chute 

A. Hog Snare 

B. Hoof Knife 

C. Hoof Nippers 

D. Hoof Rasp 

E. Humane Twitch 

A. Hydraulic Chute 

B. Identification Tag Applicator 

C. Kelly forceps 

D. Laryngoscopes 

E. 

Lead Shank with chain across the 

nose 

A. Lister bandage scissors 

B. Littauer suture removal scissors 

C. Mayo dissceting scissors 

D. Mayo-Hegar needle holder 

E. Metal Balling Gun 

A. Metzenbaum dissecting scissors 

B. Mouth Speculum 

C. Nail Trimmers 

D. Nylon Muzzle 

E. Olsen-Hegar needle holder 

A. Ophthalmoscope 

B. Otoscope 


C. Personal Protective Clothing 

D. Pet piller 

E. Pill counting tray 

A. 

Radiology Personal Protective 

Equipment 

B. Rat tooth thumb forceps 

C. Rochester-Carmalt forceps 

D. Rochester-Ochsner forceps 

E. Rochester-Pean forceps 

A. Russian thumb forceps 

B. Silver Nitrate Sticks 

C. Small Animal Oxygen Cage 

D. 

Snook ovariohysterectomy hook 

(spay hook) 

E. Sphygmomanometer 

A. Steel Lift Table 

B. Stethoscope 

C. Suction tips 

D. Suction Unit 

E. Surgical Cap 

A. Surgical Gloves 

B. Surgical Gown 

C. Surgical masks 

D. Surgical needles 

E. Suture Material 

A. Syringe with Butterfly Catheter 

B. Tenotome Knife 

C. Thermometer 

D. Tooth floats 

E. Tourniquet 

A. Trocar 

B. Weitlaner retractor 

C. Wire suture cutting scissors 



Veterinary Assisting Breed 


160 

Canine Breeds 

Sporting Dogs 

A. Pointer 

B. Retriever, Golden 

C. Retriever, Labrador 

D. Setter, Irish 

E. Spaniel, Cocker 

Hounds 

A. Afghan Hound 

B. Basset Hound 

C. Beagle 

D. Dachshund 

E. Greyhound 

Non-Sporting Dogs 

A. Bichon Frise 

B. Boston Terrier 

C. Bulldog 

D. Chow Chow 

E. Dalmatian 

A. Poodle 

Herding Dogs 

A. Australian Shepherd 

B. Border Collie 

C. Collie 

D. German Shepherd 

E. Old English Sheepdog 

A. 

Toys 

Welsh or Pembroke 

Corgi 

A. Chihuahua 

B. Papillon 

C. Pekingese 

D. Pomeranian 

E. Pug 

A. Shih Tzu 

B. Yorkshire Terrier 

Working Dogs 

A. Alaskan Malamute 

B. Boxer 

C. Doberman Pincher 

D. Great Dane 

E. Great Pyrenees 

A. Rottweiler 

B. Saint Bernard 

C. Siberian Husky 

Terriers 

A. Airedale Terrier 

B. A m e r i c a n 

C. 

Staffordshire Terrier 

Miniature Schnauzer 

D. Scottish Terrier 

E. West Highland White 

Terrier 

Cattle Breeds 

A. Ayrshire 

B. Black Angus 

C. Braford 

D. Brahman 

E. Brangus 

A. Brown Swiss 

B. Charolais 

C. Chianina 

D. Guernsey 

E. Hereford 

A. Holstein 

B. Jersey 

C. Limousin 

D. Maine Anjou 

E. Simmental 

Swine Breeds 

A. American Landrace 

B. Berkshire 

C. Chester White 

D. Duroc 

E. Hampshire 

A. Poland China 

B. Tamworth 

C. Vietnamese Potbelly 

D. Yorkshire 

Feline Breeds 

A. Abyssinian 

B. Balinese 

C. Birman 

D. Bombay 

E. Burmese 


A. Devon Rex 

B. Egyptian Mau 

C. Maine Coon 

D. Manx 

E. Ocicat 

A. Persian 

B. Ragdoll 

C. Russian Blue 

D. Scottish Fold 

E. Siamese 

A. Sphynx 

Horse Breeds 

A. Appaloosa 

B. Arabian 

C. Belgian 

D. Clydesdale 

E. Miniature 

A. Morgan 

B. Paint 

C. Palomino 

D. Paso Fino 

E. Percheron 

A. Pinto 

B. POA 

C. Quarter Horse 

D. Saddlebred 

E. Standardbred 

A. Tennessee Walking 

Horse 

B. Thoroughbred 

C. Warmblood 

Goat Breeds 

A. Alpine 

B. Anglo-Nubian 

(Nubian) 

C. Angora 

D. Boer 

E. LaMancha 

A. Oberhasli 

B. Pygmy 

C. Saanen 

D. Toggenburg 

Sheep Breeds 

A. Cheviot 

B. Dorset 

C. Hampshire 

D. Merino 

E. Rambouillet 

A. Southdown 

B. Suffolk 

Rabbit Breeds 

A. American Fuzzy Lop 

B. Californian 

C. Dutch 

D. Flemish Giant 

E. Florida White 

A. French Lop 

B. Himalayan 

C. Holland Lop 

D. Jersey Wooly 

E. Mini Rex 

A. Netherland Dwarf

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 

Competitor’s Name Chapter Judge’s Signature 

Surgical Gowning /Closed Gloving 

(Time limit: 10 minutes) 

Possible 

Points 

1. Assembled supplies 2 

2. Donned surgical cap & mask 2 

3. Opened sterile gown and glove packs 2 

4. Performed surgical hand washing. 30 

5. Grasped gown firmly and gently lifted away from the table 2 

6. Stepped away from table to perform gowning 2 

7. Held gown by inside shoulder seams and gently unfolded 2 

8. Guided arms into sleeves 2 

9. Kept hands inside sleeve of cuffs 2 

10. **Assistant pulled gown onto shoulders and secured ties - 

11. Hands kept inside cuffs and held up in front of chest 2 

12. Closed gloving: 

a. Picked up one glove through the gown sleeve 2 

b. Laid glove palm down over cuff of gown, with thumb and fingers 

of glove facing elbows 

2 

c. Grasped cuff of glove with index finger and thumb through gown 2 

d. Used index finger and thumb of opposite hand to grasp the 

opposite side of the edge of the glove 

2 

e. Lifted cuff of glove up and over gown cuff and hand, then 

released 

f. Moved to palm side of glove and grasped gown and glove, pulling 

2 

them toward elbow, while pushing hand through cuff and into 

glove 

2 

g. Repeated 12 A-F on opposite hand 12 

13. Maintained sterility of gloves and gown throughout procedure 2 

14. Folded gloved hands together in front of chest and away from 

gown 

2 

Total Points 76 


Allocated 

Points 

_______________________________ 

Time Completed In 



162 

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 


Canine Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 

(Small-Sized Dog, Time Limit: 5 Minutes) 


Possible 

Points 

1. Surveyed the scene and inspected the area 2 

2. Determined unresponsiveness 2 

*Judge states, “Airway obstructed.” 

3. Checked for open airway 2 

4. Laid animal down on the right side 2 

5. Gently tilted the head slightly back to extend the neck and head 2 

6. Pulled tongue between front teeth 2 

7. Performed finger sweep to check for and remove any foreign material or vomit from the mouth 2 

8. Checked for breathing (looked, listened, felt) 2 

*Judge states, “Not breathing.” 

9. Placed mouth (simulated) over animal’s mouth and lips and forcefully exhaled, giving four or 

five breaths rapidly at a rate of 20-30 breaths per minute. 

10. Rechecked breathing and checked for heartbeat or femoral pulse 2 

*Judge states, “Not breathing, no heartbeat.” 

11. Kneeled next to pet with animal’s chest facing the rescuer 2 

12. Placed the palm of one hand over the ribs at the point where the elbow touches the chest, 

placing the other hand underneath the right side of the animal. 

2 

13. Compressed the chest ½ - 1” with elbows softly locked during compressions, alternating 5 

compressions for each breath, then checked for pulse. 

2 

14. Performed 4 cycles of 5 compressions to one breath or until: 2 

*Judge states, “Pulse detected, still not breathing.” 

15. Delivered 5 more breaths at a rate of 20-30 breaths per minute, then rechecked breathing 2 

*Judge states, “Dog is breathing” 

16. Treated for shock. 

a. Wrapped the dog in a blanket 2 

b. Spoke reassuringly to dog 2 

17. Said, “Dog is stable: transport to hospital.” 2 

Total points 36 

_______________________________ 


2 

Allocated 

Points

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 


Livestock Restraint Techniques 

(knot tying, Time limit : 3 minutes per knot) 

Judge may choose 3 from the following knots. 

Time 

Completed 

in 

Possible 

Points 

1. Quick release knot 5 

2. Bowline knot 5 

3. Tomfool knot 5 

4. Double half hitch knot 5 

5. Tail knot 5 

6. Braiding an eye splice 5 

7. Rope Halter for cattle or sheep 5 

8. Rope Halter for horse 5 

Total points 15 


Allocated 

Points 



164 

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 


Apply/Remove Gauze Restraint Muzzle and Commercial 

Muzzle 

(Time limit : 5 minutes) 


Possible 

Points 

1. Assembled supplies. 2 

2. Approached dog cautiously. 2 

3. Spoke to dog in calm, affectionate tone throughout 

procedure. 

4. Created a loop twice the snout size prior to approaching. 2 

5. Slipped loop over dog’s nose and mouth with square knot 

on dorsal surface of dog’s snout at top. 

6. Quickly tightened by pulling on ends of gauze. 2 

7. Made second slip knot under the dog’s nose. 2 

8. Secured gauze behind the ears using a quick release knot. 2 

9. Kept hands and face away from dog’s muzzle throughout 

the procedure. 

10. Removal: Untied knot and pulled on one end of gauze 

muzzle 

Total Points 20 

2 

2 

2 

2 

Allocated 

Points 

_______________________________ 

Time Completed In

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 


Preliminary History and Initial Exam with vital signs. 

(Time: 12 minutes) 

Possible 

Points 

1. Introduced self and position in professional manner. 2 

2. Determined and record the following information by 

questioning owner and/or proper procedure or observation 

of patient. 

a. Verified owner’s name, address and phone numbers 2 

b. Pet’s name 2 

c. Color and Species 2 

d. Determined breed/dominant breed of pet. 2 

e. Age/birth date 2 

f. Sex (neutered or spayed) 2 

g. Date of visit 2 

h. Determined reason for visit during conversation and 

2 

properly noted on chart using least amount of space. 

3. Described temperature taking procedure (or performed 

if animal available), then read thermometer and recorded 

2 

results within .2 degrees. 

4. Described pulse taking procedure (or performed if animal 

available), and recorded results. 

5. Described respiration taking procedure (or performed if 

animal available) and recorded results. 

6. Obtained weight using scale and recorded. 2 

7. File completed legibly. 2 

8. Excused themselves from exam room in a friendly manner, 

indicating Veterinarian would be right in. 


2 

2 

2 


Allocated 

Points 

_______________________________ 




166 

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 


Date:_______________ 


Preliminary History and Physical Sheet 

Owner’s name: __Andy Animallover _____________________________ 

Owner’s address: _1234 Mammal Lane_________________________________ 

Owner’s Home phone: _(813)123-4567 work: (813)890-1234 cell: (813)567-8901 

Pet’s name: _____________________________ Species: _______________ 

Breed: _________________________________ 

Color and Physical description: ________________________________________ 

Pet’s age/DOB: _________________ Sex: ___________ Intact/Neutered 

General Information: Reason for visit. _______________________________________ 

Weight: _____________ Temp: ___________ Pulse: ___________ Resp: ___________

_____________________________________________________________________________________ 


Wrapping Surgical Gown 

(Time: 5 minutes) 

Possible 

Points 

1. Assembled supplies 2 

2. Placed gown on countertop with the outside of gown 

facing up. 

3. Folded near edge of gown to the center. 2 

4. Folded far edge of gown to center to meet near edge. 2 

5. Folded gown in half with sleeves inside. 2 

6. Folded gown in half again. 2 

7. Folded gown lengthwise in accordion fashion into thirds. 2 

8. Hand towel fan folded into four folds with one corner turned 

back and placed on top of gown. 

9. Folded gown placed to one side. Placed two drapes on top of 

each other on counter top. 

10. Placed folded gown and hand towel diagonally on top of 

drapes. 

11. Sterilization indicator strip placed on top of gown/towel. 2 

12. Folded the first drape from bottom up to cover the gown, 

leaving the corner doubled back. 

13. Folded the three remaining corners, (right, left and top) 

to cover the gown in a similar manner. 

14. Folded the first three corners of the second drape in a 

similar manner. 

15. Folded the remaining corner under and then folded over 

the top of the pack. 

16. Secured pack with autoclave tape. 2 

17. Labeled with contents, date and initials of individual 

preparing the pack. 

TOTAL POINTS: 34 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 


Allocated 

Points 

_______________________________ 



Middle School Agricultural Electrification Essay CDE 

Middle School 

Agricultural 

Electrification Essay 


Purpose 

The Agricultural Electrification Essay contest is designed to 

stimulate understanding of energy saving measures and devices 

that can be applied around the home and within the agricultural 

industry. 

Eligibility 


FFA chapter and in grades 6-8. 


1. The essay must be submitted to the State Executive 

168 

Secretary by the date published in the Annual Calendar 

of Events. The essay must be self-explanatory, that is, no 

pictures, tapes or films will be accepted. 

2. Entries submitted must be original and be the work of the 

student. 

3. Each chapter may submit its top five essays for 

consideration on the state level. The chapter is responsible 

for ranking its entries before submitting to the state office. 



Event Format 

1. The essay must be centered around the title “Conserving 

Electrical Energy”. All entries must be related to the 

country’s future and contain or suggest ideas for evaluating 

and /or coping with changes that will affect the nations 

energy consumption in the years ahead. 

2. Each entry must be accompanied by a cover sheet 

containing the following information: name, age, grade, 

and chapter. 

3. The essay should not be more than 1,500 words and not 

less than 1,000 words. 

4. All essays must be typewritten and double-spaced and 

must include a bibliography. 

5. The top ten finalists will be notified prior to the State 

Convention in order that they may prepare for the finals to 

be held in conjunction with the State Convention. 

6. Students qualifying to participate in the state finals will 


participate in an interview process at state convention. 

Scoring 

1. A committee will screen the essays and determine the top 

entries. 

2. Each of the finalists will be asked several impromptu 

questions relating to his or her essay. 







Awards 






References 

4. Energy Conservation for Farm and Home - to be used for 

teaching exploratory programs in Agribusiness and Natural 

Resources Education. 

5. Energy Conservation for Farm and Home - to be used 

for teaching occupational proficiency programs in 

Agribusiness and Natural Resources Education. 

6. Cutting Energy Costs - the 1980 Yearbook of Agriculture. 

Available from the Superintendent of Documents, US 

Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402. 

7. Various energy conservation materials are available from 

USDA, Energy Office, 145th and Independence Avenue, 

SW., Washington, DC 20250. 

8. Various energy conservation materials are available from 

US Department of Energy, Information Center, PO Box 62 

Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37830. 

9. Various publications form electric companies in your 

geographical area.

Middle School 


Purpose 

The purpose of the Aquaculture Career Development Event 

(CDE) is to stimulate student interest in the aquaculture 

industry, encourage aquaculture instruction in the agricultural 

education curriculum, and to provide recognition for those 

who have demonstrated skills and competencies in the area of 

aquaculture management. Florida has a unique and diverse 

aquaculture industry which includes the culture of tropical 

ornamental fish, aquatic plants, clams, shrimp, alligators, tilapia, 

catfish, live rock, and other assorted aquatic animals. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 6 - 12. Each chartered 

chapter may enter one team of four individuals. 


1. Team Make-up- Team size shall be four members. All four 

members will be scored and the top three scores will count 

towards the total team score. 

2. Under no circumstance will any participants be allowed to 

handle any of the items in the identification portion of the 

practicum’s. Any infraction of this rule will be sufficient to 

eliminate a team from the event. 

3. Participants will be assigned to groups and will rotate 

throughout the contest. Each participant is to stay with 

his or her assigned group throughout the event until 

instructed otherwise by an event official. 

4. Participants must come to the event prepared to work in 

adverse weather conditions. 

5. All written material will be provided for the event. 

6. Each participant must have a clipboard free of notes, two 

sharpened No. 2 pencils, and an electronic calculator 

if needed. If used, calculators should be standard four 

function, battery operated, and non-programmable. 

The use of other electronic devices is strictly prohibited, 

including cell phones, iPods, PDA’s, etc. 

7. All other tools and equipment will be furnished for the 

event, unless otherwise directed by the event coordinator 

Event Format 

The event will include a Team Activity, Individual Objective, 

snf s Written Exam. 

Team Activity 

Middle School Aquaculture CDE 

Students will be provided a scenario related to the Aquaculture 

Industry. Possible scenarios include, but are not limited 

to: Education, Marketing or Advertising, Best Management 

Practices (BMPs), Biosecurity, Environmental Issues, Stressors, 

etc. 

1. Teams will have thirty (30) minutes to develop an oral 

presentation that addresses the issue(s) raised in the 

scenario. Teams are allowed to prepare visual aides to 

accompany the presentation. 

2. Teams will present an oral presentation justifying the 

decisions or recommendations made by the team. The 

presentation period will be five to seven (5-7) minutes 

for high school teams and three to five (3-5) minutes 

for middle school teams. Teams will not be allowed to 

continue beyond the presentation time limit. 

3. Teams will be required to answer questions in regards to 

the decision reached by their team. The question period 

will be three to five (3-5) minutes in length. Teams will not 

be allowed to continue beyond the question period time 

limit. 

Individual Written Exam 

The objective general knowledge exam administered during 

the Aquaculture CDE will be designed to determine each team 

member’s general knowledge of the basic principles of the 

aquaculture industry. Team members will work individually 

to answer each of the twenty-five (25) questions. Questions 

can include multiple choice, matching and/or true and false. 

Each contestant will have thirty (30) minutes to complete the 

examination. Each question will be worth four (4) points for a 

total of one hundred (100) points per individual. 

Individual Problem Solving Practicum 

Students will participate in three (3) individual problem 

solving practicums related to the aquaculture industry. Species 

Identification and Selection will be presented annually, along 

with two (2) additional rotational practicums chosen each year. 

Problem solving topics may include: 

1. Species Identification and Selection – can include both 

fresh and saltwater species and aquatic plants. Students 

will be required to know the common and scientific name. 

Twenty-five (25) specimens will be shown each year. 

2. Anatomy and Physiology - students will identify various 

parts and provide information about their use, strucuture 

and abilities. 

3. Water Quality Analysis – possible focus areas include, but 

are not limited to, pH, NH3, NO2, and Dissolved Oxygen. 

4. Aquatic System Design & Troubleshooting – possible focus 

areas include, but are not limited to, filtration, pumps, 


Middle School Aquaculture CDE 

170 

sterilization, and system design. 

5. Identification & Treatment of Disease, Pests, and Predators 

– students will be asked to positively identify diseases, 

pests, and/or predators. In addition, students will be asked 

to identify or explain possible treatments and/or solutions 

related to the problem identified. 

Scoring 

Only the top three individual scores and the team activity will 

be counted towards the total team score. 


Indiviudal Written Exam 100 

Individual Problem Solving Practicums 

(100 points each) 

300 

Total 800 

Tie Breakers 

In the event of a team or individual score, the contest 

coordinator will break the tie in the following manner: team tie 

broken by highest drop score, then by team activity. Individual 

ties broken by exam score, then by species identification. 

Awards 






References 






• Aquaculture Resource Guide for Educators 

• Florida Aquaculture in the Classroom 

• Florida Department of Education Frameworks 

(Aquaculture) 

• Aquaculture Science Text Book(s) 







Disease & Pest ID 

Species ID 

Anatomy & Phys. 


Written Exam 

*SAMPLE* 

*SAMPLE* 

*SAMPLE* 

*SAMPLE* 

16 

*SAMPLE* 

17 

 

1 

 

1 

 

1 

 

1 

 

18 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

19 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

20 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

21 

5 

5 

5 

5 

5 

22 

6 

6 

6 

6 

23 

7 

7 

Aquatic Systems 

7 

24 

8 

8 

8 

25 

9 

9 

*SAMPLE* 

9 

10 

10 

 

1 

10 

2 

11 

3 

12 

4 

13 

5 

14 

15

D Balansae Plant Cryptocoryne crispatula 

E Banana Plant Nymphoides aquatica 

E Electric Yellow Cichlid Labidochromis caeruleus 

A Kenyi Maylandia lombardoi 

Fish 

A Cabomba Cabomba caroliniana 

B Corkscrew Vallisneria Vallisneria americana 

B Livingstoni Nimbochromis livingstonii 

C Maingano Melanochromis cyaneorhabdos 


Betta / Gourami / Paradise 

C Cryptocoryne Cryptocoryne wendtii 

D Dwarf Baby Tears Hemianthus callitrichoides 

D Red Jewelfi sh Hemichromis bimaculatus 

E Red Zebra Metriaclima estherae 

A Betta Betta splendens 

B Blue Gourami Trichogaster trichopterus 

E Dwarf Hairgrass Eleocharis acicularis 

A Dwarf Sagittaria Sagittaria subulata 

A Socolofi Pseudotropheus socolofi 

Livebearers 

C Dwarf Gourami Colisa lalia 

D Gold Gourami Trichogaster trichopterus 

B Four Leaf Clover Marsilea drummondii 

C Indian Red Sword Echinodorus 'Indian Red' 

B Fancy Guppy Poecilia reticulata 

C Green Sailfi n Molly Poecilia latipinna 

E Kissing Gourami Helostoma temminkii 

A Opaline Gourami Trichogaster trichopterus 

D Java Fern Microsorum pteropus 

E Ludwigia - Broad Ludwigia repens 

D Halfbeak Dermogenys sumatrana 

E Mosquitofi sh Gambusia affi nis 

B Paradise Fish Macropodus opercularis 

Barbs / Danios / Rasboras / Carp 

A Ludwigia inclinata Ludwigia inclinata 

B Madagascar Lace Aponogeton madagascariensis 

A Red Wag Hi-fi n Platy Xiphophorus maculatus 

B Spotted Tail Mosquito Fish Heterandria bimaculata 

C Bala Shark Balantiocheilus melanopterus 

D Cherry Barb Barbus titteya 

C Melon Sword Echinodorus osiris 

D Micro Sword Lilaeopsis novae-zelandiae 

C Sunset Variatus Platy Xiphophorus vriatus 

D Swordtail Xiphophorus helleri 

E Harlequin Rasbora Trigonostigma heteromorpha 

A Redtail Shark Epalzeorhynchus bicolor 

E Moneywort Bacopa monnieri 

A Moss Ball Chladophora aegagropila 

Saltwater Fish - Tank Raised 

B Rosy Barb Barbus conchonius 

C Tiger Barb Barbus tetrazona 

E Blue Stripe Neon Goby Gobiosoma oceanops 

A Fridmani Pseudochromis Pseudochromis fridmani 

B Myrio - Green Myriophyllum pinnatum 

C Ozelot Sword Echinodorus ozelot 

D Tinfold Barb Barbus schwanefeldii 

E Zebra Danios Danio rerio 

D Radican Sword Chinodorus cordifolius 

E Red Rubin Echinodorus rubin 

B Maroon Clownfi sh Premnas biaculeatus 

C Ocellaris Clownfi sh Amphiprion ocellaris 

Tetras 

A Koi Cyprinus carpio 

Catfi sh 

A Rotala Indica Rotala indica 

B Rotala Magenta Rotala macranda 

D Apple Snail Pomacea bridgesi 

E Black Phantom Tetra Megalamphodus megalopterus 

B Bristlenose Pleco Ancistrus dolichopterus 

C Emerald Cory Corydoras aeneus 

C Ruffl e Plant Echinodorus martii 

D Temple - Narrow Leaf Hygrophila corymbosa 

A Black tetra Gymnocorymbus ternetzi 

B Bleeding Heart Tetra Hyphessobrycon erythrostigma 

D Flagtail Porthole Catfi sh Dianema urostriata 

E Panda Cory Corydoras panda 

E Variegated Japanese Dwarf Acorus variegatus 

Rush 

A Water Sprite Ceratopteris thalictroides 

B Wisteria Hygrophilia difformis 

C Cardinal Tetra Paracheirodon axelrodi 

D GlowLight Tetra Hemigrammus erythrozonus 

A Salt and Pepper Cory Corydoras paleatus 

B Skunk Catfi sh Corydoras arcuatus 

Cichlids - New World & Large 

E Lemon Tetra Hyphessobrycon pulchripinnis 

A Neon Tetra Paracheirodon innesi 

C Angel Fish Pterophyllum scalare 

D Convict Cichlid Archocentrus nigrofasciatus 

Aquatic Plants - Marine 

A Black Needlerush Juncus roemerianus 

B Chaetomorpha Algae Aquacultured (Chaetomorpha sp 

B Penguin Tetra Thayeria boehlkei 

C Silver Dollar Metynnis argenteus 

E Firemouth Cichlid Thorichthys meeki 

A German Blue Ram Mikrogeophagus ramirezi 

D Silver Pacu Colossoma brachypomus 

C Cordgrass Spirtina alternifl ora 

D Halimeda Plant Halimeda sp 

B Golden Severum Heros severus 

C Green Terror Aequidens rivulatus 

Plants 

E Kelp on Rock, Grape Botryocladia sp 

A Kelp on Rock, Smooth Leaf Haliptilon sp 

D Jack Dempsey Cichlasoma octofasciatum 

E Oscar Astronnotus Ocellatus 


Aquatic Plants - Fresh Water 

Cichlids - African 

B Maiden's Hair Plant Chlorodesmis sp 

C Mermaid's Fan Plant Udotea sp 

E Amazon Sword Plant Echinodorus amazonicus 

A Anacharis Egeria densa 

A African Butterfl y Peacock Aulonocara jacobfreibergi 

B Bumblebee Pseudotropheus crabro 

D Pickerelweed Pontederia cordata 

E Red Mangrove Rhizophora mangle 

B Anubias Anubias nana 

C Anubias barteri Round Leaf Anubias barteri 

C Demason's Cichlid Pseudotropheus demasoni 

D Electric Blue Johannii Melanochromis johannii 

A Salt-marsh bulrush Scirpus robustus

Crassostrea virginica 

C Eastern oyster/ Virginia 

Oyster 

B Saw-grass Cladium jamaicense 

D Hybrid Striped Bass Morone saxatilis x Morone chrysops 

E Java tilapia Oreochromis mossambicus 

C Shaving Brush Plant Penicillus sp 

D Smooth cordgrass Spartina alternifl ora 

A Northern Quahog Hard Clam Mercenaria mercenaria 

B Sheepswool sponge Hippospongia lachne 

C Largemouth bass Micropterus salmoides 

D Bluegill Lepomis macrochirus 

E Spikerushes Eleocharis species 

A Ulva Lettuce Algae Aquacultured (Ulva sp 

Aquatic Plants - Pond 

A Black Gamecock Iris louisiana 

B Bluebell Ruellia brittoniana 

Aquatic Parasites 

C Bog Lily Crinum americanum 

D Corkscrew Rush Juncus effusus spiralis 

Scientifi c Name 

A Ambiphrya 

E Double Flowering Arrowhead Sagittaria japonica 

A Dwarf Cattail Typha minima 

B Apiosoma 

C Argulus (fi sh louse) 

B Dwarf Papyrus Cyperus haspens 

C Flowering Rush Butomus umbellatus 

D Capriniana 

D Horsetail Rush Equisetum hyemele 

E Lizard Tail Saururus cernuus 

E Chilodonella 

A Epistylis 

A Orange Variegated Canna Canna americanallis variegata 

B Pickerel Rush Pondeteria cordata 

B Ergasilus 

C Ichthyophthirius (Ich) 

C Red Endeavor Canna Canna x generalis 

D Red Night Blooming Hibiscus Hibiscus acetosella 

D Lernaea (anchor worm) 

E Monogeneans 

E Ribbon Grass Phalaris arundinacea 

A Sagittaria montevidensis Sagittaria montevidensis 

A Nematodes (roundworms) 

B Tetrahymena 

B Society Garlic Tulbaghia violacea 

C Spider Lily Hymenocallis liriosome 

C Trichodina 

D Umbrella Palm Cyperus alternifolius 

E Variegated Cattail Typha latifolia variegata 

A Variegated Sweetfl ag Acorus calamus "variegatus" 

B Variegated Water Celery Oenanthe javanica "Flamingo" 

C Violet-Stemmed Taro Colocasia esculent 'Fontanesia' 

D Water Poppy Hydrocleys nymphoides 

E White Rush Scirpus albescens 

A Yellow Iris Iris pseudacorus 

B Yellow Longwood Canna glauca 

C Zebra Rush Scirpus tabernaemontani 

Zephyranthes candida 

D Zephyr Lily or Dwarf Onion 

Plant 

Other Florida Species 


Other Species 

A American alligator Alligator mississippiensis 

B Channel Catfi sh Ictalurus punctatus

Middle School Citrus CDE 

Middle School Citrus 


Purpose 

The Citrus Career Development Event stimulates learning 

activities to the production and management of citrus fruit. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 6, 7, or 8. Each middle 

school chapter may enter one team of four individuals. Only the 



1. Each contestant should bring two #2 pencils, a clipboard, 

174 

and a hand lens. 



Event Format 

1. The CDE will deal with the identification of citrus 

rootstocks (mature leaves and/or fruit), leaves and fruit 

of commercial varieties, pests, pathogens, parasites, and 

predators, diseases/disorders, and weeds. 

2. There will be a 15 question multiple choice exam covering 


question will be worth (1) point for a total of 15 points. 

Scoring 

The team with the highest combined scores in all areas of the 

CDE will be declared the winner. The scoring will be as follows: 

Diseases/Disorders 1 point/specimen 

Pests, Pathogens, Parasites Predators 1 point/specimen 

Weed Identification 1 point/specimen 

Rootstocks, Leaves, and Fruit 1 point/specimen 

Exam 1 point/question 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 







References 






• “Identification of Citrus Varieties and Problems” slide 

presentation. 

• Florida Citrus and Integrated Pest and Crop 

Management Handbook. 

• Citrus Diseases and Disorders. L.C. Knorr, The 

University Presses of Florida, Gainesville, 1973. 

• Weeds of the Southern United States, Dr. E. Walter 

Wilson, Cooperative Extension Service, University of 

Georgia. 

• Various bulletins are available from the Cooperative 

Extension Service, Gainesville, FL 32611 

• Exam Questions based upon Citrus Growing In 

Florida, Fifth Edition, by Jackson and Davies.

Middle School Creed Speaking CDE 

Middle School Creed 


Purpose 

The FFA Creed outlines the organization’s beliefs regarding 

the agricultural industry, FFA membership and the value of 

citizenship and patriotism. The FFA Creed is recited by FFA 

members, as part of the requirements to earn the Greenhand 

Degree. The purpose of the Creed Speaking Career Development 

Event is to develop the public speaking abilities of FFA members 

as well as develop their self confidence and contribute to their 

advancement in the FFA degree program. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 7, 8, or 9. These grade levels 

will compete against each other. 



178 



2. A microphone may be used at the contest. 



Event Format 







2. Contestants shall draw for places on the program. The 

program chairman shall then introduce each contestant by 

name and in order of the drawing. 

3. The judges will score each contestant upon the delivery 

of the FFA Creed, using the score sheet provided. The 

judges also score each contestant on his ability to 

extemporaneously answer three questions derived from the 

Creed. Note: The contestant will be allowed a maximum 

of five minutes to answer the questions. Time should be 

called at the end of five mintues. 

4. Each participant must recite the FFA Creed from memory. 

Each participant shall begin the presentation by stating, 

“The FFA Creed by E.M. Tiffany.” Each participant shall 

end their presentation with the statement, “...that inspiring 


task. Thank you.” The event will be a timed activity with 

four minutes for presentation. After four minutes, the 

participant will be deducted 1 point for every second over 

set time. 

Scoring 







Tie Breakers 


Participant’s low ranks will becounted and the participant with 

the greatest number of low ranks will be declared the winner. 



greatest number of low ranks from the response to questions 

will be declared the winner. If a tie still exists then the 

participant’s raw scores will be totaled. The participant with the 

greatest total of raw points will be declared the winner. 

Awards 


presented to individuals based upon their rankings. Awards 

are sponsored by a cooperating industry sponsor(s) as a 

special project and/or by the general fund of the Florida FFA 

Foundation. 

References 

Current year’s Official FFA Manual

Official Creed Script 

The FFA Creed 


I believe in the future of agriculture, with a faith born not of words but of deeds - achievements won by the 

present and past generations of agriculturists; in the promise of better days through better ways, even as the 

better things we now enjoy have come to us from the struggles of former years. 

I believe that to live and work on a good farm, or to be engaged in other agricultural pursuits, is pleasant as 

well as challenging; for I know the joys and discomforts of agricultural life and hold an inborn fondness for 

those associations which, even in hours of discouragement, I cannot deny. 

I believe in leadership from ourselves and respect from others. I believe in my own ability to work efficiently 

and think clearly, with such knowledge and skill as I can secure, and in the ability of progressive agriculturists 

to serve our own and the public interest in producing and marketing the product of our toil. 

I believe in less dependence on begging and more power in bargaining; in the life abundant and enough 

honest wealth to help make it so--for others as well as myself; in less need for charity and more of it when 

needed; in being happy myself and playing square with those whose happiness depends upon me. 

I believe that American agriculture can and will hold true to the best traditions of our national life and that I 

can exert an influence in my home and community which will stand solid for my part in that inspiring task. 

The creed was written by E. M. Tiffany, and adopted at the 3rd National Convention of the FFA. It was revised 

at the 38th Convention and the 63rd Convention. 




Indicators 

A. Speaking 


B. Pace 

C. Tone 

D. Pronunciation 

E. Volume 

180 

Creed Speaking Career Development Event 2012-2016 


5-4 

Speaks very articulately without hesitation. 

• Never has the need for unnecessary 

pauses or hesitation when speaking. 


A. Attention 

(eye contact) 

B. Mannerisms 

C. Gestures 

D. Well poised 

Question and Answer—400 points 

A. Being detailoriented 

B. Speaking unrehearsed 

C. Examples used 

in response to 

questions 


Creed Speaking CDE Presentation Rubric - 1,000 points 

Participant #_____________ 


3-2 

Speaks articulately, but sometimes hesitates. 

• Occasionally has the need for a long pause 

or moderate hesitation when speaking. 

Speaks at a moderate pace to be clear. Speaks at a moderate pace most of the time, 

but shows some nervousness. 

Voice is upbeat, impassioned and under 

control. 

Pronunciation of words is very clear and 

intent is apparent. 

Emitted a clear, audible voice for the 

audience present. 

Eye contact constantly used as an effective 

connection. 

• Constantly looks at the entire audience 

(90-100% of the time). 

Does not have distracting mannerisms that 

affect effectiveness. 


Gestures are purposeful and effective. 

• Hand motions are expressive and used to 

emphasize talking points. 

• Great posture (confident) with positive 


Is extremely well poised. 

• Poised and in control at all times. 


• Always provides details which support 

answers/basis of the question. 

Speaks unrehearsed with comfort and 

ease. 

• Is able to speak quickly with organized 

thoughts and concise answers. 

Examples are vivid, precise and clearly 

explained. 

• Examples are original, logical and relevant. 

* -1 point per second over, determined by the timekeepers 

** - 20 points per word, determined from by the accuracy judges. 

Voice is somewhat upbeat, impassioned and 

under control. 

Pronunciation of words is usually clear, 

sometimes mumbled. 

Emitted a somewhat clear, audible voice for 

the audience present. 

Eye contact is mostly effective and consistent. 

• Mostly looks around the audience (60-80% 

of the time). 

Sometimes has distracting mannerisms that 

pull from the presentation. 

• Sometimes exhibits nervous habits or 

ticks. 


• Hands are sometimes used to express or 

emphasize. 

• Occasionally slumps; sometimes negative 


Usually is well poised. 

• Poised and in control most of the time; 


Is mostly good at being detail-oriented. 

• Usually provides details which are supportive 

of the answers/basis of the question. 

Speaks unrehearsed mostly with comfort and 

ease, but sometimes seems nervous or unsure. 

• Is able to speak effectively, has to stop and 

think and sometimes gets off focus. 

Examples are usually concrete, some-times 


• Examples are effective, but need more 

originality or thought. 


1-0 

Speaks articulately, but frequently hesitates. 

• Frequently hesitates or has long, awkward 


Pace is too fast/slow; nervous. 

Voice is not upbeat; lacks passion and control. 

Pronunciation of words is difficult to understand; 

unclear. 

Emitted a barely audible voice for the audience 

present. 

Eye contact does not always allow connection 

with the speaker. 

• Occasionally looks at someone or some 

groups (less than 50% of the time). 

Has mannerisms that pull from the effectiveness 

of the presentation. 

• Displays some nervous habits – fidgets or 

anxious ticks. 

Occasionally gestures are used effectively. 

• Hands are not used to emphasize talking 

points; hand motions are sometimes distracting. 

• Lacks positive body language; slumps. 

Creed Speaking Career Development Event 4 

Weight 

X 20 

X 5 

X 20 

X 20 

X 20 

Isn’t always well poised. 

• Sometimes seems to lose composure. X 20 

Has difficulty being detail-oriented. 

• Sometimes overlooks details that could be 

very beneficial to the answers/basis of the 

question. 

X 30 

Shows nervousness or seems unprepared when 

speaking unrehearsed. 

• Seems to ramble or speaks before thinking. X 30 

Examples are abstract or not clearly defined. 

• Examples are sometimes confusing, leaving 




Accuracy Deduction** 


Rank 

Points 

Earned 

X 5 

X 5 

X 5 

X20 

Total 

Score

Middle School Dairy 

Cattle Evaluation 

and Selection CDE 

Purpose 

This Dairy Cattle Evaluation and Selection CDE is designed 

to promote student knowledge of dairy cattle management 

practices. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 6, 7, or 8. Each Middle 

School chapter may enter one team of four individuals. Only 

the top three scores will be calculated for the team total. 


1. Preliminary contest events will be held as listed on the 

official FFA Event Calendar. From these events, teams 

participating will be invited to compete in the state 

contest. 

2. Contestants should bring a clipboard and two #2 

pencils. 

3. FFA members must be in official dress, appropriate to 

the contest, and will be scored accordingly. 

Event Format 

The preliminary contest will consist of the following: 

1. two pedigree classes 

2. a multiple choice management exam of 25 questions 

3. a team activity of 10 questions on a DHIA evaluation 

4. a 25 question multiple choice exam on the PDCA score 

card 

The state contest will consist of the following: 

1. 4 to 6 placing classes (various breeds may be shown) 

2. One pedigree class 

3. A management exam of 25 questions 

4. A team activity of 10 questions on a DHIA Evaluation 

5. One set of oral reasons 

Scoring 

4-6 Placing Classes 50 Points/class 

Pedigree Class 50 Points 

Oral Reason 50 Points 

25 Question Management Exam 100 Points 

10 Question DHIA Team Activity 100 Points 

Middle School Dairy Cattle Evaluation and Selection CDE 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 






• Dairy Judging and Evaluation Guidebook. James 

Umphrey, IFAS Publication. 

• Dairy Cattle Evaluation Website 


Dairy CDE - Finals 







*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

Written Exam 

23 

15 

7 

*SAMPLE* 

24 

16 

8 

 

25 

17 

9 

1 

2 

18 

10 

3 

19 

11 

4 

20 

12 

5 

21 

13 

6 

22 

14

Pedigree Classes 

Pedigree Class 1 

*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321

Middle School 

Extemporaneous 

Public Speaking CDE 

Purpose 

The Extemporaneous Public Speaking Career Development 

Event is designed to develop the ability of seventh and eighth 

grade FFA members to express themselves on a given subject 

without having prepared or rehearsed its content in advance, 

therefore causing FFA members to formulate their remarks for 

presentation in a very limited amount of time. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 6, 7, or 8. Participant can 




1. A list of all possible topics will be given to and reviewed by 

the judges prior to the beginning of the event. 




3. Cell phones will not be permitted as a time keeping device. 

Event Format 

1. The selection of topics shall be held 30 minutes before the 

event. The participants will draw three specific topics, 

selected at random from one pool of 12, relating to the 

industry of agriculture. After selecting the topic they 

desire to speak on, all three topics will be returned for 

the next drawing. Twelve topics shall be prepared by 

the event superintendent from the following categories: 

a) agriscience and technology; b) agrimarketing and 

international agricultural relations; c) food and fiber 

systems; d) urban agriculture and e) FFA related issues. 

2. Participants will be admitted to the preparation room at 

15 minute intervals and given exactly 30 minutes for topic 

selection and preparation. 

3. The officials in charge of the event on the following basis 

will screen reference material: 

– must be limited to five items. 

– must be printed material such as books or 

magazines and/or a compilation of collected 

materials. To be counted as one item, a notebook 

or folder of collected materials may contain NO 

Middle School Extemporaneous Public Speaking CDE 

more than 100 single sided pages or 50 pages 

double sided numbered consecutively (cannot be 

notes or speeches prepared by the participant or 

notes prepared by another person for the purpose 

of use in this event). (Copies must reference the 

origination point). 

4. Each speech shall be the result of the participant’s own 

effort using approved reference material, which the 

participant may bring to the preparation room. No other 

assistance may be provided. Participants must use the 

uniform note cards provided. Any notes for speaking must 

be made during the 30 minute preparation period. 

5. Each speech shall be not less than three nor more than 

five minutes in length with five minutes additional time 

allowed for questions, which shall be asked by the judges. 

The program chairman of the event shall introduce the 

participant by name and chapter, and the participant may 

introduce his or her speech by title only. Participants will 

be penalized one point per second on each judge’s score 

sheet for being over five minutes or under three minutes. 

Time commences when the speaker begins talking. 

Speakers may use a watch to keep a record of their time. No 

time warnings will be given by event officials or observers. 

6. Speaking order will be randomly drawn by event officials. 

The program chairman shall introduce each participant 

by name and in order of the drawing. A participant will 

be permitted to use notes while speaking, but deductions 

in scoring may be made for this practice if it detracts from 

the effectiveness of the presentation. Applause shall be 

withheld until all participants have spoken. 





The 12 district winners then eligible to compete in the state 

contest. 


by each participant in delivering his or her speech, noting 

undertime and overtime, if any, for which deductions will 

be made. 



They will score each participant on the delivery of the 




containing two or more parts should be avoided. Judges 

will score each participant on the ability to answer all 



186 

questions asked by all judges. The full five minutes 


Scoring 


will total the score on each speaker. The timekeeper’s 

record will be used in computing the final score for each 

participant. The judges’ score sheets will then be submitted 

to event officials to determine final ratings of participants. 







Tie Breakers 

In case of a tie, the individual who has the highest grand total 

score shall have the higher rating. 

Awards 









Extemporaneous Public Speaking CDE Scorecard – 1000 points 

State: ____________________ Participant #: _________________ 


Indicators 

A. Examples 

B. Speaking 

without 

hesitation 

C. Tone 

D. Being 


E. Connecting 

and 

articulating 

facts and 

issues 

F. Speaking 

unrehearsed 

(questions & 

answers) 


is present 

5-4 

Examples are vivid, precise 

and clearly explained. 



Speaks very articulately 

without hesitation. 

• Never has the need 

for unnecessary pauses 

or hesitation when 

speaking. 



pace to be clear. 


words is very clear 

and intent is apparent. 

Is able to stay fully detailoriented. 



the issue; is well 

organized. 







is able to effectively 




issues. 

Speaks unrehearsed with 

comfort and ease. 

• Is able to speak 

quickly with organized 

thoughts and 



present 

3-2 





but need more 


thought. 


sometimes hesitates. 

• Occasionally has the 

need for a long pause 

or moderate hesitation 



consistent. 


pace most of the 

time, but shows some 

nervousness. 


words is usually 

clear, sometimes 

vague. 














is able to, for the 






with comfort and ease, 

but sometimes seems 

nervous or unsure. 


has to stop 

and think and sometimes 


OVER 


present 

1-0 




confusing, leaving 



hesitates. 

• Frequently hesitates or 

has long, awkward 



tone. 


• Pronunciation of words 

is difficult to understand; 

unclear. 

Has difficulty being detailoriented. 


details that could be 

very beneficial to the 

issue; lacks organization. 



how they impact the 

issue locally and globally. 


knowledge base but is 

unable to articulate 



issues. 



unrehearsed. 

• Seems to ramble or 

speaks before thinking. 

Points 

Earned 

Weight 

X 10 

X 15 

X 15 

X 20 

X 20 

X 40 


Total 

Score 



188 



A. Attention 

(eye contact) 

B. Mannerisms 

Eye contact constantly 

used as an effective connection. 

• Constantly looks at 

the entire audience 

(90-100% of the 

time). 

Does not have distracting 

mannerisms that affect 

effectiveness. 


C. Gestures Gestures are purposeful 

and effective. 

• Hand motions are 

expressive and used 

to emphasize talking 

points. 

• Great posture 

(confident) with positive 


D. Wellpoised 



at all times. 

* -1 point per second under 3 mintues or over 5 minutes, determined by timekeepers 

* -1 point per second under 4 minutes or over 6 minutes, determined by the timekeepers 


Eye contact is mostly 

effective and consistent. 

• Mostly looks around 

the audience (60-80% 

of the time). 


mannerisms that pull from 

the presentation. 

• Sometimes exhibits 

nervous habits or 

ticks. 

Usually uses purposeful 

gestures. 

• Hands are sometimes 

used to express or 

emphasize. 

• Occasionally slumps; 

sometimes negative 




most of the time; 




speaker. 

• Occasionally looks at 

someone or some 

groups (less than 50% 

of the time). 

Has mannerisms that pull 

from the effectiveness of the 

presentation. 



ticks. 

Occasionally gestures are 

used effectively. 

• Hands are not used to 

emphasize talking 

points; hand motions 

are sometimes distracting. 

• Lacks positive body 


Points 

Earned 

Weight 

X 20 

X 20 

X 20 


• Sometimes seems to 

lose composure. X 20 




Rank 

Total 

Score 

Extemporaneous Public Speaking Career Development Event 5

Middle School 


Purpose 

The Floriculture CDE stimulates interest in learning activities 

related to the Floriculture industry, including the identification 

of plants, business situations and safety issues. 

Eligibility 






1. Contestants should bring a clipboard and #2 pencils 

2. Absolutely no communication will be tolerated during the 

event. Any contestants violating this rule will have their 

cards taken up and will be disqualified. 






Event Format 

The contest will consist of: 

• 35 Question Written Exam 

• Identification (40 specimens) 

• Problem Solving Practicum 

• Pricing 

• Live Practicum 

Written Exam 

A 35 question written exam will be given to all participants. 

Please refer to the reference section for a reference listing. 

Questions will cover three of the following areas each year, in 

addition to general horticulture: 


• Plant use 

• Product displays 

• Making sales & other business questions 


Plant Identification 

Each participant will identify 40 plant specimens from the 

reference list provided. 

Middle School Floriculture CDE 

Each year, two of the three practicums will be presented: 

Handling a Hazardous Situation (written - 100 points) 

Each participant will be presented a hazardous situation that 

could develop in a floriculture business. The participant will be 

asked to determine the most appropriate solution to the problem 

addressing the items below: 

• Proper personal safety precautions 

• Proper safety procedures in cleaning up the situation 

• Properly disposed of materials 

• Employed proper follow-up procedures 

Identifying and Controlling Plant Disorders (written - 100 

points) 

Each participation will be presented a situation describing a 

nutritional, environmental, disease or insect disorder. The 

participant will be asked to determine the most appropriate 

solution to the problem addressing the items below: 

• Diagnosis of the problem 

• Prescription of treatment 

• Preparation of treatment 

• Application of treatment 

• Recommended safety practices were used 

Handling a customer complaint (written - 100 points) 

Each participant will assume the role of an employee in a 

floriculture business. A complaint from a customer will be 

described. The participant will then determine the most 

appropriate responses addressing the items below: 

• Obtained clear understanding of the complaint 

• Reformed complaint to less negative terms 

• Changed complaint into question 

• Explored alternative solutions 

• Solved problem 

• Exhibited correct grammar and spelling 

Pricing 

The pricing of a floriculture product will focus on one of the 

following products each year. 

• Flower arrangement 

• Dish garden 

• Centerpiece 

• Corsage 

• Potted plants 

• Living Wall 

• Interiorscape 


Middle School Floriculture CDE 

Live Practicum 

A live rotational practicum will be completed each year. 

Participants will be asked to complete one of the following 

events: 

• single corsage (boutonniere) 

• dish garden 

• asexual propagation (cuttings, air layering and division) 

• centerpiece 

Scoring 


Identification (40 specimens) 400 points 


Pricing 100 points 


Total 1200 Points 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 














190 




• http://cfyn.ifas.ufl.edu/pdffiles/pubs/handbook.pdf 



of Agriculture & Consumer Services Department 

of Agricultural Water Policy, Tallahassee, Fla. 850- 

617-1700 or www.floridaagwaterpolicy.com, http:// 

www.floridaagwaterpolicy.com/PDF/Bmps/Bmp_ 

FloridaContainerNurseries2007.pdf 


Protection of Water Resources by the Green Industries, 

2008. Florida Department of Environmental Protection 

Nonpoint Source Management Section, 850-245-7508. 

www.dep.state.fl.us, http://fyn.ifas.ufl.edu/pdf.GIBMP_ 

Manual_WEB_2_27_11.pdf






Pricing 

ID & Controlling Plant Disorders 

Written Exam 

11 

*SAMPLE* 

8 

*SAMPLE* 

18 

*SAMPLE* 

12 

9 

19 

 

 

 

13 

1 

10 

1 

20 

1 

2 

2 

2 

14 

11 

21 

3 

3 

3 

15 

12 

22 

4 

4 

4 

16 

13 

23 

5 

5 

5 

17 

14 

24 

6 

6 

6 

18 

15 

25 

7 

7 

7 

19 

26 

8 

8 

20 

Customer Complaint 

27 

9 

9 

28 

10 

6 

*SAMPLE* 

10 

29 

7 

11 

 

1 

30 

8 

12 

2 

31 

9 

13 

3 

32 

10 

14 

4 

33 

15 

5 

34 

16 

35 

17

E Hoya carnosa Wax Plant 

A Hyancinth orientalis Hyancinth 


A Aechmea fasciata Silver Vase Bromeliad 


B Hydrangea macrophylla Hydrangea 

C Impatiens wallerana Impatiens 

B Ageratum houstonianum Ageratum 

C Aglaonema commutatum Aglaonema 

21 

D Justicia brandegeana Shrimp Plant 

E Kalanchoe blossfeldiana Kalanchoe 

D Alstroemeria aurantiaca Peruvian Lily 

E Anthurium spp. Anthurium 

*SAMPLE* 

22 

A Leucanthemum x superbum Shasta Daisy 

B Liatris spicata Liatris 

A Antirrhinum majus Snapdragon 

B Aphelandra squarrosa Zebra Plant 

 

23 

1 

C Lilium longifl orum Easter Lily 

D Lilium x hybridum Hybrid (garden) Lily 

C Araucaria heterophylla Norfolk Island Pine 

D Asparagus densifl orus Sprengeri Fern 

2 

24 

E Limonium sinuatum Statice 

A Lobularia maritima Sweet Alyssum 

E Begonia cucullata Wax Begonia 

A Begonia x tuberhybrida Tuberous Begonia 

3 

 

25 

B Maranta leuconeura Prayer Plant 

C Monstera deliciosa Cutleaf Philodendron 

B Caladium x hortulanum Caladium 

C Calceolaria crenatifl ora Pocketbook Plant 

4 

26 

D Narcissus pseudonarcissus Daffodil 

E Nephrolepis exaltata 'Bostoniensis' Boston Fern 

D Callistephus chinensis China Aster 

E Camellia japonica Camellia 

5 

27 

A Opuntia tribe Cactus 

B Pelargonium argyrcia Ivy Geranium 

A Canna x generalis Canna 

B Catharanthus roseus Periwinkle / Vinca 

6 

28 

C Pelargonium x hortorum Geranium 

D Peperomia caperata Emerald Ripple Peperomia 

C Cattleya spp. Cattleya orchid 

D Celosia argentea Cockscomb 

7 

29 

E Peperomia obtusifolia 'variegata' Variegated Peperomia 

A Peperomia peltatum Watermelon Peperomia 

8 

E Chamaedorea elegans Parlor Palm 

A Chlorophytum comosum 'Variegatum' Spider Plant 

30 

B Petunia x hybrida Petunia 

C Phalaenopsis spp. Phalaenopsis Orchid 

9 

B Cissus rhombifolia Grape Ivy 

C Codiaeum spp. Croton 

31 

D Philodendron scandens oxycardium Heartleaf Philodendron 

E Pilea cadierei Aluminum Plant 

10 

D Coleus x hybridus Coleus 

E Crassula argentea Jade Plant 

32 

11 

A Pilea involucrata Friendship Plant 

B Pilea microphylla Artillery Plant 

A Cyclamen x persicum Florist Cyclamen 

B Cymbidium Cymbidium Orchid 

33 

12 

C Pilea nummularifolia Creeping Charlie 

D Plectranthus mummularis Swedish Ivy 

C Dendranthemum morifolium Chrysanthemum 

D Dianthus caryophyllus Carnation 

34 

13 

E Rhododendron spp. Azalea 

A Rosa hybrid Hybrid Tea Rose 

E Dieffenbachia spp. Dumbcane 

A Dracaena fragrans 'Massangeana' Corn Plant 

35 

14 

B Rumohra adiantiformis Leatherleaf Fern 

C Saintpaulia spp. African Violet 

B Dracaena marginata Red Edge Draceana 

C Echeveria spp. Hens and Chicks 

36 

15 

D Salvia splendens Salvia 

E Sansevieria trifasciata Snake Plant 

D Epipremnum aureum Golden Pothos 

E Euphorbia milii Crown of Thorns 

37 

16 

A Saxifraga stolonifera Strawberry Plant 

B Scheffl era arboricola Dwarf Scheffl era 

A Euphorbia pulcherrima Poinsettia 

B Exacum affi ne Persian Violet 

38 

17 

C Schlumbergera bridgesii Christmas Cactus 

D Senecio cineraria Dusty Miller 

C Ficus benjamina Benjamin Fig 

D Ficus elastica 'Decora' Indian Rubber Plant 

39 

18 

E Sinningia speciosa Gloxinia 

A Solanum pseudocapsicum Jerusalem Cherry 

E Ficus pumila Creeping Fig 

A Fittonia verschaffeltii Nerve Plant 

40 

19 

B Spathiphyllum spp. Peace Lily 

C Strelitzia reginea Bird of Paradise 

B Gardenia augusta Gardenia 

C Gerbera jamesonii Transvaal Daisy 

20 

D Syngonium podophyllum Nephthytis 

E Tagetes erecta Marigold 

A Tulipa Tulip 

B Viola x wittrockiana Pansy 

C Zamioculcas zamiifolia ZZ Plant / Aroid Palm 

D Zebrina pendula Wandering Jew 

D Gladiolus spp. Gladiolus 

E Gynura aurantiaca Velvet Plant 

A Gypsophila elegans Baby's Breath 

B Hedera helix English Ivy 

C Hemerocallis spp. Daylily 

D Hippeastrum hybrids spp. Amaryllis 

E Zinnia elegans Zinnia

Middle School 

Food Science and 

Technology CDE 

Purpose 

To stimulate learning activities in food science and technology 

related to the food industry and to assist students in developing 

a good working knowledge of sound principles used in a team 

decision-making process. 

Eligibility 



School chapter may enter one team of four individuals. Teams 

will consist of four team members with all four team members’ 

scores being totaled. Official dress will be required for all team 

members. 


Each participant must have: 

1. A clean, free of notes clipboard 

2. Two sharpened No. 2 pencils 

3. Electronic calculator: Calculators used in this event 

should be battery operated, non-programmable, and 

silent. Calculators should have only these functions: 

addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, equals, 

percent, square root, +/- key, and one memory register. 

No other calculators will be allowed during the event. 

Any participant in possession of any other electronic 

device, except a calculator, in the event area is subject to 

disqualification. 

Event Format 

1. The food science and technology career development event 

will consist of four activities: a team product development 

project, an objective test, a food safety and quality 

practicum and a sensory evaluation practicum. 

2. All team members will participate in all of the activities. 

There will be a possible 1,000 total points per team. The 

team product development project will be worth 400 points 

per team, the objective test will be worth 50 points per 

individual and each of the two practicums will be worth 50 

points per individual. 

3. Allergy Information: Food products used in this 

event may contain or come in contact with potential 

allergens. Advisors must submit a special needs request 

Middle School Food Science and Technology CDE 

for participants with any allergies PRIOR to the event. 

The event committee will make all reasonable efforts to 

accommodate students with food allergies. 

Team Product Development Project 

1. Each team will receive a product development scenario 

describing the need for a new or redesigned product that 

appeals to a potential market segment. The team’s task 

will be to design a new food product or reformulate an 

existing product based on information contained within 

the product development scenario. The team will be 

responsible for understanding and using the following 

concepts: 

– Formulation of product to meet specified 

requirements. 

– Package design and labeling requirements to reflect 

the developed product. 

– Nutritional fact development. 

– Production and packaging equipment. 

– Quality control and safety programs, i.e., good 

manufacturing practices (GMP) and hazard 

analysis critical control points (HACCP). 

– Formulation and costing (ingredient, packaging, 

etc.). 

– Current food trends. 

– Market segments. 

2. Each team will be provided with packaging materials, 

ingredients and necessary ingredient information in order 

to develop, label and package a product. 

3. The team will have 60 minutes to respond to the product 

development scenario and reformulate or develop 

a product, calculate a nutritional label, develop the 

ingredient statement and information panel and develop 

the front or principle display panel to reflect the new 

product. 

4. After this time period, each team member will contribute 

to a ten minute oral presentation delivered to a panel 

of judges. No electronic media will be used in the 

presentation. 

5. Following the presentation there will be a ten minute 

question and answer period with the judges in which each 

team member is expected to contribute. All materials will 

be collected after the presentation. 

6. Total time involved for each team will be 80 minutes. Total 

number of points possible for this activity will be 400 

points. 

7. Product development scenarios will describe a category, 

platform and market. These may include but are not 



194 

limited to the following categories, platforms and markets 

listed below. 

Categories Platform 

Cereal 

Frozen 

Snacks 

Refrigerated 

Meals 

Shelf-stable 

Side dishes 

Convenience 

Beverages 

Ready to eat 

Supplements 

Heat and serve 

Condiments 

Desserts 

Market (domestic and international) 

Retail 

Wholesale 

Food service 

Convenience store 

8. Examples of scenarios product from past events: 

– Ready to eat breakfast cereal for retail 

– Refrigerated frozen cookie dough for wholesale 

– Yogurt parfait for convenience store 

– Refrigerated, heat and serve pizza for retail 

– Shelf stable, dried fruit snack mix for retail 

9. Evaluation criteria and points for team activity can be 

found on the team product development project scorecard 

at the end of this chapter. 

Objective Test 

1. The objective questions administered during the food 

science and technology examination will be designed to 

determine each team member’s understanding of the basic 

principles of food science and technology. The test will be 

primarily based on the list of references at the end of this 

chapter. 

2. Team members will work individually to answer each of 

the 50 questions. Each person will have 60 minutes to 

complete the examination. Each question will be worth 1 

point, for a total of 50 points. 

Practicums 

Each team member will complete all parts of both practicums. 

1. Food Safety and Quality Practicum - 25 points 

2. Customer Inquiry- Each participant will be given five 

scenarios representing general consumer inquiries. 

Participants must determine if the consumer inquiry 

reflects a quality or safety issue and determine if it is a 

biological, chemical or physical concern or hazard. (25 


points) 

3. Sensory Evaluation Practicum - 50 points 

4. Triangle Tests - Three different triangle tests will be 

conducted. Participants are expected to identify the 

different samples through flavor, aroma, visual cues and/ 

or textural differences. Answers will be given on the sheet 

provided. No list will be provided for this segment of the 

practicum. Each test is worth 5 points. (15 points) 

5. Flavor Identification - Three samples will be tasted 

Participants will be expected to discern the flavor of each 

sample by taste. Flavors may include but are not limited 

to fruits, vegetables, florals, savory, sweeteners, etc. Each 

sample is worth 5 points. (15 points) 

6. Aromas - Each participant will be asked to identify four 

different aromas from vials provided at each station and 

record the answer on the sheet provided. A list of potential 

aromas will be provided to each person. Each sample is 

worth 5 points. (20 points) 

Possible Aromas 

Almond 

Banana 

Basil 

Cherry 

Chocolate 

Cinnamon 

Clove 

Coconut 

Garlic 

Ginger 

Grape 

Lemon 

Licorice (anise) 

Lilac 

Lime 

Scoring 

Maple 

Menthol 

Molasses 

Nutmeg 

Onion 

Orange 

Oregano Butter 

Peanut Butter 

Peppermint 

Pine 

Raspberry 

Smoke (liquid) 

Strawberry 

Vanilla 

Wintergreen 

Team Product Development 400 

Package Design 100 

Product Development 250 

Response to Judges’ Questions 50 

Individual Activities 150 

Objective Test 50 

Food Safety and Quality Practicum 50 

Sensory Evaluation 50 

Tiebreakers

Should a tie occur in the overall team placing, the tie will be 

broken by the highest team product development project score. 

If this score does not break the tie, then the highest number 

of total points earned from the objective test (adding all four 

team member scores) will break the tie. If a third tiebreaker is 

needed, the response of the judges to the Team Question period 

from the team product development project will be used. To 

identify the high individual for this event in case of a tie, the 

highest examination score will be used as the first tiebreaker, 

followed by the highest Food Safety and Quality practicum score 

as the second tiebreaker. 

Awards 






References 






• FOOD SCIENCE SAFETY AND NUTRITION a 

special project of the National Council of Agricultural 

Education. 

• Available for sale from the Ohio State University 

Curriculum Materials Service at http://www-cms. 

ag.ohio-state.edu/ 

• Rules for the Florida Food Science and Technology 

Career Development were adapted from the National 

FFA Food Science and Technology Career Development 

Rules. 




196 




Team Product Development Project Scorecard 

State: _______________________ Team #: ___________________________ 

Package Design 

o Use and development of nutrition label 

Possible 

Score 

o Required information present 10 

o Correct calculations 10 

o Correct organization 10 

o Use and development of the ingredient statement 

o Present 10 

o Correct order and all ingredients included 10 


o Use of principle display panel to convey information 

o All required components 15 

o Correct information 15 


Package Design Subtotal 100 

Possible 

Product Development Oral Presentation 

Score 

• Cost of Goods Sold 

o Costing 

o Accuracy 

20 

• Nutrition 

20 

o Communicate nutritional quality of product 

• 

o Apply nutritional quality to health benefits 

Target Audience 

20 

o Identification of key consumer 

• Quality Control 

o Key quality attribute of consistent product 

o Examples: Flavor, color, texture, net weight, size, etc. 

• Marketing & Sales 

o Communicated with future users 

o Promotions 

o Market location 

20 

20 

Team 

Score 

Team 

Score 

Food Science and Technology Career Development Event 7



• Product 

o Appearance 

o Texture 

o Shelf-life 

o Interaction of ingredients 

o Creativity 

20 

• Processing 

o Description of how to make product 

o Equipment 

o Flow diagram, unit operations 

o People 

20 

• Packaging 

o Materials used 

o Appropriate for use of product 

o Creativity 

20 

• Food Safety 

o Discussed potential hazards/concerns associated with 

products 

20 

• Formulation Concepts 

o How well did product match concept/product development 

scenario 

30 

o Category 5 

o Platform 5 

• Quality of Presentation 

o Equitable participation of team members 5 

o Organization 5 

o Use of time allowed 5 

o Professionalism 5 

o Presence & enthusiasm 5 

o Mannerisms 5 

Product Development Oral Presentation Subtotal 250 

Possible 

Response to Judges’ Questions 

Score 

• Team Participation in Question Response 

o All team members contributed 

25 

• Quality of Response 

o Accuracy 

o Ability to answer 

o Originality 

o Knowledge 

25 

Response to Judges’ Questions Subtotal 50 


Team 

Score 

Food Science and Technology Career Development Event 8 


Middle School Forestry CDE 

Middle School 


Purpose 

To stimulate student interest in forestry, to promote forestry 

instruction in the agricultural education curriculum, and to 

provide recognition for those who have demonstrated skill and 

competency as a result of forestry instruction. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 6, 7, or 8. All teams will 

consist of 4 members. All members of the team will participate 

in all 6 events. Only the top three scores will be calculated for 

the team total. FFA chapters may have up to two separate teams 

in district contests. These teams will be registered separately, 

as chapter team A and chapter team B, and members will not 

be able to switch from one team to the other after registration. 

Chapter team A must consist of 4 members before team B can 

be formed. No chapter will be allowed to register two three 

member teams. Only one middle school four-member team 

may represent each district in the State Contest. Alternate team 

members may not participate except to observe the event. 


1. A contestant will be allowed to touch plant material during 

198 

the contest but under no circumstances will the contestant 

damage the plant material. Students found damaging 

specimens will be disqualified from the contest. 

2. Contestants will be provided with a specimen list to 

complete the activities. 

3. Observers will not be permitted in the contest area while 

the contest is in progress. 

4. Contestants will be assigned to group leaders who will 

escort them to various contest-staging sites of the different 

phases. Each contestant is to stay with his or her assigned 

group leader throughout the contest or until told to change 

leaders by the field day coordinator. 

5. All contestants will be given a contestant number by which 

they will be designated throughout the contest. 

6. Contestants must come to the field day prepared to work in 

adverse weather conditions. The contests will be conducted 

regardless of weather. They should have rain gear, warm 

clothes and footwear. 

7. Tools and Equipment: All tools and equipment will be 

furnished for the contest. Contestants must use the tools 

and equipment furnished at the contest site, including 


compasses. 

8. Written Materials: All written materials will be furnished 

for the contest. 

9. All teams will consist of 4 members. All members of the 

team will participate in all 6 events. 

10. Each FFA team must be accompanied by an adult. 

11. A completed contest entry list must be sent to the 

coordinator by the date specified on the registration form. 

If a chapter fails to register by this date, it is in the Field 

Day Coordinator’s sole discretion to disqualify the team or 

allow participation in the contest. 

12. Contest Check-in and orientation will begin at the time 

specified by the Coordinator. Teams are expected to be on 

site prior to this time. Any team arriving late will enter at 

the portion of the contest then in progress and will not be 

permitted to complete the missed portions of the event. 

13. Each contestant is required to provide his or her own 

pencil and clipboard. Clipboards are subject to inspection. 

Non-programmable calculators will be permitted in the 

contest. 

14. All score cards that cannot be read or whose work will be 

disqualified. All score cards must have the participant’s 

name and official chapter name. If the name is not on the 

score sheet the participants are subject to disqualification. 

15. A committee of FFA Advisors may assist with grading and 

review of score cards for consistency. 

16. The overall team score will be a compilation of the three 

highest individual team member’s scores. 

17. The Field Day Coordinator shall have the authority to make 

rule variances or restrictions to meet local conditions. Any 

protest should be made in writing, within three working 

days, to the: 

Environmental Education Director 

Florida Division of Forestry; 

24059 Childs Road 

Brooksville, FL 34601 

18. Presentation of materials that have been used by chapters, 

foresters, or other resources for training purposes should 

not be presented in the same visual manner in the official 


Event Format 

The contest will consist of two parts. Part 1: the General 

Knowledge written test will be taken by all students at one time. 

Part 2: will consist of field application sessions; Dendrology, 

Equipment Identification/Forest Disorders, and Timber 

Cruising will be included each year. The remaining field 

application session will be identified before the event. Students

will rotate through each session until all have been completed. 

General Knowledge (100 points) 

1. Fifty (50) objective-type multiple-choice questions will 

be selected from areas of the forestry industry reflected 

in the contest objectives. This part of the contest will test 

the contestants’ knowledge and understanding of basic 

principles of forestry. 

2. Time: Each contestant will be allowed forty-five (45) 

minutes to complete this phase of the contest. 

3. Scoring: Each answer has a value of two (2) points for a 

total maximum score of 100 points. 

4. Management – may be added at state level 

5. This section will include a forest business management 

problem to determine the contestant’s ability to apply 

economic principles and concepts of management to the 

decision making process by actual problem analysis and 

to defend the decisions made. This will involve a model 

forest operation with possible calculation on profit/loss, 

cost of operation, taxes, depreciation, marketing product, 

stumpage cost, record keeping, etc. The exact problem may 

or may not be in a listed reference. 

6. Current Forestry and Timber Stand improvement issues 

may be included on the Florida Division of Forestry 

website. 

Dendrology (100 points) 

• Twenty (20) specimens from the following list will 

be displayed for contestants to identify by common 

names. Each specimen will be designated by a number. 

Specimens may include cut samples, potted samples, or 

standing trees located within 50 feet of the Dendrology 

site. 

• Time: Each contestant will be allowed thirty (30) 

minutes to complete this session. 

• Scoring: Five (5) points will be given for each specimen 

that is correctly identified for a maximum of onehundred 

(100) points. 

• Approved Dendrology list: 

1. American Beech – Fagus grandifolia 

2. American Elm – Ulmus americana 

3. American Holly – Illex opaca 

4. Bald Cypress – Taxodium distichum 

5. Black Cherry – Prunus serotina 

6. Carolina Ash – Fraxinus caroliniana 

7. Common Persimmon – Diospyros virginiana 

8. Eastern Hophornbeam – Ostrya virginiana 

9. American Hornbeam – Carpinus caroliniana 

10. Eastern Redbud – Cercis canadensis 


11. Flowering Dogwood – Cornus florida 

12. Laurel Oak – Quercus laurifolia 

13. Live Oak – Quercus virginiana 

14. Loblolly Bay – Gordonia lasianthus 

15. Loblolly Pine – Pinus taeda 

16. Longleaf Pine – Pinus palustris 

17. Mockernut Hickory – Carya tomentosa 

18. Pignut Hickory – Carya glabra 

19. Post Oak – Quercus stellata 

20. Red Maple – Acer rubrum 

21. Red Mulberry – Morus rubra 

22. Sand Pine – Pinus clausa 

23. Sassafras – Sassafras albidum 

24. Shumard Oak – Quercus shumardii 

25. Slash Pine – Pinus elliottii 

26. Southern Catalpa – Catalpa bignonioides 

27. Southern Magnolia – Magnolia grandiflora 

28. Southern Redcedar – Juniperus solicicola 

29. Sugarberry – Celtis laevigata 

30. Swamp Tupelo – Nyssa sylvatica var. biflora 

31. Sweetbay – Magnolia virginiana 

32. Sweetgum – Liquidambar styraciflua 

33. Sycamore – Platanus occidentalis 

34. Turkey Oak – Quercus laevis 

35. Water Hickory – Carya aquatica 

36. Water Oak – Quercus nigra 

37. Waxmyrtle – Myrica cerifera 

38. White Oak – Quercus alba 

39. Winged Elm – Ulmus alata 

40. Yellow Poplar – Liriodendron tulipifera 

Additional Trees for the State Contest: 

41. Black Walnut – Juglans nigra 

42. Carolina Laurelcherry – Prunus caroliniana 

43. Eastern Cottonwood – Populus deltoids 

44. Florida Maple – Acer floridanum 

45. Gum Bumelia – Bumelia lanuginosa 

46. Gumbo Limbo – Bursera simaruba 

47. Pond Apple – Annona glabra 

48. Red Bay – Persea borbonia 

49. Seagrape – Coccoloba uvifera 

50. Spruce Pine – Pinus glabra 

Equipment Identification (100 points) 

• Twenty (20) pieces of equipment from the following list 

will be displayed for contestants to identify by technical 

names. Each piece of equipment will be designated by a 

number. 



200 

• Time: Each contestant will be allowed fifteen (15) 

minutes to complete this session. 

• Scoring: Five (5) points will be given for each piece of 

equipment identified correctly for a total of 100 points. 

1. Backpack Fire Pump 

2. Bark Gauge 

3. Biltmore Stick 

4. Chainsaw 

5. Chainsaw Chaps 

6. Clinometer 

7. Council Fire Rake 

8. Data Recorder 

9. Diameter Tape 

10. Dibble Bar 

11. Dot Grid 

12. Drip Torch 

13. Ear Protectors 

14. Feller-buncher 

15. Fire Weather Kit 

16. Fireflap 

17. Flagging Tape 

18. Global Positioning System 

19. Hand Compass 

20. Hard Hat 

21. Hookeroon 

22. Increment Borer 

23. Knuckle-boom Loader 

24. Log Rule 

25. Logger’s Tape 

26. Mechanical Tree Planter 

27. Peavy Canthook 

28. Planimeter 

29. Pulaski 

30. Relaskop 

31. Rubber Tire Skidder 

32. Safety Glasses 

33. Soil Tube 

34. Spot Gun Applicator 

35. Staff Compass 

36. Steel Tape 

37. Stereoscope 

38. Tally Book 

39. Tally Meter 

40. Tree Caliper 

41. Tree Injector 

42. Tree Marking Gun 

43. Wedge Prism 

44. Wheeler Caliper 


Forest Disorders (100 points) 

Examples of ten (10) or twenty (20) disorders from the 

following list will be displayed for contestants to identify by 

common names. Each specimen representing a disorder will be 

designated by a number. The examples will be presented in one 

or more of the following forms: 

• Actual Samples 

• Pictures/Slides 

• Written description 

• Written case history 

Each contestant will be allowed fifteen (15) minutes to complete 

this practicum session. Five (5) points (for 20 specimens) 

or Ten (10) points (for 10 specimens) will be given for each 

disorder that is correctly identified for a total of 100 points. 

Approved Forest Disorders List: 

1. Air Potato 

2. Ambrosia Beetles 

3. Annosum Root Rot 

4. Aphids 

5. Bagworm 

6. Black Turpentine Beetle 

7. Brown Spot Needle Blight 

8. Butt-Rot of Hardwoods 

9. Catalpa Worm 

10. Cedar-Apple Rust 

11. Cicadas 

12. Cogon Grass 

13. Eastern Gall Rust 

14. Eastern Tent Caterpillar 

15. Fall Webworm 

16. Wood Borers 

17. Fusiform Rust 

18. Gall Wasp 

19. Hardwood Leaf Spots 

20. Heart Rot 

21. Hypoxylon Canker 

22. Ips Engraver Beetles 

23. Japanese Climbing Fern 

24. Juniper Blight 

25. Kudzu 

26. Melaleuca 

27. Mistletoe 

28. Mites 

29. Needle Cast of Pines 

30. Oak Leaf Blister 

31. Pine Coneworms 

32. Pine Needle Rust

33. Pine Sawflies 

34. Pine Scale 

35. Pine Tip Moths 

36. Pine Webworm 

37. Pitch Canker 

38. Psocids 

39. Red Heart of Pine 

40. Reproduction Weevil 

41. Slime Flux 

42. Southern Pine Beetle 

43. Termite Damage 

44. Twig Girdler 

45. Variable Oakleaf Caterpillar 

Timber Cruising For Wood Volume (100 Points) 

Each event location will have either Saw Timber or Pulpwood. 

Participants are advised to be familiar with both applications, 

but only one will appear on the contest. The trees measured at 

the site will represent a partial acre, and students are expected to 

calculate the total volume per acre. 

Timber Cruising for Board Volume (Saw Timber) 

1. Using a Biltmore stick each contestant will measure 

ten (10) pre-numbered trees, on a fractional acre plot, 

for total board foot volume as specified by the Field 

Day Coordinator. The contestant must record the DBH 

(Diameter Breast Height) computed to the nearest inch and 

the merchantable height of each tree, rounded down to the 

nearest ½ log. There will be no cull trees on the contest. 

In the case of a forked tree, students should measure the 

dominant stem. The following minimum diameters and 

log length will be: 

– DBH - 10 inches 

– Top Diameter - 8 inches 

– Height - 16 feet (one log) 

2. Contestants will be allowed fifteen (15) minutes to 

record DBH and height of the trees and an additional 

fifteen (15) minutes to make volume recordings and 

conversions. Volume tables will be provided at the 

contest site. 

3. Three (3) points will be awarded for the correct DBH 

and three (3) points for the correct height. 

4. One (1) point will be allowed if the answer is incorrect 

but within one inch of the DBH or ½ log of the correct 

height. Forty (40) points will be allowed for any answer 

within 10% of the correct total volume. 

5. Ten (10) points will be deducted from the forty points 

for each additional ten percent (plus or minus) from 


the correct measured volume beyond the first ten 

percent. (i.e. 30 points if answer is between 10 and 

20% from the correct answer, 20 points for 20 to 30% 

from the correct answer, etc.) 

Timber Cruising for Cord Volume (Pulpwood) 

1. Using Biltmore Stick each contestant will measure ten 

(10) pre-numbered standing trees, on a fractional acre 

plot, for total cord volume as specified by the Field 

Day Coordinator. The contestant will record the DHB 

(Diameter Breast Height) and merchantable height of each 

tree. The height will be rounded down to the nearest 5 ¼’ 

stick. The DHB will be to the nearest inch. The following 

minimum diameters and log length will be: 

– DBH------------------5 inches 

– Height---------------12 feet 

– Top Diameter------4 inches 

2. Volume tables and the amount of cubic feet per cord will 

be provided for calculation at the contest site. 





three (3) points for the correct height. 

5. One (1) point will be allowed if the answer is incorrect 

but within one inch of the correct DBH or one stick of the 

correct height. Forty (40) points will be allowed for any 

answer within 10% of the correct total volume. 

6. Ten (10) will be deducted from the forty points for each 

additional ten percent (plus or minus) from the correct 

measured volume beyond the first ten percent. (i.e. 30 

points if answer is between 10 and 20% off from the correct 

answer, 20 points for 20 to 30% off from the correct answer, 

etc.) 

Map Interpretation (100 points) 

1. Contestants will be furnished a U.S. geological survey 

topographic map with specific points marked for the 

contestant to identify. The contestant shall know: legal 

description, recognize topographic map symbols, 

understand the meaning of map symbols and size and 

location of forty (40) acres or more in a section. 

2. Examples: 

– What is the legal description of the area boxed? 

– What is the item located at this point? 

– What is the acreage of the area enclosed? 

– In what section is the city if Marshall located? 

– (5) What is the dominant feature in the SW1/4 of S 



202 

13, T 7S, R 13E? 

– What is the distance between point A & B? 

3. Legal descriptions will be written or described according to 

the following examples: 

– NW---------------Northwest 

– T------------------Township 

– SE----------------Southeast 

– R------------------Range 

– S------------------Section (640 acres) 

– ¼-----------------Quarter of a section (160 acres) 

4. Thirty (30) minutes will be allowed for this session. 

5. Ten (10) or 20 questions or problems will be completed. 

6. Ten (10) points (10 questions) or five (5) points (20 

questions) will be awarded for each correct answer. 

Compass and Pacing (100 points) 

1. The contestant will use a hand compass and pacing to 

simulate the determination of the property lines on a tract 

of timber for cruising timber. The compass course will have 

ten (10) marked points. The student will start at any point 

and record the compass azimuth reading and distance to 

the next point. 

2. Students must use the compasses supplied at the contest by 

the event judge. These compasses will be graduated in two 

degree (2º) increments and be attached to wooden stakes. 

3. Thirty (30) minutes will be provided for this session. 

4. A total of 100 points are possible: Ten (10) points for each 

correct numbered site. Five (5) points will be awarded for 

the correct azimuth and five (5) points for correct distance. 

Partial credit will be given with a deduction of one point 

for each two degrees or two feet the participant is off the 

correct answer. 

Scoring 

General Knowledge 100 points 

Dendrology 100 points 

Equipment Identification 100 points 

Forest Disorders 100 points 

Timber Cruising For Wood Volume 100 points 

Map Interpretation or Compass and Pacing 100 points 

TOTAL 600 points 

Tie Breakers 

Ties will be broken by using the scores from the General 

Knowledge test first, then if needed the tree identification, and 

then if still needed the Equipment Identification. 


Awards 

The top three contestants in each of the following areas will be 

given special recognition. 

• General Knowledge/Management 

• Dendrology 

• Equipment Identification 

• Forest Disorders 

• Timber Cruising 

• Alternate Forestry application 






References 





event preparation.s 

• Introduction to Forestry in Florida, Florida Division of 

Forestry 

• Florida Division of Forestry web page, http://www. 

fl-dof.com 

• Choices in Silviculture for American Forests, 1981. 

Society of American Foresters, 5400 Grosvenor Lane, 

Bethesda, Maryland 20814 

• Elementary Forestry, B. McManar Collins and Fred M. 

White, Reston Publishing Company, In., Reston, VA 

• Forestry Handbook, 1984, Edited by Karl Wenger for 

the Society of American Foresters, 5400 Grosvenor 

Lane, Bethesda, Maryland 20814 

• Forests and Forestry, 4th Edition, 1990. David 

A. Anderson, I.I. Holland and Gary L. Rolfe, the 

Interestate Printers Publishers, Inc., Danville, IL 

• Managing Our Natural Resources, 1988 Wm. G. Camp 

& Thomas R. Daugherty, Delmar Publishers, Inc., 

Albany, NY 

• Silvics of Forests of United States, Handbook #271, U.S. 

Forest Service, P.O. Box 2417, 12th and Independence 

Avenue S.W., Washington, DC 20013 

• Textbook of Dendrology, 6th Edition, 1979, W.M. 

Harlow, E.S. Harrar, and F.M. White. McGraw-Hill 

Book Company, NY 

• The U.S. Department of Interior Geological Survey 

Topographic Map Information and Symbols Key, 

Map Distribution, U.S. Geological Survey, Box 25286,

Federal Center, Denver, CO 80223 

• Timber Harvesting, 4th Ed. 1988 American Pulpwood 

Association, The Interstate Printers & Publishers, Inc. 

Danville, IL 

• Equipment References 

• Current Catalog of Forestry Suppliers, Inc., 205 West 

Rankin St., Jackson, MS 39204-0397 

• Other selected references are available from the U.S. 

Forest Service and state forestry agencies. 




204 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

206 

 

 

Compiled for wood cut into 5.25-foot sticks by interpolation from “Volume Tables, Converting Factors, and Other 

Information Applicable to Commercial Timber in the South”, by E.T. Hawes. Tables include bark-top utilization assumed 

to average approximately 5 inches outside bark, varying from 3.8 inches to 6 inches 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 



208 

FORESTRY FIELD DAY 

FUTURE FARMERS OF AMERICA 

Scoring: Five (5) points will be given for each specimen that is correctly identified for a maximum of one-hundred (100) 

points. Four (4) points for the correct common name and one (1) point for the correct scientific name. 

Enter the number that corresponds to the answer you have selected into the boxes to the right of the sample number. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 

10. 

11. 

12. 

13. 

14. 

15. 

16. 

17. 

18. 

19. 

20. 

Sub-totals 

Common 

Name 

Dendrology 

Points Scientific 

Name 

Grand total 

Points 


Name: 


FFA Dist. # 

Team: A or B 

(circle one) 

Score: 

HS or MS 

(Circle one) 

Common Name Scientific Name 

1. American Beech 51. Acer floridanum 

2. American Elm 52. Acer rubrum 

3. American Holly 53. Annona glabra 

4. American Hornbeam 54. Bumelia lanuginose 

5. Bald Cypress 55. Bursera simaruba 

6. Black Cherry 56. Carpinus caroliniana 

7. Black Walnut 57. Carya aquatica 

8. Carolina Ash 58. Carya glabra 

9. Carolina Laurelcherry 59. Carya tomentosa 

10. Common Persimmon 60. Catalpa bignonioides 

11. Eastern Cottonwood 61. Celtis laevigata 

12. Eastern Hophornbeam 62. Cercis canadensis 

13. Eastern Redbud 63. Coccoloba uvifera 

14. Florida Maple 64. Cornus florida 

15. Flowering Dogwood 65. Diospyros virginiana 

16. Gum Bumelia 66. Fagus grandifolia 

17. Gumbo Limbo 67. Fraxinus caroliniana 

18. Laurel Oak 68. Gordonia lasianthus 

19. Live Oak 69. Ilex opaca 

20. Loblolly Bay 70. Juglans nigra 

21. Loblolly Pine 71. Juniperus silicicola 

22. Longleaf Pine 72. Liquidambar styraciflua 

23. Mockernut Hickory 73. Liriodendron tulipifera 

24. Pignut Hickory 74. Magnolia grandiflora 

25. Pond Apple 75. Magnolia virginiana 

26. Post Oak 76. Morus rubra 

27. Red Bay 77. Myrica cerifera 

28. Red Maple 78. Nyssa sylvatica var. biflora 

29. Red Mulberry 79. Ostrya virginiana 

30. Sand Pine 80. Persea borbonia 

31. Sassafras 81. Pinus clausa 

32. Seagrape 82. Pinus elliottii 

33. Shumard Oak 83. Pinus glabra 

34. Slash Pine 84. Pinus palustris 

35. Southern Catalpa 85. Pinus taeda 

36. Southern Magnolia 86. Platanus occidentalis 

37. Southern Redcedar 87. Populus deltoides 

38. Spruce Pine 88. Prunus caroliniana 

39. Sugarberry 89. Prunus serotina 

40. Swamp Tupelo 90. Quercus alba 

41. Sweetbay 91. Quercus laevis 

42. Sweetgum 92. Quercus laurifolia 

43. Sycamore 93. Quercus nigra 

44. Turkey Oak 94. Quercus shumardii 

45. Water Hickory 95. Quercus stellata 

46. Water Oak 96. Quercus virginiana 

47. Waxmyrtle 97. Sassafras albidum 

48. White Oak 98. Taxodium distichum 

49. Winged Elm 99. Ulmus alata 

50. Yellow Poplar 100 Ulmus americana


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


Middle School Horse Evaluation and Selection CDE 

Middle School Horse 

Evaluation and 

Selection CDE 

Purpose 

The Horse Evaluation and Selection Career Development Event 

is designed to stimulate the study of and interest in, equine 

science selection while providing recognition for those who 

have demonstrated skill and competency in this area. 

Eligibility 







210 




Event Format 

3. A state level CDE is held each year with the top 5 teams 

being recognized at the Florida FFA Convention. 

4. The CDE will consist of two parts: placing 4 halter classes 

of four horses and a skill-a-thon event covering basic 

industry information. 

5. Classes will be selected from the following categories: 

6. Two to four Conformation or Halter Classes: Arabian, 

Quarter Horse, Morgan, Tennessee Walkers, Paso Fino, 

Hunters, Appaloosa, Thoroughbred, Buckskin, Paint, 

Saddlebred, POA and Draft Horses. 

7. Skill-a-thon event areas will cover breed identification, 

feed identification, equipment identification, physiological 

part identification, and general equine information. Live 

breeds, authentic tack, and actual feed will be used if 

available. 

8. Participants will be given 15 minutes to judge each class. 

Scoring 

Placing Classes 50 points/class 

Question Classes 50 Points/class 

Skill-a-thon 200 points 

Tie Breakers 










Awards 






References

Horse CDE 







*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321

Questions Skill-a-thon 


95 

71 

47 

23 

*SAMPLE* 

96 

72 

48 

24 

*SAMPLE* 

 

97 

73 

49 

25 

1 

2 

1 1 2 3 4 

98 

74 

50 

26 

2 1 2 3 4 

3 

99 

75 

51 

27 

3 1 2 3 4 

4 

100 

76 

52 

28 

4 1 2 3 4 

5 

77 

53 

29 

5 1 2 3 4 

6 

78 

54 

30 

6 1 2 3 4 

7 

79 

55 

31 

7 1 2 3 4 

8 

80 

56 

32 

8 1 2 3 4 

9 

81 

57 

33 

9 1 2 3 4 

10 

82 

58 

34 

10 1 2 3 4 

11 

83 

59 

35 

12 

84 

60 

36 

13 


*SAMPLE* 

85 

61 

37 

14 

1 1 2 3 4 

86 

62 

38 

15 

2 1 2 3 4 

87 

63 

39 

16 

3 1 2 3 4 

88 

64 

40 

17 

4 1 2 3 4 

89 

65 

41 

18 

5 1 2 3 4 

90 

66 

42 

19 

6 1 2 3 4 

91 

67 

43 

20 

7 1 2 3 4 

92 

68 

44 

21 

8 1 2 3 4 

93 

69 

45 

22 

9 1 2 3 4 

94 

70 

46 

10 1 2 3 4

Middle School Land 


Purpose 

The Land Judging Career Development Event is designed to 

stimulate learning activities related to soils and their best use. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 6, 7 or 8. Each chapter may 

enter one team of four individuals. Only the top three scores 

will be calculated for the team total. 


1. In order to participate in the State Land Judging Contest, 

a team must have first participated in a Soil and Water 

Conservation District CDE and be declared the county 

winner. The site determination of the state event will be 

made by the State Land Judging Committee. 

2. A team may be composed of four members with the top 

three scores representing the chapter score. 

3. Bubble vials, levels, notes and bulletins will not be allowed 

in the contest. 

4. Twenty minutes will be allowed to make the placings on 

each field unless otherwise designated. 

5. It is permissible to carry a small bottle of water to moisten 

soil for making a determination of surface texture, and a 

clipboard may also be used. 

6. Decision of the judges will be final. 

7. Contestants must provide their own pens, pencils, erasers 




Event Format 

Each team member will be required to judge four fields (pits). Each 

site will have an excavation to show soil profile, samples of subsoil 

and topsoil, and stakes or flags to indicate a 100-foot distance for 

estimating slopes. Homesite evaluation will be one of the four sites. 

Scoring 

Land Judging: 

Land Class Factors 33 points 

Recommended Land Treatments 

Homesite: 

30 points 

(varies with site) 

Characteristics 16 points 

Planned Uses and Interpretations 54 points 

Middle School Land Judging CDE 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 





event preparation. Land Judging and Homesite Evaluation in 

Florida. Florida Cooperative Extension Service, University of 

Florida, Gainesville, FL 32611 

• Basic Principles of Soil Science. IFAS Publication. 

• Our Soils and Their Management. Donahue, Follett and 

Tulloch, The Interstate Printers and Publishers, Inc., 

Danville, Illinois 61832. 

• Approved Practices in Soil Conservation. Bosworth 

and Foster, The Interstate Printers and Publishers, Inc., 

Danville Illinois 61832. 

• Land Judging Website: http://landjudging.ifas.ufl.edu/ 


Middle School Livestock Evaluation and Selection CDE 

Middle School 

Livestock Evaluation 

& Selection CDE 

Purpose 

The Livestock Evaluation and Selection Career Development 

Event stimulates learning activities related to the production and 

marketing of cattle and swine. 

Eligibility 






1. The CDE will have one level of competition. The state CDE 

214 

will be held in the spring and each Middle School chapter 

may enter one team of four individuals. 

2. The CDE superintendent will designate questions classes 

and when questions will be given. Contestants should bring 

a clipboard and/or a clean notebook for taking notes. 


Any contestants violating this rule will be disqualified. 

4. No FFA Advisors/Coaches are allowed in the area of the 

contest, but arrangements will be made so that the coaches 

can view the classes. 





7. There will be a 30 minute time limit on the written portion 

of this event. 

Event Format 

1. Participants will be given 12 minutes to judge each 

class. 

2. The State Finals event will consist of the following 

classes: 1 Class of Heifers, 1 Class of Bulls, Two Sets 

of 10 Questions on any of the classes, and 3 Market 

Classes: 1 market lamb/goat class, 1 market steer class, 

and 1 market hog class. 

Scoring 

3. The State event will consist of the following classes: 

– Placing Classes 50 points/class 

– Question Classes 50 Points/class 


– Note: Market Data and/or EPDs will be used if 

available. (i.e. yield & quality grade, or USDA 

grade) 

4. Rotational practicums - will be matching/multiple choice 

• Part identification (from pictures, slides, etc.) 25 points 

• Wholesale cut identification (chart, slides, etc) 25 

points 

• Breed identification (from pictures, slides, etc.) 25 

points 

• Total Points - 375 points 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 






• Modern Livestock and Poultry Production, 7th Edition, 

Delmar, ISBN#0-8273-6733-3 

• Introduction to Livestock and Poultry Production: 

Science & Technology, Interstate, ISBN # 0-8134-3050- 

X

Livestock CDE 





Questions 



*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1 1 2 3 4 

1 1 2 3 4 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

2 1 2 3 4 

2 1 2 3 4 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

3 1 2 3 4 

3 1 2 3 4 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

4 1 2 3 4 

4 1 2 3 4 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

5 1 2 3 4 

5 1 2 3 4 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

6 1 2 3 4 

6 1 2 3 4 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

7 1 2 3 4 

7 1 2 3 4 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

8 1 2 3 4 

8 1 2 3 4 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

9 1 2 3 4 

9 1 2 3 4 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

10 1 2 3 4 

10 1 2 3 4 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321

A Bacon 

B Boston Shoulder 

D Brahman 

E Brangus 

Beef Part ID 

Skill-a-thon 

A Back 

B Brisket 

C Jowl 

D Ham 

A Charolais 

B Chianina 

47 

23 

*SAMPLE* 

C Crops 

D Dewlap 

E Loin 

A Picnic Shoulder 

C Galloway 

D Gelbvieh 

48 

24 

E Fetlock 

A Fore Flank 

 

49 

25 

1 

B Spare Ribs 

Swine Breed ID 

E Hereford 

A Limosin 

B Maine-Anjou 

2 

50 

26 

A Berkshire 

B Chester White 

C Duroc 

D Hampshire 

E Landrace 

A Poland China 

3 

27 

C Pinzgauer 

D Polled Hereford 

B Heart Girth 

C Hind Flank 

D Hip or Hook 

E Hock 

4 

28 

5 

E Red Angus 

A Santa Gertrudis 

A Jaw 

B Knee 

29 

6 

30 

7 

B Yorkshire 

B Shorthorn 

C Simmental 

D Texas Longhorn 

Swine Part ID 

C Loin 

D Muzzle 

31 

E Neck 

A Pastern 

B Pin Bones 

8 

32 

9 

A Back 

B Belly 

C Dewclaw 

33 

C Poll 

D Ribs 

E Round 

10 

34 

11 

D Ear 

E Face 

A Fore Flank 

35 

A Rump 

B Shoulder 

12 

36 

13 

B Fore Rib 

C Ham 

C Switch 

D Tail Head 

37 

14 

38 

D Hock 

E Jowl 

E Twist 

Beef Wholesale Cut ID 

15 

39 

A Knee 

B Loin 

A Brisket 

B Chuck 

16 

40 

17 

C Neck 

D Pastern 

E Rear fl ank 

C Flank 

D Loin 

41 

18 

42 

E Rib 

A Round 

19 

A Rump 

B Shoulder 

43 

B Rump 

Beef Breed ID 

20 

44 

C Snout 

D Stifl e 

21 

A Angus 

B Beefmaster 

45 

E Tail 

Swine Wholesale Cut ID 

22 

C Braford 

46

Middle School Meats 

Evaluation CDE 

Purpose 

The Meats Evaluation Career Development Event is designed 

to stimulate learning activities related to the processing of beef, 

pork and lamb carcasses, including retail cut identification and 

factors affecting meat quality. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grade 6, 7, or 8. Each Middle 




1. Contestants must come prepared to work in a cold storage 

room for over two hours. Participants must bring heavy 

sweaters, coats and other warm clothes, footwear, white lab 

coats, and hard hats. 

2. Frocks, hard hats (NO BUMP CAPS), shirts with sleeves, 

closed toed shoes, and long pants will be worn in all 

processing areas. Clothing and shoes must be clean. 

Official Dress is not required and will not be score for this 

event. 

3. Frocks will not be worn outside the building. Therefore, 

as the contestants assemble for entry into the contest, they 

will keep their frocks folded and then put them on only 

after entering the building. Coaches will not put frocks on 

until they are inside the meat lab. Frocks worn outside will 

not be allowed inside the processing areas. 

4. No jewelry will be allowed in the CDE areas. This includes 

rings, earrings, necklaces, etc. 

5. Hair nets will be worn regardless of hair style or length. 

6. Contestants shall not use any mechanical aid, such 

as a measuring device, etc., in arriving at a decision. 

Contestants may bring notebooks or clipboards with only 

blank paper into the contest. 

7. No tobacco products will be allowed in the Meat 

Processing Center. No food, drinks, or gum will be 

allowed in meat processing areas. 

8. Hands will be washed with an antimicrobial soap after 

visiting the restroom. 



Event Format 

Middle School Meats Evaluation CDE 

1. Contestants will be allowed 10 minutes for each placing 

class . 

2. Contestants and official judges are to make their 

placings and identifications without handling the meat. 

Official grading for the grading classes will be done 

by a representative of the University of Florida Meats 

Laboratory. 

Scoring 

Placing Class- Retail Cuts 50 points 




Meat Identification 240 points 

Multiple Choice Quiz (25 Questions) 100 points 

Carcass Identification Activity 50 Points 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 


sources may be utilized and teachers are encouraged to 

make use of the very best instructional materials available. 

The following list contains references that may prove helpful 

during event preparation. 

• CDE Study Questions 

• The Meat Evaluation Handbook, copies of wall size 

charts of beef, pork and lamb; and a set of full color 

slides of retail meat cuts is available from the National 

Livestock and Meat Board, Literature and Educational 

Services, 36 South Wabash Avenue, Chicago, Illinois 

60603. 

• To obtain Service and Regulatory Announcement 

No. A-53 of US Grades for Beef Carcasses and USDA 



218 

Yield Grades for Beef Marketing Bulletin No. 54, 

write Livestock Division, C & MS, Washington, DC 

20250. Preliminary Yield Grade Ruler is available from 

NASCO, Ft. Atkinson, Wisconsin 53538. 

• Ribeye Grid, Identification No. AS-34, November 1962, 

is available from Iowa State University, Cooperative 

Extension Service, Ames, Iowa 60010. 

• Frocks, Hard Hat, and Related Equipment Sources: 

– PH.--Koch 1-800-456-5624 

– PH.--Hantover 1-800-821-2227 




Retail Cuts Code Sheet with Cookery 


Cooking 


Method 

B B 89 M Beef Brisket Corned Moist 

B B 15 M Beef Brisket Flat Half, Bnls Moist 

B B 10 M Beef Brisket Whole, Bnls Moist 

B C 26 M Beef Chuck 7-bone Pot-Roast Moist 

B C 03 M Beef Chuck Arm Pot-Roast Moist 

B C 04 M Beef Chuck Arm Pot-Roast, Bnls Moist 

B C 06 M Beef Chuck Blade Roast Moist 

B C 13 D/M Beef Chuck Eye Roast, Bnls Dry/Moist 

B C 45 D Beef Chuck Eye Steak, Bnls Dry 

B C 20 M Beef Chuck Mock Tender Roast Moist 

B C 48 M Beef Chuck Mock Tender Steak Moist 

B C 21 D Beef Chuck Petite Tender Dry 

B C 29 D/M Beef Chuck Shoulder Pot Roast (Bnls) Dry/Moist 

B C 58 D Beef Chuck Top Blade Steak (Flat Iron) Dry 

B D 47 D/M Beef Flank Flank Steak Dry/Moist 

B F 49 D Beef Loin Porterhouse Steak Dry 

B F 55 D Beef Loin T-bone Steak Dry 

B F 34 D Beef Loin Tenderloin Roast Dry 

B F 56 D Beef Loin Tenderloin Steak Dry 

B F 59 D Beef Loin Top Loin Steak Dry 

B F 60 D Beef Loin Top Loin Steak, Bnls Dry 

B F 64 D Beef Loin Top Sirloin Cap Steak, Bnls Dry 

B F 63 D Beef Loin 

Top Sirloin Steak, Bnls Cap 

Off Dry 

B F 62 D Beef Loin Top Sirloin Steak, Bnls Dry 

B F 40 D Beef Loin Tri Tip Roast Dry 

B G 28 M Beef Plate Short Ribs Moist 

B G 54 D/M Beef Plate Skirt Steak, Bnls D/M 

B H 22 D Beef Rib Rib Roast Dry 

B H 13 D Beef Rib Ribeye Roast, Bnls Dry 

B H 45 D Beef Rib Ribeye Steak, Bnls Dry 

B H 50 D Beef Rib Ribeye Steak, Lip-On Dry 

B I 08 D/M Beef Round Bottom Round Roast Dry/Moist 

B I 09 D/M Beef Round Bottom Round Rump Roast Dry/Moist 

B I 43 M Beef Round Bottom Round Steak Moist 




220 





Cooking 


Method 

B I 46 D/M Beef Round Eye Round Steak Dry/Moist 

B I 51 M Beef Round Round Steak Moist 

B I 52 M Beef Round Round Steak, Bnls Moist 

B I 36 D/M Beef Round Tip Roast - Cap Off Dry/Moist 

B I 57 D Beef Round Tip Steak - Cap Off Dry 

B I 39 D Beef Round Top Round Roast Dry 

B I 61 D Beef Round Top Round Steak Dry 

B N 82 M Beef Various Beef for Stew Moist 

B N 83 D/M Beef Various Cubed Steak Dry/Moist 

B N 84 D Beef Various Ground Beef Dry 

P E 44 D/M Pork Ham/Leg Pork Fresh Ham Center Slice 

Pork Fresh Ham Rump Por- 

Dry/Moist 

P E 25 D/M Pork Ham/Leg tion 

Pork Fresh Ham Shank Por- 

Dry/Moist 

P E 27 D/M Pork Ham/Leg tion Dry/Moist 

P E 91 D Pork Ham/Leg Smoked Ham, Bnls Dry 

P E 90 D Pork Ham/Leg Smoked Ham, Center Slice Dry 

P E 96 D Pork Ham/Leg Smoked Ham, Rump Portion Dry 

P E 97 D Pork Ham/Leg Smoked Ham, Shank Portion Dry 

P E 35 D Pork Ham/Leg Tip Roast, Bnls Dry 

P E 38 D Pork Ham/Leg Top Roast, Bnls Dry 

P F 05 D/M Pork Loin Back Ribs Dry/Moist 

P F 66 D/M Pork Loin Blade Chops Dry/Moist 

P F 67 D/M Pork Loin Blade Chops, Bnls Dry/Moist 

P F 06 D/M Pork Loin Blade Roast Dry/Moist 

P F 68 D Pork Loin Butterflied Chops Bnls Dry 

P F 11 D Pork Loin Center Loin Roast Dry 

P F 12 D Pork Loin Center Rib Roast Dry 

P F 69 D/M Pork Loin Country Style Ribs Dry/Moist 

P F 70 D Pork Loin Loin Chops Dry 

P F 71 D Pork Loin Rib Chops Dry 

P F 73 D Pork Loin Sirloin Chops Dry 

P F 53 D Pork Loin Sirloin Cutlets Dry 

P F 30 D Pork Loin Sirloin Roast Dry 

P F 93 D Pork Loin Smoked Pork Loin Chop Dry 

P F 95 D Pork Loin Smoked Pork Loin Rib Chop Dry 

P F 34 D Pork Loin Tenderloin, Whole Dry 

P F 74 D Pork Loin Top Loin Chops Dry 

P F 75 D Pork Loin Top Loin Chops, Bnls Dry 

P F 37 D Pork Loin Top Loin Roast, Bnls Dry 






Cooking 


Method 

P J 03 D/M Pork Shoulder Arm Roast Dry/Moist 

P J 41 D/M Pork Shoulder Arm Steak Dry/Moist 

P J 07 D/M Pork Shoulder Blade Boston Roast Dry/Moist 

P J 42 D/M Pork Shoulder Blade Steak Dry/Moist 

P J 94 D/M Pork Shoulder Smoked Picnic, Whole Dry/Moist 

P K 98 D Pork Side Slab Bacon Dry 

P K 99 D Pork Side Sliced Bacon Dry 

P K 17 M Pork Side/Belly Fresh Side Moist 

P L 32 D/M Pork Spareribs Pork Spareribs Dry/Moist 

P N 85 D Pork Various Ground Pork Dry 

P N 86 M Pork Various Hock Moist 

P N 83 D/M Pork Various Pork Cubed Steak Dry/Moist 

P N 87 D Pork Various Pork Sausage Links Dry 

P N 87 D Pork Various Sausage Dry 

P N 92 M Pork Various Smoked Pork Hock Moist 

L A 24 D/M Lamb Breast Ribs (Denver Style) Dry/Moist 

L E 01 D Lamb Leg American Style Roast Dry 

L E 44 D Lamb Leg Center Slice Dry 

L E 16 D Lamb Leg Frenched Style Roast Dry 

L E 18 D Lamb Leg Leg Roast, Bnls Dry 

L E 73 D Lamb Leg Sirloin Chops Dry 

L E 31 D Lamb Leg Sirloin Half Dry 

L F 70 D Lamb Loin Loin Chops Dry 

L F 19 D Lamb Loin Loin Roast Dry 

L H 71 D Lamb Rib Rib Chops Dry 

L H 72 D Lamb Rib Rib Chops Frenched Dry 

L H 22 D Lamb Rib Rib Roast Dry 

L H 23 D Lamb Rib Rib Roast, Frenched Dry 

L J 65 D/M Lamb Shoulder Arm Chops Dry/Moist 

L J 66 D/M Lamb Shoulder Blade Chops Dry/Moist 

L J 33 D/M Lamb Shoulder Square Cut Dry/Moist 

L N 88 M Lamb Various Shank Moist 

B M 76 D/M Beef Variety Heart Dry/Moist 

L M 76 D/M Lamb Variety Heart Dry/Moist 

P M 76 D/M Pork Variety Heart Dry/Moist 

B M 77 D/M Beef Variety Kidney Dry/Moist 

L M 77 D/M Lamb Variety Kidney Dry/Moist 

P M 77 D/M Pork Variety Kidney Dry/Moist 




222 





Cooking 

Species Primal Cut Method Species Primal Retail Cut Method 

L M 78 D/M Lamb Variety Liver Dry/Moist 

P M 78 D/M Pork Variety Liver Dry/Moist 

B M 79 M Beef Variety Oxtail Moist 

B M 80 D/M Beef Variety Tongue Dry/Moist 

L M 80 D/M Lamb Variety Tongue Dry/Moist 

P M 80 D/M Pork Variety Tongue Dry/Moist 

B M 81 M Beef Variety Tripe Moist 


Meats CDE 





Carcass ID 


5 

*SAMPLE* 

6 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 


*SAMPLE* 

 

7 

1 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

2 

8 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

3 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

9 

4 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

10 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

Quiz 

20 

13 

6 

*SAMPLE* 

21 

14 

7 

 

22 

15 

8 

1 

2 

23 

16 

9 

3 

24 

17 

10 

4 

25 

18 

11 

5 

19 

12



B First 

Second 

1 

*SAMPLE* 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

2 


Steak (Bnls) 

Chops 


Style) 



Roast 


Species 

B Beef 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

3 

65 Arm Chop 

66 Blade Chop 

67 Blade Chop 

(Bnls) 


(Bnls) 


Ribs 

70 Loin Chop 

P Pork 

L Lamb 

Primal Cuts 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

4 

28 Short Ribs 


(Bnls) 


A Breast 

B Brisket 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

5 

C Chuck 

D Flank 

E Ham or Leg 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

6 

71 Rib Chop 

72 Rib Chop 

(Frenched) 




(Bnls) 

Variety Meats 

F Loin 

G Plate 

H Rib or Rack 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

7 

I Round 

J Shoulder 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

8 

76 Heart 

77 Kidney 


32 Spareribs 

33 Square Cut 

(Whole) 

34 Tenderloin 

(Whole/Roast) 



Roast 


(Bnls) 


 

L Spareribs 


First 

Second 

B 

 

9 

78 Liver 

79 Oxtail 

80 Tongue 



 

First 

Second 

B 

 

10 

Steaks 

41 Arm Steak 


Retail Cuts 


81 Tripe 

Various Meats 

 


02 Arm Picnic 

First 

Second 

B 

 

11 





Steak 


03 Arm Roast 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

12 



05 Back Ribs 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

13 

86 Hocks 


Pattie 

88 Shank 



Roast (Bnls) 




(Bnls) 


Roast 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

14 

Smoked/Cured 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

15 


91 Ham (Bnls) 

 

92 Hocks 

93 Loin Chop 






Steak 


Steak 


Steak 



(Bnls) 






Steak 





Steak 



(Bnls) 



First 

Second 

B 

 

16 





 

First 

Second 

B 

 

17 

95 Rib Chop 



98 Slab Bacon 



D Dry Heat 

M Moist Heat 


17 Fresh Side 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

18 

19 Loin Roast 


Roast 


22 Rib Roast 

23 Rib Roast 

(Frenched) 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

19 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

20



B First 

Second 

21 

*SAMPLE* 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

22 


Steak (Bnls) 

Chops 


Style) 



Roast 


Species 

B Beef 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

23 

65 Arm Chop 

66 Blade Chop 

67 Blade Chop 

(Bnls) 


(Bnls) 


Ribs 

70 Loin Chop 

P Pork 

L Lamb 

Primal Cuts 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

24 

28 Short Ribs 


(Bnls) 


A Breast 

B Brisket 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

25 

C Chuck 

D Flank 

E Ham or Leg 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

26 

71 Rib Chop 

72 Rib Chop 

(Frenched) 




(Bnls) 

Variety Meats 

F Loin 

G Plate 

H Rib or Rack 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

27 

I Round 

J Shoulder 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

28 

76 Heart 

77 Kidney 


32 Spareribs 

33 Square Cut 

(Whole) 

34 Tenderloin 

(Whole/Roast) 



Roast 


(Bnls) 


 

L Spareribs 


First 

Second 

B 

 

29 

78 Liver 

79 Oxtail 

80 Tongue 



 

First 

Second 

B 

 

30 

Steaks 

41 Arm Steak 


Retail Cuts 


81 Tripe 

Various Meats 

 


02 Arm Picnic 

First 

Second 

B 

 

31 





Steak 


03 Arm Roast 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

32 



05 Back Ribs 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

33 

86 Hocks 


Pattie 

88 Shank 



Roast (Bnls) 




(Bnls) 


Roast 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

34 

Smoked/Cured 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

35 


91 Ham (Bnls) 

 

92 Hocks 

93 Loin Chop 






Steak 


Steak 


Steak 



(Bnls) 






Steak 





Steak 



(Bnls) 



First 

Second 

B 

 

36 





 

First 

Second 

B 

 

37 

95 Rib Chop 



98 Slab Bacon 



D Dry Heat 

M Moist Heat 


17 Fresh Side 


 

First 

Second 

B 

 

38 

19 Loin Roast 


Roast 


22 Rib Roast 

23 Rib Roast 

(Frenched) 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

39 

 

First 

Second 

B 

 

40

Middle School Nursery and Landscape CDE 

Middle School 

Nursery and 

Landscape CDE 

Purpose 

The Nursery and Landscape Career Development Event is 

designed to stimulate learning activities related to nursery 

practices and landscaping including the identification of plants, 

insects, and diseases. 

Eligibility 






1. Contestants should bring a clipboard and #2 pencils. 

226 









Event Format 

Written Exam 

A written exam of 35 questions will cover three of the following 

areas each year, in addition to general horticulture: 


• Plant use 

• Business 


• Grades and standards for nursery stock 

Live Practicums 

Two of the three live practicum’s will be a part of the event as 

described below: 

• Measuring Nursery Stock (100 points) 

• Landscape Interpretations (100 points) 

• Landscape Drawing (100 points - written) 

• Pruning (100 points) 

• Plan Layout (100 points – written) 


• Job Evaluation (100 points) 

• Landscape management (100 points) 

Problem Solving Practicums 

Two of the following problem solving practicums will be part 

of the event as described below. The situation will be presented 

and the student will answer questions in a multiple choice 

format. 

• Handling a hazardous situation (100 points – written) 

• Identifying and controlling plant disorders (100 points 

– written) 

• Customer assistance (100 points – written) 

• Equipment maintenance (100 points – written) 


Each student will demonstrate their ability to properly identify 

plants, pests and tools related to the nursery industry. The 

identification portion of this event will include 30 plants, 15 

pests, and 15 tools. 

Scoring 

35 Question Knowledge Test 350 points 



Plant, Pest & Tool Identification 600 points 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 





Florida FFA Foundation.

References 


















of Agriculture & Consumer Services Department of 

Agricultural Water Policy, Tallahassee, Fla. 850-617- 

1700 or www.floridaagwaterpolicy.com 

• http://www.floridaagwaterpolicy.com/PDF/Bmps/ 

Bmp_FloridaContainerNurseries2007.pdf 


Protection of Water Resources in Florida by the Green 

Industries, 2008. Florida Department of Environmental 

Protection Nonpoint Source Management Section, 850- 

245-7508. www.dep.state.fl.us, http://fyn.ifas.ufl.edu/ 

pdf/GIBMP_Manual_WEB_2_17_11.pdf 

• American Standard for Nursery Stock. ANSI 

Z60.1–2004, copyright 2004 ISBN 1-890148-06-7. 

American Nursery and Landscape Association at 202- 

789-2900, www.anla.org and click on ‘publications’. 

http://www.anla.org/applications/Documents/Docs/ 

ANLAStandard2004.pdf 

Middle School Nursery and Landscape CDE 







Job Evaluation 

Handling a Hazardous Situation 

Written Exam 

13 

*SAMPLE* 

5 

*SAMPLE* 

11 

*SAMPLE* 

14 

6 

12 

 

 

 

15 

1 

7 

1 

13 

1 

2 

2 

2 

16 

8 

14 

3 

3 

3 

17 

9 

15 

4 

4 

4 

18 

10 

16 

5 

5 

19 

17 

6 

Customer Assistance 

6 

20 

18 

7 

5 

*SAMPLE* 

7 

21 

19 

8 

6 

8 

22 

20 

9 

 

7 

1 

9 

23 

10 

2 

8 

10 

24 

11 

3 

25 

9 

12 

4 

10

Pruning 

11 

*SAMPLE* 

12 

 

13 

1 

2 

14 

3 

15 

4 

16 

5 

17 

6 

18 

7 

19 

8 

20 

9 

10

E Juniperus horizontalis Creeping Juniper 

A Juniperus virginiana Southern Red Cedar 


A Abelia x grandifl ora Glossy Abelia 

Plant ID 

B Lagerstroemia indica Crape Myrtle 

C Ligustrum japonicum Japanese Privet 

B Acalypha wilkesiana Copperleaf 

C Acca sellowiana Pineapple Guava / Feijoa 

16 

D Liquidambar styracifl ua Sweetgum 

E Liriope muscari Liriope 

D Acer rubrum Red Maple 

E Ajuga reptans Bugleweed 

*SAMPLE* 

17 

A Magnolia grandifl ora Southern Magnolia 

B Mangifera indica Mango 

A Allamanda cathartica Allamanda 

B Antirrhinum majus Snapdragon 

 

18 

1 

C Melaleuca viminalis Weeping Bottlebrush 

D Muhlenbergia capillaris Muhly Grass 

C Betula nigra River Birch 

D Bismarckia nobilis Bismark Palm 

2 

19 

E Myrica cerifera Wax Myrtle 

A Nandina domestica ‘Firepower’ Dwarf Nandina 

E Bougainvillea spp. Bougainvillea 

A Breynia disticha Snowbush 

3 

20 

B Nerium oleander Oleander 

C Paspalum notatum Bahiagrass 

B Buxus microphylla Boxwood 

C Caladium x hortulanum Caladium 

4 

21 

D Pelargonium x hortorum Geranium 

E Pennisetum ruppelia Fountain Grass 

D Camellia japonica Common camellia 

E Cercis Canadensis Eastern Redbud 

5 

22 

A Philodendron scandens oxycardium Heartleaf Philodendron 

B Phoenix canariensis Canary Island Date Palm 

A Chamaerops humilis European Fan Palm 

B Chrysalidocarpus lutescens Areca Palm 

6 

23 

C Pinus elliottii Slash Pine 

D Pittosporum tobira Japanese Pittosporum 

C Chrysobalanus icaco Cocoplum 

D Chrysophyllum oliviforme Satinleaf 

7 

24 

E Plantanus occidentalis Sycamore 

A Plumbago auriculata Plumbago 

E Coccoloba uvifera Sea Grape 

A Codiaeum variegatum Croton 

8 

25 

B Plumeria rubra Frangipani 

C Podocarpus macrophyllus Yew Podocarpus 

B Conocarpus erectus var. sericeus Silver Buttonwood 

C Cornus fl orida Flowering Dogwood 

9 

26 

D Pyracantha coccinea Red Firethorn 

E Quercus virginana Live Oak 

D Cuphea hyssopifolia False Heather 

E Cupressocyparis leylandii Leyland Cypress 

10 

27 

A Raphiolepis indica Indian Hawthorne 

B Rhapis excelsa Lady Palm 

11 

A Cycas spp. Sago Palm 

B Cynodon dactylon Bermuda Grass 

28 

C Rhododendron spp. Azalea 

D Sabal palmetto Cabbage Palm 

12 

C Cyrtomium falcatum Holly Fern 

D Eremochloa ophiuroides Centipedegrass 

29 

E Serenoa repens Saw Palmetto 

A Spiraea cantoniensis Bridal Wreath Spirea 

13 

E Eriobotrya japonica Loquat 

A Euphorbia milii Crown of Thorns 

30 

B Stenotaphrum secundatum St. Augustine Grass 

C Swietenia mahagoni Mahogany 

14 

B Ficus benjamina Benjamin Fig 

C Ficus elastica ‘Decora’ Indian Rubber Plant 

15 

D Syagrus romanzoffi ana Queen Palm 

E Tagetes spp. Marigold 

D Gardenia augusta Gardenia 

E Gelsenium sempervirens Carolina Yellow Jasmine 

A Taxodium distichum Bald Cypress 

B Tibouchina urvilleana Princess Flower 

A Gordonia lasianthus Loblolly Bay 

B Hemerocallis spp. Day Lily 

C Trachelosperum asiaticum Asian Jasmine 

D Trachelosperum jasminoides Confederate Jasmine 

C Hibiscus rosa-sinensis Hibiscus 

D Hydrangea quercifolia Oakleaf Hydrangea 

E Tripsacum fl oridana Dwarf Fakahatchee Grass 

A Tulbaghia violacea Society Garlic 

E Ilex cornuta ‘Burfordii Nana’ Dwarf Burford Holly 

A Ilex cornuta ‘Rotunda’ Rotunda Holly 

B Ulmus parvifolia ‘Drake’ Drake Elm 

C Verbena x hybrida Verbena 

B Ilex crenata Japanese Holly 

C Ilex vomitoria ‘Nana’ Dwarf Yaupon Holly 

D Viburnum odoratissimum Sweet Viburnum 

E Viburnum suspensum Sandankwa Viburnum 

D Ilex x attenuate ‘East Palatka’ East Palatka Holly 

E Illicium parvifl orum Ocala Anise 

A Vinca major Periwinkle 

B Washingtonia robusta Washington Palm 

A Illicium fl oridanum Florida Anise 

B Juniperus chinensis ‘Torulosa’ Hollywood Juniper 

C Wisteria sinesis Chinese Wisteria 

D Zamia pumila Coontie 

C Juniperus conferta Blue Pacifi c Juniper 

D Juniperus davurica ‘Parsonii’ Parsoni Juniper 

E Zoysia spp. Zoysiagrass

B Spider Mite Insect 

C Spittle Bug Insect 

C Black widow spider Insect 

D Brown recluse spider Insect 

Pest and Tool ID Pest or Disorder Category 

A Assassin Bug Benefi cial 

D Stink Bug Insect 

E Tea Scale Insect 

E Chinch Bug Insect 

A Cicada Insect 

B Lace Wing Benefi cial 

C Lady Beetle Benefi cial 

16 

A Thorn Bug Insect 

B Thrips Insect 

B Cottony Cushion Scale Insect 

C Earwig Insect 

D Parasitic Wasp Benefi cial 

E Praying Mantid Benefi cial 

*SAMPLE* 

17 

C Twig Girdler Insect 

D Wax Scale Insect 

D Eastern Tent Caterpillar Insect 

E Fall Webworm Insect 

A Azalea Petal Blight Disease 

B Black Spot of Rose Disease 

 

18 

1 

E White Fly Insect 

A White Grub Insect 

A Florida Red Scale Insect 

B Grasshopper Insect 

C Cercospora Leaf Spot Disease 

D Dollar Spot of Turf Disease 

2 

19 

B Frost Damage Physiological 

C Iron Defi ciency Physiological 

C Katydid Insect 

D Lacebug Insect 

E Fairy Ring Disease 

A Galls Disease 

3 

20 

D Magnesium Defi ciency Physiological 

E Nitrogen Defi ciency Physiological 

E Leaf Hopper Insect 

A Leafminer Insect 

B Ganoderma Butt Rot Disease 

C Gray Leaf Spot Disease 

4 

21 

A Sunburn Physiological 

B Air Potato Vine Weed 

B Leaf-footed Plant Bug Insect 

C Mealybug Insect 

D Mushroom Root Rot Disease 

E Oakleaf Blister Disease 

5 

22 

C Dollar Weed Weed 

D Mistletoe Weed 

D Mole Cricket Insect 

E Oleander Caterpillar Insect 

A Poinsettia Scab Disease 

B Rust Disease 

6 

23 

E Nutsedge Weed 

A Poison Ivy Weed 

A Palmetto Weevil Insect 

B Root Knot Nematode Insect 

C Sooty Mold Disease 

D Stem Canker of Roses Disease 

7 

24 

B Spurge Weed 

C Virginia Creeper Weed 

C Snails or Slugs Insect 

D Snow Scale Insect 

8 

E Aphid Insect 

A Bagworm Insect 

25 

D Wood Sorrel Weed 

E Sod Webworm Insect 

A Soft Brown Scale Insect 

B Black Scale Insect 

9 

26 

10 

A Safety goggles 

B Sand 

A Mulches 

B Nematode assay kit 

E Garden rake 

A Gas mask 

Tool 

27 

A 2-cycle oil 

B Anvil-and-blade pruner 

11 

C Scoop shovel 

D Shade fabric 

C Nursery containers 

D Oscillating sprinkler 

B Grafting band 

C Grafting tool 

28 

C Architects scale 

D Back back sprayer 

12 

E Sharpening stone 

A Siphon proportioner 

E Peat moss 

A Perlite 

D Granular fertilizer 

E Grass shears 

29 

E Ball cart (B&B truck) 

A Bench grinder 

13 

B Soaker hose 

C Soil sampling tube 

B pH tester 

C Pitchfork 

A Gravity (drop) spreader 

B Grease gun 

30 

B Bow saw 

14 

D Solenoid valve 

E Spark plug gap gauge 

D Pole pruner 

E Polyethylene fi lm 

C Hearing protection 

D Hedge shears 

Broadcast (cyclone) 

spreader 

C 

15 

A Sphagnum moss 

B Spray suit 

E Hoe 

A Hook-and-blade pruners 

D Burlap 

E Chain saw 

C String trimmer 

D Tape measure 

A Polyethylene pipe 

B Pony shovel 

C Pop-up irrigation head 

D Power blower 

B Hose-end repair fi tting 

C Hose-end sprayer 

A Chaps 

B Compressed air sprayer 

E Thatch rake 

A Tie down straps 

E Propagation mat 

A Pruning saw 

D Hose-end washer 

E Hose repair coupling 

C Drip emitter, irrigation 

D Dust mask 

B Timeclock 

C Topsoil 

D Tree caliper 

E Tree sling 

A Tree wrap 

B T-square 

C Vermiculite 

D Verticut mower 

E Water breaker 

PVC (polyvinylchloride) 

pipe 

B 

A Impulse sprinkler 

B Inverted paint marker 

C Rain gear 

D Rain sensor 

E Edger 

A Edging 

B Emergency Triangles 

C Landscape fabric (mulch) 

D Leaf rake 

E Reel mower 

A Resin-coated fertilizer 

C Engineers scale 

D Erosion netting 

E Loppers 

A Measuring wheel 

B Respirator 

C Rope caribiners 

E Fertilizer label 

A Fertilizer tablet 

B Metric sockets 

C Mist nozzle (mist bed) 

D Rotary mower 

E Rototiller 

D Mower blade balancer 

E MSDS sheet 

B First aid kit 

C Frost cloth 

D Galvanized pipe

Middle School Opening and Closing Ceremonies CDE 

Middle School 

Opening and Closing 

Ceremony CDE 

Purpose 

The Opening and Closing Ceremony CDE is designed to 

develop agricultural leadership by providing for middle school 

members participation in public speaking activities and 

stimulating interest in leadership and citizenship. 

Eligibility 

The participants must be members of a chartered Florida FFA 

Association chapter in grades 6, 7, or 8. The group can be the 

chapter’s officer team or a group of members as selected by the 

chapter. 


1. At each level, a CDE coordinator and three judges will be 

232 

in charge of this event. 

2. It is recommended that individuals be selected to check for 

accuracy during the event at all levels. 

3. Each participant must be in official dress. Official dress 

will be scored on each team member, and the average team 

official dress score will be added to the final score for their 

presentation to determine the winner. 

Event Format 


and state competition. Each chapter may only enter one 

team at the sub-district level with the sub-district winners 

advancing to the district competition. The district winners 

are then eligible to compete in the state contest. 

2. The event officials will randomly determine the 

competition order. The program chairman shall introduce 

each chapter by name and order of drawing. Applause 

shall be withheld until all participants have competed. 



They will score each chapter on the delivery, according to 

the score sheet provided. 

4. The team will perform the opening and closing statement 

as per the Official FFA Manual. 

5. Only the six constitutional officers and advisor portion will 

participate. All parts will be performed by team members 

(NO ADVISORS WILL PARTICIPATE WITH THEIR 

TEAM – their part will be performed by a student.) 

6. The officer team (any or all members of the team are 


allowed to help in the set-up, as long as the sentinel is one 

of them. Advisors are not allowed to aid in set-up) will be 

responsible for placing station markers and chairs around 

the room as per the attached design. A maximum of five 

minutes will be allotted for set-up. 

7. The teams shall make no other items of business or 

transitional statements between the opening and closing 

ceremony. 

8. National FFA Station Markers will be provided by the CDE 

Host. Teams must use the station markers provided. Team 

will not be permitted to use their own station markers. 

9. Each student on the team will answer one question at the 

end of their presentation. The questions will be based on 

the roles, responsibilities and duties of officers as listed in 

the Official FFA Manual. 

Scoring 







Tie Breakers 

At discretion of the CDE Coordinator. 

Awards 






References 

• Official FFA Manual

Official FFA Ceremonies Script 

1. Ceremonies emphasize the purpose of meetings, the duties 

of officers and the significance of recognition given to 

individuals. 

2. All official FFA ceremonies are to be memorized, rehearsed 

and conducted with pride and dignity. A “walk-through” in 

the room where the meeting, banquet or special function 

is to be held will ensure a smooth performance if proper 

physical arrangements are complete and all parties know 

their responsibilities and speaking assignments. Never 

forget that you and your chapter are on display. Your 

performance should reflect sincerity and leadership. 

3. Use correct terminology according to gender. For example, 

use “madam president” in addressing a female president. 

Often it is possible to replace gender specific terms with 

non-sexist language, i.e. Mary Smith presiding; Fred Jones 

presiding. 

Opening Ceremony 

Opening the Meeting (When the time set for the opening of the 

meeting arrives, the president, after quietly arranging for any 

necessary officer substitutions, rises, raps for attention, secures 

order, and proceeds as indicated below. The other officers rise 

as called upon by the vice president, and remain standing until 

seated by the president.) 

President: “The (meeting room, banquet hall, etc.) will come to 

order. We are now holding a meeting of the (chapter, district, 

etc.) FFA (chapter, district, etc.) 

Mr./Mdm. Vice President, are all officers at their stations?” 

Vice President: (Rising and facing the president) “I shall call the 

roll of officers, determine if they are at their stations and report 

back to you, Mr./Mdm. President.” 

Vice President: (Calling roll of officers) “The sentinel.” 

Sentinel: “Stationed by the door.” 

Vice President: “Your duties there?” 

Sentinel: “Through this door pass many friends of the FFA. It is 

my duty to see that the door is open to our friends at all times 

and that they are welcome. I care for the meeting room and 

paraphernalia. I strive to keep the room comfortable and assist 

the president in maintaining order.” 


Vice President: “The reporter.” 

Reporter: “The reporter is stationed by the flag.” 

Vice President: “Why by the flag?” 

Reporter: “As the flag covers the United States of America, so 

I strive to inform the people in order that every man, woman 

and child may know that the FFA is a national organization that 

reaches from the state of Alaska to Puerto Rico and from the 

state of Maine to Hawaii.” 

Vice President: “The treasurer.” 

Treasurer: “Stationed at the emblem of Washington.” 


Treasurer: “I keep a record of receipts and disbursements just as 

Washington kept his farm accounts—carefully and accurately. 

I encourage thrift among the members and strive to build up 

our financial standing through savings and investments. George 

Washington was better able to serve his country because he was 

financially independent.” 

Vice President: “The secretary.” 

Secretary: “Stationed by the ear of corn.” 


Secretary: “I keep an accurate record of all meetings and 

correspond with other secretaries wherever corn is grown and 

FFA members meet.” 

Vice President: “The advisor.” 

Advisor: “Here by the owl.” 

Vice President: “Why stationed by the owl?” 

Advisor: “The owl is a time-honored emblem of knowledge 

and wisdom. Being older than the rest of you, I am asked to 

advise you from time to time, as the need arises. I hope that my 

advice will always be based on true knowledge and ripened with 

wisdom. 



“Mr./Mdm. Vice President, why do you keep a plow at your 

station?” 

Vice President: “The plow is the symbol of labor and tillage 

of the soil. Without labor, neither knowledge nor wisdom can 

accomplish much. My duties require me to assist at all times in 

directing the work of our organization. I preside over meetings 

in the absence of our president, whose place is beneath the 

rising sun.” 

Advisor: “Why is the president so stationed?” 

Vice President: “The rising sun is the token of a new era in 

agriculture. If we will follow the leadership of our president, 

we shall be led out of the darkness of selfishness and into the 

glorious sunlight of brotherhood and cooperation. Mr./Mdm. 

President, all officers are at their stations. 

President: (Rises and faces the vice president) “Thank you, 

Mr./Mdm. Vice President.” (All take seats at tap of gavel.) “The 

secretary will call the roll of members.” 

Secretary: “There are .......... members and ............ guests present, 

Mr./Mdm. President.” 

President: “Thank you. FFA members, why are we here?” (All 

members stand at 3 taps of gavel.) 

All members in unison: “To practice brotherhood, honor 

agricultural opportunities and responsibilities, and develop 

those qualities of leadership which an FFA member should 

possess.” (All are seated at 1 tap of gavel.) 

President: “May we accomplish our purposes. I now declare this 

meeting of the (chapter, district, etc) FFA (chapter, district, etc) 

duly opened for the transaction of business, or attention to any 

matters which may properly be presented.” 

(Proceed with the regular order of business) 

Closing Ceremony 

When the business at hand has been disposed of or an appointed 

time for closing has arrived, the procedure is as indicated below. 

President: “Mr./Mdm. Secretary, do you have a record of any 

further business which should now be transacted?” 

Secretary: (Rises, replies and is seated.) “I have none, Mr./Mdm. 

234 


President.” 

President: “Does any member know of any new or unfinished 

business which should properly come before this meeting?” (If 

no answer, proceed as follows.) 

“We are about to adjourn this meeting of the (chapter, district, 

etc.) FFA .(chapter, district, etc.) 

As we mingle with others, let us be diligent in labor, just in our 

dealings, courteous to everyone, and, above all, honest and fair 

in the game of life. Fellow members and guests, join me in a 

salute to our flag.” 

(Taps three times with gavel to call members to stand, face the 

flag at the reporter’s station, and with their right hands over 

their hearts, repeat the following pledge.) 

All in unison: “I pledge allegiance to the Flag of the United 

States of America and to the Republic for which it stands, one 

Nation under God, indivisible, with liberty and justice for all.” 

President: “I now declare this meeting adjourned.” (Taps once 

with gavel and the meeting is adjourned.) 

(The secretary may call the complete roll if necessary and report 

on that basis. However, it is a time-consuming procedure for 

a local chapter when all members’ names are in the Secretary’s 

book where they can be quickly consulted and checked 

beforehand.)

Official Meeting Room Set Up 

An organized meeting room will set the proper stage for 

conducting chapter business. The correct room arrangement for 

a meeting is diagrammed below. 

The Flag should be placed at the Reporter’s station. The CDE 

Host should place the flag at the beginning of the CDE. The flag 

should not be moved in between teams. 

The Sentinel should be stationed by the door that the team 

enters, no matter the location. 

Reporter 

Treasurer 

President 

Vice President 

Secretary 

Advisor 

Sentinel (Stationed at the door) 




236 



OPENING AND CLOSING CEREMONIES 

CAREER DEVELOPMENT EVENT 

SCORESHEET 

Points Earned Per Team 

Points 

Possible 

Scoring Category Team 1 Team 2 Team 3 Team 4 Team 5 Team 6 

70 Room Set-Up (10 points per station marker) 

350 Performance of Officer Parts (50 points per part. 

Five point deduction for each word missed, etc.) 

President - 50 points 

Vice President - 50 points 

Secretary - 50 points 

Treasurer - 50 points 

Reporter - 50 points 

Sentinel - 50 points 

Advisor - 50 points 

35 Appearance and Style of Delivery 

50 Voice and Inflection of Team 

25 Poise of Presiding Officer 

70 Questions (One questions per officer; 10 points 

per question) 

600 Total Team Scores

Middle School 

Ornamental 

Horticulture 


Purpose 

The Horticulture Demonstration Contests are designed to 

stimulate careful planning, thorough knowledge and the ability 

to explain, by work and action, the “how and why” of various 

horticulture practices. 

Eligibility 


FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 6, 7, or 8. 





2. The contests will be held in two rounds. Area level contests 

will be held to determine the top two demonstrations in 

each CDE division. These teams will then complete in the 

state level event. 

3. Any team or individual that has received the state award in 

a previous Demonstration CDE Category Division is not 

eligible for further competition in that category. 

4. Contestants in this CDE may participate as individuals or 

as a team of two. 

5. A Chapter may enter one or more of the divisions. All 

CDE divisions will be conducted simultaneously. However, 

each chapter may only enter one team in each CDE 

division. 

6. Demonstrators must bring all of the equipment and 

materials needed for the demonstration. 


contest, and will be scored accordingly. The individual 

participant official dress score or the average official dress 

score for teams will be added to the final demonstration 

score to determine the winners. 

Event Format 

1. Contestants will be limited to a maximum of ten 

minutes and a minimum of seven minutes for the actual 

demonstration. A time limit of three minutes will be 

allocated for judges to ask questions. A set up time of five 

minutes will be enforced for all demonstrations. One point 

Middle School Ornamental Horticulture Demonstration CDE 

will be deducted for each 30 seconds over-time or undertime 

and a maximum of 5 points may be deducted for time 

infractions. 

2. Judges will provide a brief critique for individual 

demonstrations at the conclusion of the CDE if the team 

so desires. Participants shall not present any items to 

the judges as gifts or souvenirs at any time during the 

event. The only exception is an item created as part of the 

demonstration that is intended for human consumption. 

In that situation, participants may, but are not required, to 

present a small sample to the judges to be consumed at the 

event and in the allotted demonstration time. 

3. The top demonstration in each of the five divisions will be 

the state winning demonstration in that division. 

4. Demonstrations will be divided into five divisions: 

5. Production - Any practice that has to do with growing 

vegetables, fruits, nuts, flowers, ornamental and foliage 

plants and turfs. Those practices concerned with 

maintaining or replenishing the productive capacity of the 

soils also fall into this category. 

– Marketing - Operations in preparing vegetables, 

edible tree nuts, fruits, flowers and ornamental 

plants for market; to a buyer, or for storage, and 

in preparing for and exhibiting these horticulture 

crops. Marketing strategies must be included. 

– Consumer Use - Preparing vegetables and/or nuts 

for use, canning, freezing, or dehydration. 

– Artistic Arrangement Of Horticulture Crops - The 

use of flowers and other horticultural crops in 

arrangements, corsages and plaques. Material used 

may be live or dried. Weeds and native materials 

may be used. Artificial plants and flowers may 

not be used. The making and use of dish gardens, 

terrariums and planters are included in this class. 

The end product should not be edible. 

– Landscaping - Any practice that has to do with 

arrangement, establishments and maintenance of 

flowers, ornamental and foliage plants and turf 

around or within the home, business, or public 

grounds. (Demonstrations on growing landscaping 

materials should be entered in production 

divisions. Cut flower arrangements should be 

entered in Artistic Arrangement of Horticulture 

Crops Division). 

Scoring 









Tie Breakers 

At discretion of CDE Coordinator. 

Awards 






References 

238 


Chapter: 

Name(s): 

Title of Demonstration: 

Starting time:________ 

Finish time:__________ 

Elapse time:_________ 

1. Demonstrator 15 

Voice - words clear and well chosen 5 

Appearance - neat and proper for the 

job 5 

Suitable posture and action 5 

2. Subject Matter 30 

Brief introduction giving practical 

value of the topic and gaining interest. 5 

Accurate, up-to-date and complete 

information. 12 

Accurate answers to questions. 10 

Sources of information. 3 

3. Presentation 40 

Arrangement and use of equipment. 10 

Organization of subject matter 10 

Demonstration materials - neat and 

clear. 5 

Ability to work easily and efficiently. 10 

Summary statement 5 

4. Results 

Was the purpose of the demonstration 

15 

accomplished? 5 


 

Possible 

Score 

Was it a "show-how" demonstration? 10 


Official Dress 

(individual or average of team) 50 

Time Deduction (If necessary) One 

point deduction for each 30 seconds 

over or under time for a maximum 

deduction of 5 points. -5 

TOTAL POSSIBLE (150) 150 

Actual 

Score 

Excellent Good Fair 


Middle School Parliamentary Procedure CDE 

Middle School 

Parliamentary 

Procedure CDE 

Purpose 

To encourage students to learn to effectively participate in a business 

meeting and to assist in the development of their leadership skills. 


1. Team Make-up – A team representing a chapter will consist 

240 

of six members. No alternates will be permitted. 

2. The event is open to one team per chapter. 

3. The event will have four phases: written examination, a 10minute 

team presentation of parliamentary procedure, oral 

questions following the presentation, and minutes prepared 

by the team secretary in consultation with the team chair. 

4. The advisor shall not consult with the team after beginning 

the event. 

5. Official FFA dress is highly recommended for participation 

in the parliamentary procedure career development event. 

Official FFA dress will be scored for each participant and 

the average team score will be added to the total team score 

for the CDE to determine the winners. 

Event Format 

Each participant must bring a minimum of two sharpened No. 

2 pencils. All other materials are to be furnished by the CDE 

coordinator or host site. Teams may use their own gavel if they 

so desire. 

Presentation (750 points) 

1. Rounds - The CDE will be held at the sub-district level, 

with the winning team advancing to the district CDE. The 

winning district team will advance to the state preliminary 

round. The preliminary round will have two sections. Each 

section shall be made up of no more than six teams. The 

top two teams from each section will advance to the final 

round (a total of four teams). 

2. Seeding Process - Teams will be placed into preliminary 

and semi-final rounds based on a procedure determined by 

the official(s) in charge of the event. 

• Preliminary Rounds - two sessions of six teams each 

• Finals Round - One round of four teams, top two from 

each flight 

3. Item of Business - Each team will address a local chapter 

item of business, which would normally be a part of a 


chapter’s Program of Activities (e.g., Food for America, 

PALS, GLOBAL, fundraisers, recreation, etc.) Consult the 

Official FFA Manual and Student Handbook for specific 

activities. The motion will be specific and must be moved 

as an original main motion as it is written on the card. 

4. Event Card - The event officials will select two subsidiary, 

two incidental, and one privileged motion or a motion 

that brings a question again before the assembly from the 

list of permissible motions. These motions will be on an 

index card and one will be randomly assigned to each team 

member, except the chair. All teams in each section will 

be assigned the same motions. Team members will have 

one minute to review the main motion, the motions to 

be demonstrated, and to identify his/her motion (which 

may be noted by bolding, underlining or highlighting). 

Members may refer to the card throughout the 

presentation, but may not confer during the one-minute 

time period or during the demonstration. 

Sample Card 

Main Motion: 

I move to sell citrus as a fundraiser. 

Required Motions: 

Lay on the Table 

Amend 

Suspend the Rules 

Appeal 

Adjourn 

5. Opening the Demonstration - The team demonstrating 

shall assume that a regular chapter meeting is in progress 

and new business is being handled on the agenda. The 

chair shall tap the gavel once to signify the end of the 

previous item of business, then start the presentation by 

saying, “Is there any new business that should be presented 

at this time?” A team member will then move the main 

motion as written on the card. 

6. Original Main Motion - The event official will assign the 

original main motion on an index card. This is to be the 

first item of business presented. All teams in each section 

will use the same main motion. 

7. Individual Member Recognition - A member may speak 



award points accordingly for both the debate and the


8. Individual Member Recognition - A member may speak 



award points accordingly for both the debate and the 


9. Number of Motions - There shall be no limitation to the 

number of subsidiary, incidental, or privileged motions 

demonstrated by the team. However, the team must 

demonstrate the two subsidiary, two incidental, and one 

privileged motion designated by the officials in charge. 

The team may use more than one main motion as long as 

it pertains to the assigned main motion. While acceptable, 

this practice is strongly discouraged. 

10. Using a Motion Twice - A member’s required motion 

will not be counted as an additional motion for another 

member. The person who makes the assigned main motion 

will be given credit for an additional motion (10 pts). If an 

alternative main motion is used, the member will NOT be 

given credit for an additional motion. 

11. Debate - The top three debates per member will be 

tabulated in the presentation score (45 points maximum). 

No more than two debates per member per motion will be 

tabulated. 

12. Time Limit and Deductions - A team shall be allowed 

10 minutes and 30 seconds in which to demonstrate 

knowledge of parliamentary law. A deduction of 2 points/ 

second for every second over 10:30 will be assessed. 

(Example: 10:35 = 10 point deduction.) A timekeeper 

will furnish the time used by each team at the close of the 

event. 

13. Disqualification - Any assistance given to a team member 

from any source other than the career development event 

officials will be sufficient cause to eliminate the team from 

the career development event. Team members may have no 

contact with individuals other than team members from 

the time the event begins (when placed in a holding room) 

until the team has completed its participation in the event. 

Oral Questions (90 points) 

Individual Questions – 90 points (6 x 15 points) 

The team members (not including the chair) will be asked a 

planned question, which may include 1-3 parts, relating to their 

assigned motion. No one may step forward to help another 

member answer their individual question. The Chair will be 

asked a question relating to presiding, debate, assigning the 

floor, or other general parliamentary procedures. No additional 

(clarification or general) questions from the judges will be asked. 


Presentation Minutes (45 points) 

Each team will have a secretary take minutes of the presentation. 

A possible score of 45 points will be allowed for the minutes. 

Pencil and paper will be supplied to take notes during the 

presentation. If paper and pencil are not present it is the 

secretary’s responsibility to request these items from the judges 

or event officials. Following the presentation, the secretary, in 

consultation with the president, will have 20 minutes to prepare 

the official minutes. Notes taken by the secretary during the 

presentation must be turned in with the official copy of the 

minutes on Form 1. (The lowest possible score for the section 

is zero (0).) Event officials shall use Form 3 to score the official 


1. Use the example of proper minutes as illustrated in the 

Official FFA Secretary’s Book and/or outlined in Robert’s 

Rules of Order Newly Revised. 

2. A dictionary will be permitted for writing the official 


3. The minutes will begin by recording the first item of 

business presented. Opening ceremonies and other 

preliminary information will not be used. Example: “It was 

moved by John Smith and seconded to start the Food for 

America program during the month of April.” 

4. The chair and the secretary may consult in preparing the 

official minutes of the presentation. A total of 20 minutes 

will be allowed to prepare the minutes. 

5. A judge will read, review, and grade the official minutes 

of the presentation after completion of each round of the 

event. The scores will be provided to the presentation 

judges for use in computing final scores. 

Written Test (150 points) 

A written test will consist of 25 objective-type multiple choice 

questions covering basic parliamentary law and information 

pertaining to minutes. Thirty minutes will be allowed to 

complete the test. Each participant may score a maximum of 

25 points. The score of the six-team members will be used to 

compute the total team score in each round. 

Scoring 

Guidelines for Scoring Discussion 

1. It is essential that each judge observes and maintains 

consistent criteria in scoring discussions for the duration of 

the event. 

2. Judges must overlook personal opinions and beliefs and 

score discussion in an unbiased manner. All discussion 

should be scored at the time it is delivered. 



242 

3. Characteristics of effective discussion include a) 

completeness of thought, b) logical reasoning, c) clear 

statement of speaker’s position, d) conviction of delivery, 

and e) concise and effective statement of debate. A 

suggested grading scale is as follows: Excellent = 13-15 

points, Good = 9-12 points, Average = 6-8 points and Poor 

= 0-5 points 

4. An excellent discussion would be characterized by a truly 

stirring delivery and brilliant in terms of information 

provided and/or suggestions for action offered. Poor debate 

would be characterized by a lack of effective delivery, poor 

grammar, reasoning and substance. An example of poor 

debate might be: “I think this is a good idea.” 

5. Most debate generally falls in the range of 6-15 points. An 

example of debate might be: “I am in favor of this idea. 

I think this is a very significant motion which should be 

adopted for the following reasons (new, informative and 

logically related). I encourage you to vote in favor of this 

motion.” Each debate should have a logical conclusion. 

Good debate would be characterized by effective delivery, 

substance, creative and visionary thought delivered in a 

convincing and compelling manner. 

6. Each time a participant in the presentation properly 

debates any motion, they may earn a score. However, an 

individual may never earn more than 60 discussion points 

in a given presentation. Furthermore, no more than 15 

points may be earned during one recognition by the chair. 

7. The top four debates per member will be tabulated in the 

presentation score. No more than two debates per member 

per motion will be tabulated. 

Guidelines for Scoring the Chair 

1. Ability to preside: state motions correctly, follow rules 

of debate, keep members informed, put motions to a 

vote, announce results of vote, use of gavel, awareness of 

business on the floor. (80 points) A suggested grading 

scale is as follows: Excellent = 71-80 points, Good = 61-70 

points, Average = 51-60 points, Poor = 0-50 points 

2. Leadership – stage presence, poise, self-confidence, 

politeness and voice. (20 points) A suggested grading scale 

is as follows: Excellent = 16–20 points, Good = 11–15 

points, Average = 6–10 points, Poor = 0–5 points 

Guidelines for Scoring Team Effect 

1. Conclusions reached by the team – Main motion was well 

analyzed which may include: Who, What, When, Where, 

How. (40 points) 

2. Team Use of Debate – degree to which debate was 


convincing, logical, realistic, orderly and efficient, germane 

and free from repetition. (40 points) 

3. Team Presence – voice, poise, expression, grammar, 

gestures and professionalism. (40 points) 

Permissable Motions 

Required motions will be assigned from the following list of 

motions: 

Sub-district, District Levels 

• Assigned Motions 

• Adjourn 

• Amend 





• Point of Order 




Optional Motions (will not be assigned, but may be used) 




• Recess 


State Level (Any of these abilities may be assigned at this level) 

• Adjourn 

• Amend 






• Point of Order 





• Recess 



Note: Only those abilities listed under the event level will be 

assigned by the CDE coordinator. One additional motion 

per member will be scored. A team may choose any of the

emaining abilities listed above as their additional motions or to 

facilitate completion of the assigned abilities. 

Tie Breakers 

Tiebreakers for teams will be the: 

1. total presentation score 

2. team’s average score on the written test 

3. total score for oral questions 

Awards 






References 





event preparation. The official texts will be: 

• Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised (latest edition) 

• Dunbar’s Manual of Parliamentary Procedure Test 

Questions (by Shane D. Dunbar) 

• Parliamentary Procedure Oral Questions (by Shane D. 

Dunbar) 

• Parliamentary Procedure Judging Guide (by Shane D. 

Dunbar & James J. Connors) 

Additional references may include FFA New Horizons magazine, 

the Official FFA Manual, the FFA Student Handbook and the 

Official Chapter Secretary’s Book. 




Chart of Permissible Motions 

244 

Motion 


Second 

Required 

Debatable Amendable 

Vote 

Required 

Reconsider 

Privileged Motions 

Fix the Time to Which to Adjourn Yes No Yes Majority Yes 

Adjourn Yes No No Majority No 

Recess Yes No Yes Majority No 

Raise a Question of Privilege 

Subsidiary Motions 

No No No Chair Grants No 

Lay on the Table Yes No No Majority Neg only (3) 

Postpone to a Certain Time (or Definitely) Yes Yes Yes Majority Yes 

Commit or Refer Yes Yes Yes Majority Yes 

Amend Yes Yes (1) Yes Majority Yes 

Postpone Indefinitely Yes Yes No Majority Affirm. Only 

Main Motion 

Incidental Motions 

Yes Yes Yes Majority Yes 

Appeal Yes Yes (1) No Majority Yes 

Division of the Assembly No No No No vote, demand No 

Parliamentary Inquiry No No No Chair answers No 

Point of Order No No No Chair rules No 

Suspend the Rules Yes No No (2) No 

(1) If applied to a debatable motion, (2) Rules of Order – 2/3 vote, standing rules - majority vote, (3) Refer to Robert’s Rules of Order Newly Revised (10th edition) for rule(s), (4) Refer to CDE rule #9 before using 

these motions in the demonstration 

Scoring 

Phase 

1. Written Test (average of 6 members scores) .............................................................. 150 

Breakdown 

of Points 

2. Presentation .............................................................. 595 

A. Total of 5 members on the floor ...................375 pts. 

1. Required motion ...............20/motion = 100 pts. 

2. Additional motion .............10/member = 50 pts. 

3. Debates (max. of 3 debates @ 15 pts. each) 45/member = 225 pts. 

4. Chair .......................................................100 pts. 

a. Ability to preside ...............................80 pts. 

b. Leadership .........................................20 pts. 

B. Teams’ General Effect ....................................120 pts. 

1. Conclusions Reached by Team ........................40 

(Main motion was well analyzed, What, When, Where, Who, How was answered) 

2. Team Effect ......................................................40 

(Convincing, logical, realistic, orderly and efficient, germane and free from repetition) 

3. Team’s voice, poise, expression .......................40 

(Voice: Volume, enunciation, pitch, pace, grammar; Poise: Confidence, professional, eye contact; 

Expression: Conviction, gestures) 

3. Oral Questions ........................................................ 90 

Total for members’ questions (6 x 15 pts) ........................90 

NOTE: No additional clarification questions will be asked of Middle School students. 

4. Minutes of Presentation ......................................... 45 

1. Completeness and Accuracy .......................................15 

2. Format 15 

3. Grammar, style, legibility ............................................15 

5. Deductions 

1. Deductions for parliamentary mistakes ...................... 5-20 pts/minor mistake 

2. Deductions for omitting assigned motion ................... 50 

3. Deductions for going overtime .................................... 2 pts./second over 10:30 

TOTAL ............................................................................................................................ 872 

Section 

Points 

Total 

Points




246 


Individual 

Questions Total 

15 pts/ 90 pts/ 

person person 

10 pts/ 

person 

Total 

Disc. Pts. Additional Motion 

Discussion (45 pts. max./member, 15 pts. max./item, top 3 debates scored/member) 

Excellent = 13-15 pts., Good = 9-12 pts., Average = 6-8 pts., Poor = 3-5 pts) 

20 Pts./ 

Person Main PP Indef. Amend Refer PP Def. Bring Back 

Participant Required Motion 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

Chair 

Questions (15 pts.) 

Points Leadership (20 pts.) 

Points 

Tactful, sensitive, firm, understanding, good voice, 

proper pace 

Ability to Preside (80 pts.) 

State motions correctly, follow rules of debate, 

keep members informed, put motions to a vote, 

announce results of vote, use of gavel, awareness 

of business on the floor 


Chair 





Conclusions (40 pts.) Points Discussion (40 pts.) 

Points Team Voice (40 pts.) 

Points 

Voice: Volume, enunciation, pitch, pace, 

Convincing, logical, realistic, orderly and efficient, 

grammar 

germane and free from repetition 

Poise: Confidence, professional, eye contact 

Expression: Conviction, gestures 





Main motion was well analyzed, 

What, When, Where, Who, How was answered 

Team 

Effect 



Sum of all 6 individual exam scores (150 pts.; up to 25 pts/exam) 

Exam 

Minutes taken from minutes scorecard (45 pts) 

Minutes 

Omitting assigned motion - 50 pts. 

Deductions 

(List mistakes 

5-20 

pts./mistake 

Deduction for overtime: -2 pts./second after 10:30 

Time 

Total Deductions 

Team Score 

Notes

FORM 3 


PARLIAMENTARY PROCEDURE CAREER DEVELOPMENT EVENT 

TABULATION SHEET FOR SCORING MINUTES 

Chapter: Team No.: 

District: Sub-District: 

Tabulation Sheet for Scoring Minutes 


Scoring Criteria 

Completeness and accuracy 

Points possible Points Earned 

• Minutes accurately reflect all business transacted during 

demonstration 

• 

• 

Kind of meeting (regular) 

Name of chapter 

15 

• Date and time of meeting 

• President and Secretary were present? 

• Minutes of the previous meeting read? 

Format of Minutes 

• Separate paragraph for all items 

• All main motions (including those withdrawn) 

• All secondary motions (including those lost) 

• All points of order and appeals 

15 

• Name of person making motion 

• Name of seconder NOT included 

• Vote count for motions requiring a 2/3 vote 

• Signed by the President and Secretary 

Grammar, Style, & Legibility 

• Complete sentences 

• 

• 

Correct spelling [deduction of 1 pt/error] 

Correct punctuation [deduction 1 pt/error] 

15 

• Legibility/Clarity 


Comments: 



248 

Official Minutes 

Florida FFA Parliamentary Procedure CDE 

Chapter: Date: 

District: Sub-District: Place: 

Chair’s Signature: Secretary’s Signature: 

Add Additional Pages if Needed 


Middle School 


Purpose 

The Poultry Career Development Event stimulates learning 

related to the production, processing, marketing and 

consumption of poultry products. 

Eligibility 






1. Contestants will report for instructions to the CDE 

superintendent at the time and place shown in the current 

year’s date sheet. 





Event Format 

1. Ten (10) minutes will be allowed contestants for 

completing each class. 

2. The live poultry will be Single Comb White Leghorns or a 

commercial strain of Leghorn-type (inbred cross) birds. 

3. There will be two production classes of hens with four 

birds each to be judged on past production. The birds may 

have beaks and/or combs trimmed. 

4. Contestants will be permitted to handle live bird classes. 

Some type of identification will be used to identify each 

bird. 

5. There will be one class of 10 ready-to-cook broilers, two 

to six pounds, hung from shackles to be graded according 

to quality. Grades are A, B and C. Pinfeathers, filoplumes 

(hair) and discoloration will not be considered in grading. 

6. Contestants are not to handle the dressed birds or the eggs 

graded for exterior quality. Shackles of dressed birds may 

be turned by contestants to show entire carcass. 

7. There will be two classes of 20 white market eggs. One 

class is to be graded for interior quality (candled) only: 

these eggs must be handled. One class is to be graded for 

exterior quality only. The eggs in the class to be graded for 

exterior quality are not to be handled. They will be laid 

horizontally and decisions will be based on visible portions 

Middle School Poultry CDE 

only. 

8. The ready-to cook and egg classes will be graded in 

accordance with the criteria of the “Poultry Science 

Manual” referenced. 

9. There will be one class of 10 carcass parts for identification. 

10. There will be a written exam consisting of 50 multiple 

choice questions for a total score of 100 points for the Sr. 

Division teams. The Junior Division teams will answer 

only the first 15 questions of the exam. 

Scoring 

Placing Classes - Live Birds 50 points per class 

Ready to Cook Broilers 100 points 

Interior Egg Quality 100 points 

Exterior Egg Quality 100 points 

Parts Identification 100 points 

Management Exam 60 points 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 






The questions for the exam will be based on the subject matter 

in “Poultry Science Manual for the National FFA Career 

Development Events” #0418-5, 5th edition, 2005, Instructional 

Materials Service, Texas A&M University. 



250 


EXTERIOR EGG QUALITY 






Egg Grade 

Egg 

Number A B Dirty Deduction Number A 

1 1 

2 2 

3 3 

4 4 

5 5 

6 6 

7 7 

8 8 

9 9 

10 10 

11 11 

12 12 

13 13 

14 14 

15 15 

16 16 

17 17 

18 18 

19 19 

20 20 

Total 

For exterior eggs, 2 points will be deducted when the separation line between 

grade "A" and "B" is crossed. When the line between "B" grade and "Dirty" is 

crossed, 3 points will be deducted. Five points will be deducted if a contestant 

fails to enter a grade for and egg, or enters more than one grade for the same 

egg. Perfect score is 100 points. 


E 

For exterior eggs, 2 po 

grade "A" and "B" is cr 

crossed, 3 points will b 

fails to enter a grade fo 

egg. Perfect score is 1


252 



Team Number: ______________ Individual Number: ___________ Team Number: ____ 


Bird Grade 

Bird 

Number AA A B Inedible Deduction Number AA 

1 1 


INTERIOR EGG QUALITY (CANDLED) 

2 2 

3 3 

4 4 

5 5 

6 6 

7 7 

8 8 

9 9 

10 10 

11 11 

12 12 

13 13 

14 14 

15 15 

16 16 

17 17 

18 18 

19 19 

20 20 

Total 

For interior eggs (candled), 1 point will be deducted for each grade separation 

line crossed, except when the line between "B" grade and "Inedible" is 

crossed; then 3 points will be deducted. Five points will be deducted if a 

contestant fails to enter a grade for an egg, or enters more than one grade for 

the same egg. Perfect score is 100 points. 

INTER 

For interior eggs (can 

line crossed, except w 

crossed; then 3 point 

contestant fails to ent 

the same egg. Perfe

READY-TO-COOK 





Directions: For each bird, mark the grade which you observed. Directions: For each b 

Bird Grade 

Bird 

Number A B C Deduction Number A 

1 1 

2 2 

3 3 

4 4 

5 5 

6 6 

7 7 

8 8 

9 9 

10 10 

Total 

For ready-to-cook, a 5 point deduction will be made for each grade separation line 

crossed. Ten (10) points will be deducted if a contestant fails to enter a grade for 

a bird, or enters more than one grade for a bird. Perfect score is 100 points. 

For ready-to-cook, a 5 

crossed. Ten (10) poin 

a bird, or enters more 



254 

Contestant Name Contestant Name 

Chapter Name Contestant Number 

Team Number Individual Number _________ Team Number 

Directions: For each carcass part, mark the part name, which you identified. Directions: For each carc 

Part Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Deduction Part Name 

Breast Quarter Breast Quarter 

Breast, Split w/ribs Breast, Split w/ribs 

Breast, Whole Breast, Whole 

Breast, Whole 



PARTS IDENTIFICATION 

Breast, Whole 


Breast, Whole w/ribs Breast, Whole w/ribs 

Drumette Drumette 

Drumstick Drumstick 

Gizzard Gizzard 

Heart Heart 

Leg Leg 

Leq Quarter Leq Quarter 

Liver Liver 

Neck Neck 

Tenderloin Tenderloin 

Thigh Thigh 

Thigh, Boneless/skinless Thigh, Boneless/skinless 

Wing Wing 

Wing Portion Wing Portion 

For each part, a 10 point deducation will be made for an incorrect identification. 

Perfect score is 100 points. 

For each part, a 10 point 

Perfect score is 100 poin

Middle School 

Prepared Public 


Purpose 

The Prepared Public Speaking Career Development Event is 

designed to develop agricultural leadership by providing for 

member participation in agricultural public speaking activities 

and stimulating interest in leadership and citizenship. 

Eligibility 


Florida FFA Chapter and enrolled in grades 6, 7, or 8. Only one 

member per chapter may be eligible to compete. Participant can 







2. Each participant’s manuscript will be the result of his or 

her own efforts. It is expected that the participant will take 

advantage of all available training facilities at his or her 

local school in developing his or her speaking ability. Facts 

and working data may be secured from any source but 

must be appropriately documented. 

3. A participant shall be in official dress as defined in the 

current Official FFA Manual. 

4. Three competent and impartial persons will be selected 

to judge the event. At least one judge should have an 

agricultural background. 

Event Format 


and state level competitions. Each chapter may enter one 

participant at the sub-district level with each sub-district 

forwarding their winners on to the district contest. The 12 

district winners are then eligible to compete in the state 

contest. 

2. Participants may choose any current subject for their 

speeches that is of an agricultural character (nature), which 

may include agriscience and technology, agribusiness, 

agrimarketing, international agricultural relations 

and agricultural communications. Official judges 

shall disqualify a participant if he or she speaks on a 

nonagricultural subject. 

Middle School Prepared Public Speaking CDE 




4. Participants will submit the following materials: 

– Three double-spaced typewritten copies of 

the speech on 8 1/2” x 11” white paper with 

cover that gives the speech title, participant’s 

name, state and date. The format should use 1” 

margins, 10 characters per inch, 12 font size, 

Times New Roman or Arial fonts, and follow 

the APA (American Psychological Association) 

manual. Do not bind or place in folders, special 

binders or covers. Place a staple in upper-left 

corner. See manuscript score sheet for specific 

point distributions related to the content and 

composition of the manuscript. Manuscripts not 

meeting these guidelines will be penalized. 

– Manuscripts at the sub-district and district levels 

are due to the CDE coordinator one week prior 

to the event. State level participants must submit 

seven copies of their manuscripts by the date listed 

on the Official FFA Calendar. Failure to meet these 

deadlines will result in disqualification. 

– A complete and accurate bibliography used in 

writing the speech. All participants should give 

credit to others where any direct quotes, phrases or 

special dates are used in the manuscript, in order 

not to be quality of plagiarism. A bibliography 

MUST be included as part of the public speaker’s 

manuscript, and direct quotes from any source of 

information must be marked in “quotes” on the 

manuscript and be identified in the bibliography. 

Failure to do so will automatically disqualify a 

participant. This applies to all events above the 

local level. (Factual information pertaining to 

agriculture is available from the United States 

Department of Agriculture, Washington, DC 

20250; state colleges, research centers and /or 

experiment stations; or the Superintendent of 

Documents, US Government Printing Office, 

Washington, DC 20402) 

– Failure to submit a manuscript will result in 

disqualification from the event. 

5. Each speech shall be a minimum of four (4) minutes 

in length and a maximum of six (6) minutes. Each 

participant will be allowed five minutes additional time in 

which he or she will be asked questions relating to his or 

her speech. Participants will be penalized one point per 



256 

second on each judge’s score sheet for being under four 

minutes or over six minutes. No time warnings will be 

given. 

6. The speaking order will be randomly determined by 

event officials. The program chairman shall introduce 

each participant by name and in order of drawing. A 

participant will be permitted to use notes while speaking, 

but deductions in scoring may be made for this practice if 

it detracts from the effectiveness of the presentation. No 

props are to be used. Applause shall be withheld until all 

participants have spoken. 


used by each participant in delivering his or her speech, 

noting undertime or overtime, if any, for which deductions 

will be made. 


different sections of the room in which the event is 

held. They will score each participant on the delivery of 




containing two or more should be avoided. Judges will 

score each participant on the ability to answer all questions 

asked by all judges. The full five minutes for questions 


Scoring 





will total the score on delivery and response to questions 

for each participant. The composition score and the 

timekeepers’ record will be used in computing the final 

score for each participant. The judges’ score sheets will 

then be submitted to event officials to determine final 

ratings of participants. 







Tie Breakers 

In case of a tie, that individual who has the highest grand total 

score shall have higher rating. 

Awards 







References 

• Agnes, M. (2003). Plagiarism. In Webster’s new world 

dictionary 4th Ed. New York: Pocket Books. 

• Kapoun, Jim. Teaching undergrads WEB evaluation: A 

guide for library instruction. C&RL News (July/August 

1998): 522-523. Retrieved July 15, 2007 from http:// 

www.library.cornell.edu/olinuris/ref/webcrit.html 

• Publication Manual of the American Psychological 

Association, 5th Ed. (2001) Washington D.C.: 

American Psychological Association 

• The Owl at Purdue University. Is it Plagiarism yet? 

Retrieved July 15, 2007 from http://owl.english.purdue. 

edu/owl/resource/589/02/ 

• The Owl at Purdue University. APA formatting and 

style guide. Retrieved July 15, 2007 from http://owl. 

english.purdue.edu/owl/resource/560/01/



Prepared Public Speaking CDE Manuscript Rubric – 200 points 


200 



present 


is present 


present 


5-4 3-2 1-0 

Manuscript Content 

100 


Topic is important and appropriate 50 points 

Topic is current or a strong Topic is dated or some Topic is irrelevant for the 

Current topic of interest 


involvement in the topic is 


involvement has been 

times or unrelated to 

personal involvement. 

X5 

expressed. 

expressed. 

Topic is relevant and Topic addresses an issue Topic addresses an issue Topic addresses an issue that 

within the scope of 

identified subjects in the 

facing the industry of 

agriculture. 

that may show some 

relationship to the 

is unrelated to the industry 

of agriculture. 

X5 

CDE guide 

industry of agriculture. 

Suitability of materials used 50 points 

Validity of resources 


reputable sources. 


questionable sources. 


unreliable sources. x5 

Accuracy of content 

Manuscript reflects accurate 

statements from resources. 

Manuscript reflects some 

misinterpretation of 

resource materials. 

Manuscript does not reflect 

accurate statements based on 

the resources provided. 

x5 


Manuscript Composition 

100 


Organization and development of content 

Clearly organized and 

40 points 

Logical order and unity of 

thought 

concise by remaining on 

target; completely focused 

with obvious construction 

and strong introduction, 

body and conclusion layout. 

Good organization with 

few statements out of 

place or lacking in clear 

construction. 

Little to no organization is 

present; sometimes awkward 


x4 

Accomplishment of 

purpose 

The style chosen has 

obviously been well 

thought out based on the 

specific audience. 

Most language is 

appropriate for the 

intended audience. 

Some language used might 

be confusing for some 

audiences. 

x4 

Grammatical accuracy 35 points 

Spelling/grammar 

(sentence structure, verb 

agreement, etc.) 

Manuscript written 


extremely high quality with 

2 or less errors in the 

document. 

Spelling and grammar 

are adequate with 3-5 

errors in the document. 


less than adequate with 6 or 

more errors in the document. X7 

according to event format 

rule #1 

Double-spaced on 8½" x 

5 points 0 points 25 points 

11" white bond paper 

12 

12 

point 

point 

Times 

Arial or 

New 

sans 

Roman 

serif 

or font Arial Font 

1" margins in the body of 

the paper 

Cover page with speech 

title, participant's name, 

state and year 

x1 

x1 

APA style for references 

and bibliography 

X3 


Grand Total Points 




Indicators 

Oral Communication 

A. Examples 

B. Speaking 

without 

hesitation 

C. Tone 

D. Being detail 

oriented 

258 



present 

5-4 



Examples are original, 



hesitation. 

Never has the need for 




Speaks at the right pace to 

be clear. 



apparent. 

Is able to stay fully detail 

oriented. 

Always provides details 

which support the issue; is 


Speaker uses power of 

E. Command presentation to engage and 

of Audience captivate the audience with the 

message of the speech. 

Exemplary in connecting facts 

and issues and articulating how 

they impact the issue locally and 

globally. 

F. Connect and 

Possesses a strong 

articulate facts 


and issues 

to effectively articulate 



issues. 

Non-verbal Communication 

Eye contact constantly used as an 

effective connection. 

A. Attention Constantly looks at the 

(eye contact) entire audience (90-100% of 

the time). 

B. Mannerisms 

C. Gestures 

D. Well-poised 



No nervous habits. 


effective. 

Hand motions are expressive 



Great posture (confident) 



Poised and in control at all 

times. 

Prepared Public Speaking CDE Presentation Rubric – 500 points 



3-2 

Examples are usually concrete, 

sometimes needs clarification. 

Examples are effective, but 


thought. 

Speaks articulately, but sometimes 

hesitates. 

Occasionally has the need for 




consistent. 

Speaks at the right pace most 

of the time, but shows some 

nervousness. 



vague. 

Is mostly good at being detail 

oriented. 

Usually provides details 




Speaker presents speech as mere 

repeating of facts and speech 

comes across as a report 

Sufficient in connecting facts and 



globally. 

Possesses a good knowledge 

base and is able to, for the 





consistent. 

Mostly looks around the 


time). 


mannerisms that pull from the 

presentation. 

Sometimes exhibits nervous 



Hands are sometimes used to 


Occasionally slumps; 

sometimes negative body 

language. 


Poised and in control most of 

the time; rarely loses 

composure. 


present 

1-0 



Examples are sometimes 

confusing, leaving the 

listeners with questions. 


hesitates. 

Frequently hesitates or has 


speaking. 


appropriate tone. 

Pace is too fast; nervous. 



unclear. 

Has difficulty being detail 

oriented. 

Sometimes overlooks details 

that could be very beneficial 

to the issue; lacks 

organization. 

Speaker bores the audience with 

lack of enthusiasm and power to 

deliver the speech. 



how they impact the issue locally 

and globally. 

Possesses some knowledge 

base but is unable to 






speaker. 

Occasionally looks at 

someone or some groups 

(less than 50% of the time). 

Have mannerisms that pull from 

the effectiveness of the 

presentation. 

Displays some nervous 


ticks. 


effectively. 

Hands are not used to 

emphasize talking points; 

hand motions are sometimes 

distracting. 

Lacks positive body 



Sometimes seems to lose 

composure. 

TOTAL 

Points 

Earned 


x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 

x 10 


300 possible 

points 

200 possible 

points

Indicators 

Response to Questions 

A. Speaking 

unrehearsed 

(question and 

answer) 

B. Demonstrates 

knowledge of 

topic 



Prepared Public Speaking CDE Response to Questions Rubric – 300 points 


present 

5-4 


and ease. 

Is able to speak quickly with 

organized thoughts and 


Answer shows thorough 

knowledge of the subject of the 

speech. 

Supports answer with strong 

evidence. 


3-2 


comfort and ease, but sometimes 


Is able to speak effectively, has 

to stop and think, and sometimes 


Answer shows some knowledge of 

the subject. 

Some evidence, but lacking in 

strength. 


1-0 



unrehearsed. 

Seems to ramble or speaks 


Answer shows little knowledge of 

the subject. 

Evidence is lacking to 

support the answer. 

TOTAL 

Points 

Earned 



x 10 

x 50 

300 possible 

points 



260 



National FFA Prepared Public Speaking CDE Official Scorecard 

A. Verbal Communication Skills (from rubric) - 300 possible points 

Use of examples 

Speaking without 

hesitation 

50 

50 

Tone 50 

Being detailed 

oriented 

Command of 

audience 

Connecting and 


and issues 

50 

50 

50 

B. Non-verbal Communication Skills (from rubric) - 200 possible points 

Attention 

(eye contact) 

50 

Mannerisms 50 

Gestures 50 

Well poised 50 

C. Response to Questions (from rubric) - 300 possible points 

Speaking 

unrehearsed 

50 

Command of 

questions 

250 

Subtotal points 800 

Less time 

deductions 

Provided by 

room 

coordinator 

Net communication skills 

score 

Manuscript 

200 

Score 

Net Total 

Points 

1000 

Participant Ranking 

Maximum Points 










Participant 8:

Middle School Tool 

Identification CDE 

Purpose 

The Tool Identification Event is designed to develop the ability 

to correctly identify the names and uses of a variety of tools 

common to the Agricultural Education Curriculum. 

Eligibility 

The participant must be an active member of a charter Florida 

FFA chapter and enrolled in grades 6, 7, or 8. Each Middle 

School chapter may enter a team of four individuals. Only the 



1. Each participant must have a #2 pencil. 



Event Format 

Identification (80 points – 40 minutes) 

1. Forty (40) tools will be selected from the attached official 

list. 

2. When two sets of tools are used, they shall include the 

same tools. 

3. No tool will be used more than once in the identification 

portion of the contest. 

4. Each participant will be assigned to a tool to begin 

identification. 

5. Each participant will remain at each tool for one minute 

and then progress to the next tool. 

6. No participant will be permitted to go to a tool for a second 

time. 

7. Grading will be done by giving two (2) points for each tool 

correctly identified. 

8. If it is observed that a participant uses the same number on 

his or her paper for more than one identification, neither 

number will be counted as correct thus resulting in a 

penalty for using the same number twice. 

9. Tool Identification may be done by picture or PowerPoint, 

as determined by the CDE Coordinator. 

Knowledge Test (20 points – 40 minutes) 

1. A written test designed to test the knowledge of 

the participant regarding the proper use(s) and/or 

categorization of 20 randomly selected tools from the 

attached official list. 

Middle School Tool Identification CDE 

2. Each participant will be given 40 minutes to complete the 

test. 

Scoring 

Identification 80 points 

Knowledge Test 20 points 

Total 100 points 

Tie Breakers 

At discretion of the CDE Coordinator. 

Awards 






References 






• Official FFA Agricultural Tools Identification Manual 

Copies of the “Official FFA Agricultural Tools and 

Materials Identification Manual” are available from the: 

North Carolina FFA Association 

North Carolina State University 

Box 7607 

Raleigh, NC 27695-7607 

Phone: 919.515.4206 

Fax: 919.515.9060 

Email: jason_davis@ncsu.edu 

• The 16-page booklet contains a clipart image and the 

proper use of all tools and materials included in this 

event. The cost is $1.00 per copy (postage included). 


Middle School Vegetable Identification and Judging CDE 

Middle School 

Vegetable 

Identification and 


Purpose 

The Vegetable Identification and Judging event is designed to 

test skills and knowledge of students in the area of vegetable 

production and management. 

Eligibility 






1. Contestants will report to the CDE coordinator for specific 

264 

instructions and details of the event. 

2. Contestants will be provided Scantron answer sheets. 


Use of a hand lens is encouraged. 



Event Format 

1. Identification of vegetable varieties will be required each 

year, along with seeds and weeds being shown on odd 

number years, and insects will be presented on even 

number years. 

2. Varieties may be shown in either mature or seedling stages. 

3. Four judging classes will be placed based on items of 

quality and other characteristics that a consumer utilizes in 

buying vegetables. 

4. The vegetable specimen plates in each placing class will be 

placed on individual merit. 

5. Each placing class is worth 50 points. 

6. Each specimen to be identified is worth 5 points. 

7. A 15 question multiple choice exam covering general 

knowledge of vegetable production will be given. Each 

question is worth 5 points for a total of 75 points. 

Scoring 

4 Placing Classes 50 points/class 


Kinds & Varieties 5 points/specimen 


Insects (Even years) 5 points/specimen 

Weeds (Odd years) 5 points/specimen 

Seeds (Odd years) 5 points/specimen 

Tie Breakers 









Awards 






References 






• Know Your Vegetables – Varieties and Problems – IFAS 

Publication. (Out of print.) 

• Vegetable Gardening in Florida –1999 – Dr. Jim 

Stephens. 

• Vegetable Production Guide for Florida – IFAS 

Publication (sp 170) – Sonja Tighe, Publisher

Vegetable CDE 







*2105001* 


*2104001* 


*2103001* 


*2102001* 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1234 ` ` 3124 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1243 ` ` 3142 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1324 ` ` 3214 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1342 ` ` 3241 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1423 ` ` 3412 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

1432 ` ` 3421 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2134 ` ` 4123 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2143 ` ` 4132 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2314 ` ` 4213 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2341 ` ` 4231 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2413 ` ` 4312 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

2431 ` ` 4321 

Written Exam 

12 

8 

4 

*2106001* 

13 

9 

5 

 

14 

10 

6 

1 

2 

15 

11 

7 

3

Insects Diseases 

21 

10 

*2108001* 

21 

10 

*2107001* 

22 

11 

22 

11 

 

 

23 

12 

1 

23 

12 

1 

2 

2 

24 

13 

24 

13 

3 

3 

25 

14 

25 

14 

4 

4 

26 

15 

26 

15 

5 

5 

27 

16 

27 

16 

6 

6 

28 

17 

28 

17 

7 

7 

29 

18 

29 

18 

8 

8 

30 

19 

30 

19 

9 

9 

20 

20 

Squash powdery 

D 

mildew 

E Sunscald 

A Tomato bacterial spot 

B Tomato bacterial wilt 

C Magnesium defi ciency 

D Nitrogen defi ciency 

Diseases 

E Squash bug 

A Sweet potato weevil 

B Flea beetle 

C Green Stinkbug 

Insects 

Harmful Insects 

Alternaria leafspot (on 

crucifers) 

D 

E Onion neckrot 

A Onion purple blotch 

B Tomato hornworm 

D Harlequin bug 

A Aphids 

B Pepper bacterial spot 

E Bean rust 

A Cabbage black rot 

Twelve-spotted cucumber 

beetle 

C 

Banded cucumber 

beetle 

B 

Tomato blossom-end 

rot 

C 

Pepper blossom-end 

rot 

C 

B Cabbage soft rot 

C Celery early blight 

C Bean leaf roller 

D Cabbage looper 

D Tomato early blight 

D White grub 

E Wireworm 

Benefi cial Insects 

Imported cabbage 

E 

worm 

A June beetle 

B Leaf-footed plant bug 

E Tomato leaf mold 

D Potassium defi ciency 

E Potato early blight 

D Celery late blight 

E Corn rust 

C Leafhopper 

D Leafminer 

Watermelon mosaic 

virus 

A 

A Potato Rhizoctonia 

B Potato weather fl eck 

A Corn smut 

A Earwig 

B Green garden spider 

E Lesser cornstalk borer 

E Click beetle 


A 

beetle, adult 

Cucumber downy 

mildew 

B 

A 


beetle, larvae 

B 

C Rootknot 

C Ground beetle 

D Honey bee 


adult 

E Lady beetle 

A Praying mantis 


larvae 

B 

C Corn earworm 

D Cutworm 

B Tachnid fl y 

C Tider beetle 

C Mole cricket 

D Pickleworm 

E Fall armyworm 

A Field cricket

Seeds Weeds 

5 

*2110001* 

10 

*2109001* 

6 

11 

 

 

7 

1 

12 

1 

2 

2 

8 

13 

3 

3 

9 

14 

4 

4 

10 

15 

5 

16 

Cypressvine morning 

glory 

E 

Weeds 

B Beggarweed 

6 

17 

A Florida pusley 

B Lambsquarters 

C Nutgrass 

D Pepperweed 

7 

C Bermuda grass 

D Chickweed 

18 

8 

E Common cocklebur 

A Common purslane 

19 

9 

E Pigweed 

20 

Sicklepod (coffeeweed) 

A 

B Common ragweed 

C Crabgrass 

D Curly dock 

D Okra 

E Onion 

A Parsnip 

B Pea, English 

Seeds 

B Asparagus 

C Beans, Lima 

D Beans, snap 

C Pepper 

D Radish 

E Beets 

A Cabbage 

Spinich, round or 

prickley 

E 

A Squash, C. maxima 

B Squash, C. moschata 

B Carrot 

C Celery 

D Corn, sweet 

C Squash, C. pepo 

D Tomato 

E Cucumber 

A Eggplant 

B Lettuce, black or white 

E Watermelon 

C Muskmelon

C Squash, Table Queen 

D Squash, zucchini 

D Garlic 

E Kale 


A Artichoke, globe 


E Sweet Corn 

A Sweet Potato 

A Kohlrabi 

B Leek 

C Lettuce, butterhead 

B Artichoke, Jerusalem 

C Asparagus 

34 

17 

*2111001* 

B Tomato 

C Turnip 

D Watermelon, Charleston 

Grey 

D Bean, Bush 

E Bean, horticultural 

35 

18 

D Lettuce, crisphead 

E Lettuce, leaf 

 

36 

19 

1 

A Bean, Lima 

B Bean, pole 

2 

37 

20 

E Watermelon, Crimson 

Sweet 

A Lettuce, romaine 

B Muskmelon 

C Bean, wax 

D Beets 

3 

C Mustard 

D New Zealand spinach 

38 

21 

4 

39 

22 

E Okra 

A Onion, Bermuda 

B Onion, Sweet Spanish 

C Parsley 

E Broccoli 

A Brussels sprouts 

5 

B Cabbage, Golden Acre 

C Cabbage, red 

40 

23 

6 

41 

24 

D Cabbage, savoy 

E Carrot, Chantenay 

7 

D Parsnip 

E Pea, English 

42 

25 

A Carrot, Danvers 

B Carrot, Imperator 

8 

43 

26 

A Pea, Southern 

B Pepper 

9 

C Caulifl ower 

D Celeriac 

44 

27 

C Potato, Irish 

D Pumpkin 

10 

45 

28 

E Celery 

A Chard, Swiss 

11 

E Radish 

A Rutabaga 

46 

29 

B Chinese cabbage 

C Chives 

12 

B Spinich 

C Squash, butternut 

47 

30 

13 

D Collards 

E Cucumber 

48 

31 

D Squash, crookneck 

E Squash, Hubbard 

A Squash, scallop 

B Squash, straightneck 

14 

A Eggplant 

B Endive 

49 

32 

15 

50 

33 

C Escarole 

16

CDE Handbook - Florida FFA Association

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

Delete template?

Save as template?